SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. – IPO: ‘424B5’ on 5/15/07

On:  Tuesday, 5/15/07, at 9:12pm ET   ·   As of:  5/16/07   ·   Accession #:  892569-7-678   ·   File #:  333-137897

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 5/16/07  Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.    424B5                  1:3.0M                                   Bowne - Biv/FA

Initial Public Offering (IPO):  Prospectus   —   Rule 424(b)(5)
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 424B5       Prospectus Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(B)(5)         HTML   2.30M 


Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential) | (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page   -   Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Prospectus Summary
"Risk Factors
"Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
"Use of Proceeds
"Dividend Policy
"Capitalization
"Dilution
"Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
"Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
"Business
"Management
"Executive Compensation
"Description of Indebtedness
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
"Principal and Selling Stockholders
"Description of Capital Stock
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale
"Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-United States Holders
"Underwriting
"Notice to Canadian Residents
"Legal Matters
"Experts
"Where You Can Find More Information
"Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
"Consolidated Balance Sheets
"Consolidated Statements of Operations
"Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
"Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
"Combined Balance Sheet
"Combined Statement of Income
"Combined Statement of Stockholders' Deficit
"Combined Statement of Cash Flows
"Notes to Combined Financial Statements

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  e424b5  

Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration No. 333-137897
16,666,666 Shares
 
SKILLED HEALTHCARE LOGO
 
Class A Common Stock
 
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our class A common stock is $15.50 per share. Our class A common stock has been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKH”.
 
We are selling 8,333,333 shares of class A common stock, and the selling stockholders are selling 8,333,333 shares of class A common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of class A common stock sold by the selling stockholders. The underwriters also have an option to purchase a maximum of 2,500,000 additional shares of class A common stock from the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus to cover over-allotments of shares.
 
Our class A common stock and class B common stock vote as a single class on all matters, except as otherwise provided in our restated certificate of incorporation or as required by law, with each share of class A common stock entitling its holder to one vote and each share of class B common stock entitling its holder to ten votes.
 
Upon completion of this offering, our largest stockholder, Onex, will beneficially own approximately 78.3% of the aggregate voting power of our class A common stock and class B common stock, or approximately 75.1% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Accordingly, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning given that term under the rules of The New York Stock Exchange.
 
Investing in our class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” on page 16.
 
                 
        Underwriting
  Proceeds to
  Proceeds to
    Price to
  Discounts and
  Skilled Healthcare
  Selling
    Public   Commissions   Group Inc.   Stockholders
 
Per Share
  $15.50   $1.04625   $14.45375   $14.45375
Total
  $258,333,323   $17,437,499   $120,447,912   $120,447,912
 
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the selling stockholders will receive net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, of $14.45375 per share and $156.6 million in the aggregate.
 
Delivery of the shares of class A common stock will be made on or about May 18, 2007.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
Credit Suisse
 
  UBS Investment Bank
 
  Banc of America Securities LLC
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.  
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.  
  J.P. Morgan Securities  
  Lehman Brothers
 
RBC Capital Markets           Scotia Capital
 
The date of this prospectus is May 15, 2007.



 

 
Table of Contents
 
         
    Page
 
  1
  16
  35
  37
  38
  39
  41
  43
  50
  57
  96
  118
  124
  138
  142
  145
  147
  152
  154
  157
  163
  164
  164
  164
  F-1
 
 
 
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
 
Until June 9, 2007 (25 days after the date of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.



Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights certain information about us and this offering. This summary is not comprehensive and does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and related notes, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise stated or the context indicates otherwise, references to “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including its predecessor company, also named Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
 
Our Company
 
We are a provider of integrated long-term healthcare services through our skilled nursing facilities and rehabilitation therapy business. We also provide other related healthcare services, including assisted living care and hospice care. We focus on providing high-quality care to our patients, and we have a strong reputation for treating patients who require a high level of skilled nursing care and extensive rehabilitation therapy, whom we refer to as high-acuity patients. As of April 1, 2007 we owned or leased 64 skilled nursing facilities and 13 assisted living facilities, together comprising approximately 8,900 licensed beds. We currently own approximately 75% of our facilities, which are located in California, Texas, Kansas, Missouri and Nevada and are generally clustered in large urban or suburban markets. For the first three months of 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, our skilled nursing facilities, including our integrated rehabilitation therapy services at these facilities, generated approximately 84.4% and 85.5%, respectively, of our revenue, with the remainder generated by our other related healthcare services.
 
In the first three months of 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, our revenue was $144.7 million and $531.7 million, respectively. To increase our revenue we focus on improving our skilled mix, which is the percentage of our patient population that is eligible to receive Medicare and managed care reimbursements. Medicare and managed care payors typically provide higher reimbursement than other payors because patients in these programs typically require a greater level of care and service. We have increased our skilled mix from 20.6% for 2004 to 25.3% for the first three months of 2007. Our high skilled mix also results in a high quality mix, which is our percentage of non-Medicaid revenue. We have increased our quality mix from 61.4% for 2004 to 70.5% for the first three months of 2007. For the first three months of 2007, our net income was $4.7 million, our EBITDA was $23.8 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $23.8 million. In 2006, our net income was $17.3 million, our EBITDA was $88.5 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $88.7 million. We define EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, provide a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles), and discuss our uses of, and the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in footnote 2 to “— Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.”
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe the following strengths serve as a foundation for our strategy:
 
  •  High-quality patient care and integrated service offerings.  Through our dedicated and well-trained employees, attractive facilities and broad, integrated skilled nursing care and rehabilitation therapy service offerings, we believe that we provide high-quality, cost-effective care to our patients. We enhanced our position as a select provider to high-acuity patients by introducing our Express Recoverytm program, which uses a dedicated unit within a skilled nursing facility to deliver a comprehensive rehabilitation regime.
 
  •  Strong reputation in local markets.  We believe we have a strong reputation for high-quality care and successful clinical outcomes in our local markets, which has enabled us to build strong relationships with managed care payors and key referral sources for high acuity patients.
 
  •  Concentrated network in attractive markets.  Approximately 67% of our skilled nursing facilities are located in urban or suburban markets, and many are located in close proximity to medical centers


1



Table of Contents

  and specialty physician groups, allowing us to develop relationships with these key referral sources. Our clustered facility locations also enable us to achieve lower operating costs.
 
  •  Successful integration of acquisitions.  Between August 1, 2003 and April 1, 2007, we acquired or entered into long-term leases for 30 skilled nursing and assisted living facilities across four states. We have experienced average facility level margin improvement of 2.6% and an increase in skilled mix of 2.4% for the 22 of these facilities acquired before 2006, as measured by the first three full months immediately following each acquisition relative to the comparative period one year later.
 
  •  Significant facility ownership.  As of April 1, 2007, we owned 75% of our facilities.
 
  •  Strong and experienced management team.  Our senior management team has an average of more than 23 years of healthcare industry experience and has made significant financial and operating improvements to our business since joining us in 2002.
 
Our Strategy
 
The primary elements of our business strategy are to:
 
  •  Focus on high-acuity patients.  We focus on attracting high-acuity patients, for whom we are reimbursed at higher rates. We believe that we can continue to leverage our integrated service offering and our reputation for providing high-quality care to expand our referral network and increase the number of high-acuity patients referred to us. In addition, we intend to introduce our Express Recoverytm program in more of our facilities and to develop other innovative programs to better serve high-acuity patients.
 
  •  Expand our rehabilitation and other related healthcare businesses.   We intend to continue to grow our rehabilitation therapy and hospice care businesses by expanding their use in both our own and in third-party facilities and by adding new third-party contracts.
 
  •  Drive revenue growth organically and through acquisitions and development.  We pursue organic revenue growth by expanding our referral network, increasing our service offerings to high-acuity patients and expanding our other related healthcare services offerings. We also regularly evaluate strategic acquisitions and new development opportunities in attractive markets, particularly in the western region of the United States.
 
  •  Monitor performance measures to increase operating efficiency.  We have implemented systems to monitor key performance metrics and support our focus on reducing operating costs by maximizing the efficient use of our labor resources and managing our insurance and professional and general liability and workers’ compensation expenses.
 
  •  Attract and retain talented and qualified employees.  We seek to hire and retain talented and qualified employees, including our administrative and management personnel.
 
Our Industry
 
We operate in the approximately $120 billion United States nursing home market through the operation of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities. The nursing home market is highly fragmented and, according to the American Health Care Association, comprises approximately 16,000 facilities with approximately 1.7 million licensed beds as of December 2006. As of December 31, 2005, the five largest long-term healthcare companies combined controlled approximately 10% of these facilities. We believe the key underlying trends within the industry are summarized below.
 
  •  Demand driven by aging population and increased life expectancies.  According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the number of Americans aged 65 or older is expected to increase from approximately 37 million in 2005 to approximately 40 million in 2010 and approximately 47 million in 2015, representing average annual growth from 2005 of 1.9% and 2.5%, respectively. We believe this growth in the over 65 population will result in continued growth in the demand for long-term healthcare services.


2



Table of Contents

 
  •  Shift of patient care to lower cost alternatives.  In response to rising health care costs, the federal government has adopted cost containment measures that encourage the treatment of patients in more cost effective settings such as skilled nursing facilities, for which the staffing requirements and associated costs are often significantly lower than at short or long-term acute-care hospitals, in-patient rehabilitation facilities or other post-acute care settings.
 
  •  Supply/Demand imbalance.  Despite potential growth in demand for long-term healthcare services, the American Health Care Association reports that there has been a decline in the total number of nursing facility beds in the United States from approximately 1.8 million in December 2001 to approximately 1.7 million in December 2006, we believe in part due to the migration of lower-acuity patients to alternative sources of long-term care.
 
For the three months ended March 31, 2007, we derived 38.2% and 29.5% of our revenue from Medicare and Medicaid, respectively. Since 1999, Medicare has reimbursed our skilled nursing facilities at a predetermined rate, based on the anticipated costs of treating patients, adjusted annually for increased costs due to inflation. Medicaid reimbursement rates are generally lower than reimbursement provided by Medicare. Rapidly increasing Medicaid spending, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led many states to institute measures aimed at controlling spending growth. We describe these programs further, including recent regulatory changes and trends in reimbursement rules and rates, in “Business — Sources of Reimbursement.”
 
Recent Acquisitions and Development Activities
 
On April 1, 2007, we purchased the owned real property, tangible assets, intellectual property and related rights and licenses of three skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri for $30.1 million in cash, including $0.1 million of transaction expenses. We also assumed certain liabilities under associated operating contracts. The transaction added approximately 426 beds and 24 unlicensed apartments to our operations. The acquisition was financed by draw downs of $30.1 million on our revolving credit facility.
 
In March of 2007, we completed construction on an assisted living facility in Ottawa, Kansas for a total cost of approximately $2.8 million. This facility added 47 beds to our operations.
 
On February 1, 2007, we purchased the land, building and related improvements of one of our leased skilled nursing facilities in California for $4.3 million in cash. Changing this leased facility into an owned facility resulted in no net change in the number of beds in our operations.
 
On December 15, 2006, we purchased a skilled nursing facility in Missouri for $8.5 million in cash; on June 16, 2006, we purchased a long-term leasehold interest in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for $2.7 million in cash and on March 1, 2006, we purchased two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled nursing and residential care facility in Missouri for $31.0 million in cash. These facilities added approximately 666 beds to our operations.
 
New Facilities Under Development
 
We are currently developing three skilled nursing facilities in the Dallas/Fort Worth greater metropolitan area. We expect the total costs for development to be between $38 million and $43 million and that all of the facilities will be completed by April 2009. Upon completion we expect these facilities to add in aggregate approximately 360 to 410 beds to our operations.
 
We are also developing an assisted living facility in the greater Kansas City area. We estimate that the costs for this project will be approximately $4.4 million. We expect this facility to be completed in September 2008 and to add approximately 40 to 50 new beds to our operations.
 
Our Sponsor
 
Onex Corporation, traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “OCX,” is one of Canada’s largest companies, with annual consolidated revenues of approximately $17.0 billion and over 167,000 global employees. Onex invests in companies across a variety of industries, primarily in North America, in partnership with the management teams of those companies to build industry-leading businesses. Since 2004, Onex Corporation’s investments in large-cap companies have been completed with funding from Onex Partners LP,


3



Table of Contents

Onex Corporation’s initial US$1.7 billion private equity fund, and from Onex Partners II LP, Onex Corporation’s current US$3.45 billion private equity fund. Over the past three years, Onex Corporation has made several investments in healthcare service companies including Emergency Medical Services Corporation, Res-Care, Inc., Center for Diagnostic Imaging, Inc. and Magellan Health Services, Inc. In other industries, Onex Corporation and Onex Partners have made investments in companies that include Spirit AeroSystems, Inc., Tube City IMS Corporation, The Warranty Group and Hawker Beechcraft Corporation.
 
Onex Corporation has invested in us through its affiliates, including Onex Partners LP and Onex U.S. Principals LP, as described below under “— The Transactions.”
 
The Transactions
 
We are a holding company, formed in October 2005 under the name SHG Holding Solutions, Inc., with no independent assets or operations. In December 2005 we consummated the transactions contemplated by an agreement and plan of merger between us, our wholly-owned subsidiary SHG Acquisition Corp., or Merger Sub, and Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc., our predecessor company. Under the merger agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into our predecessor company. In the merger, substantially all of the former stockholders of our predecessor company received cash in exchange for their shares and the cancellation of options, except that certain members of our management and Baylor Health Care System, together the rollover investors, converted approximately one-half of their ownership interests in our predecessor company into an ownership interest in us (with their shares of our predecessor company being valued on the same basis as the per share cash merger consideration payable to all other stockholders of our predecessor company). In connection with the merger, Onex Partners LP, Onex American Holdings II LLC and Onex U.S. Principals LP (together referred to as Onex), together with associates and affiliates of Onex and the rollover investors, purchased shares of our common stock for $0.20 per share and purchased shares of our preferred stock for $9,900 per share.
 
As a result of the merger and through their investment in us, Onex and the rollover investors acquired our predecessor company for a purchase price of approximately $645.7 million. Onex and the rollover investors funded a portion of the purchase price, related transaction costs and an increase of cash on our balance sheet with equity contributions in us of approximately $222.9 million. The balance of the purchase price was funded through the issuance and sale by Merger Sub of $200.0 million principal amount of 11% senior subordinated notes and the incurrence and assumption of approximately $259.4 million of our predecessor company’s term loan debt. As a result of the merger, our predecessor company assumed the obligations of Merger Sub under the 11% senior subordinated notes by operation of law. Our predecessor company used the proceeds of the 11% senior subordinated notes, together with the equity contributions from Onex, to repay its second lien senior secured term loan and to pay the merger consideration to its then-existing stockholders. In connection with the merger, we incurred a $4.8 million bonus award expense under trigger event cash bonus agreements with two members of our senior management and $9.0 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with the vesting of outstanding restricted stock and stock options.
 
The merger was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, all assets and liabilities of our predecessor company were recorded at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition, including goodwill of $396.0 million, representing the purchase price in excess of the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Due to the effect of the merger on the recorded amounts of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, our financial statements prior to and subsequent to the merger are not comparable. Periods prior to December 27, 2005 represent the accounts and activity of the predecessor company and all periods from that date relate to the successor company.
 
We refer to the Onex merger, the equity contributions, the financings and use of proceeds therefrom and related transactions, collectively, as the “Transactions.” We describe the Transactions in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — The Transactions.”
 
Immediately after the Transactions, Onex and its affiliates and associates, on the one hand, and the rollover investors, on the other hand, held approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of our outstanding capital stock, not


4



Table of Contents

including restricted stock issued to management at the time of the Transactions. Mr. Robert M. Le Blanc, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director of Onex Investment Corp., an affiliate of Onex.
 
As a result of the Transactions, we incurred a substantial amount of indebtedness and became subject to significantly higher interest expense payments and to covenants that restrict our operations. As of March 31, 2007, we had total indebtedness of approximately $514.9 million, of which $198.9 million consisted of the 11% senior subordinated notes (net of original issue discount of $1.1 million), $255.5 million consisted of borrowings under our first lien term loan and $55.0 million was outstanding under our first lien revolving credit facility. The per share offering price of our class A common stock under this prospectus is a substantial premium to the per share price paid by our existing stockholders. We will use all of the proceeds we receive in this offering to reduce debt incurred in connection with the Transactions.
 
In February 2007, we effected the merger of our predecessor company, which was then our wholly-owned subsidiary, with and into us. We were the surviving company in the merger and changed our name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. As a result of this merger, we assumed all of the rights and obligations of our predecessor company, including obligations under its 11% senior subordinated notes.
 
Stockholders’ Agreement
 
All of our current stockholders, including Onex and its affiliates and associates, are party to an investor stockholders’ agreement. Under this agreement, our current stockholders have agreed to vote their shares on matters presented to the stockholders as specifically provided in the investor stockholders’ agreement or, if not so provided, in the same manner as Onex. Following this offering, the number of shares that may be sold by each non-Onex party to the agreement will be limited based on the number of shares held by such stockholder prior to this offering or the number of shares sold by Onex. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Stockholders’ Agreement.”
 
Extraordinary Dividend Payment and Redemption of Preferred Stock
 
In June 2005, we entered into a new $420.0 million senior credit facility. The proceeds of this financing were used to refinance our then-existing indebtedness, fully redeem our then outstanding class A preferred stock and pay a special dividend in the amount of $108.6 million to our then-existing stockholders. Other than this dividend payment, we paid no other dividends to our stockholders during 2005 and 2006, and we do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
Exchange Offer for Senior Subordinated Notes
 
We have filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to effect an offer to exchange our 11% senior subordinated notes for identical notes that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. A portion of these notes will be redeemed using a portion of the proceeds of this offering.
 
Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware. Our principal administrative offices are located at 27442 Portola Parkway, Suite 200, Foothill Ranch, CA 92610. Our telephone number is (949) 282-5800. Our website address is www.skilledhealthcaregroup.com. The content of our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
 
In August 2003, we emerged from bankruptcy, repaying or restructuring all of our indebtedness in full, paying all accrued interest expenses and issuing 5.0% of our common stock to former holders of our then outstanding 111/4% senior subordinated notes.
 
Trademarks And Trade Names
 
We own or have rights to use certain trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business, including, without limitation, each of the following: Express Recoverytm, Hospice Care of the West and Skilled Healthcare.


5



Table of Contents

Information in this Prospectus
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this document and any free writing prospectus that may be provided to you in connection with this offering. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus.
 
Industry and Market Data
 
Industry and market data used throughout this prospectus were obtained from the U.S. Census Bureau, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, AON Risk Consultants, American Health Care Association and other sources we believe to be reliable. While we believe that these studies and reports and our own research and estimates are reliable and appropriate, we have not independently verified such data and we do not make any representation as to the accuracy of such information.


6



Table of Contents

 
The Offering
 
Common stock offered by us 8,333,333 class A shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders 8,333,333 class A shares
 
Underwriters’ over-allotment option 2,500,000 class A shares from the selling stockholders
 
Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering 16,666,666 shares
 
Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering 20,230,928 shares
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that we will receive proceeds of approximately $116.8 million from our offering of our class A common stock, after deducting underwriting discounts and other estimated expenses. We will use all of the net proceeds from this offering to:
 
• redeem $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11% senior subordinated notes for an aggregate redemption price, including accrued interest, of approximately $81.7 million, and
 
• reduce the outstanding balance of our first lien revolving credit facility using any remaining proceeds.
 
We will not receive any of the proceeds from any sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
 
Dividend Policy We currently do not expect to pay dividends or make any other distributions on our class A common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
Listing Our class A common stock has been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKH”.
 
Special Voting Rights Our class A common stock and class B common stock vote as a single class on all matters, except as otherwise provided in our restated certificate of incorporation or as required by law, with each share of class A common stock entitling its holder to one vote and each share of class B common stock entitling its holder to ten votes. After giving effect to this offering, holders of our class B common stock will control 92.4% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
 
Risk Factors Investment in our class A common stock involves substantial risks. You should read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information included in this prospectus before investing in our class A common stock.
 
The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on 28,564,261 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007 and excludes 1,123,181 shares of class A common stock reserved for future grant under our 2007 Incentive Award Plan.


7



Table of Contents

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  that our class A common stock will be sold at $15.50 per share;
 
  •  that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option;
 
  •  the conversion of all outstanding shares of our class A preferred stock into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock concurrently with the completion of this Offering, using the assumptions set forth below;
 
  •  a 507-for-one split of shares of our common stock, which was effective on April 26, 2007;
 
  •  the recapitalization of our common stock into class B common stock, which was effective as of April 26, 2007; and
 
  •  the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the completion of this offering.
 
The conversion of our class A preferred stock assumes (i) a conversion date of May 18, 2007, (ii) a conversion price of $15.50 (which is the offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus) and (iii) accrual in dividends on a daily basis at a rate of 8.0% per annum, up until the conversion date. Concurrently with this public offering, each share of our class A preferred stock will convert into the number of shares of class B common stock equal to the liquidation value of such share of class A preferred stock at the time of conversion, plus accrued dividends, divided by the public offering price per share of class A common stock in this offering.


8



Table of Contents

 
Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data
 
The following table sets forth our summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary historical consolidated financial data for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 from our audited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006 from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited summary historical consolidated financial data on a basis consistent with our audited historical consolidated financial statements, and it includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future performance. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full fiscal year.
 
We derived the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.” The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 give effect to this offering of class A common stock, and the use of proceeds therefrom, the conversion of our class A preferred stock into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock and the acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri in April 2007 as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 give effect to this offering of class A common stock, and the use of proceeds therefrom, the conversion of our class A preferred stock into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock, the acquisition of two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled nursing and residential care facility in Missouri in March 2006, the acquisition of a leasehold interest in a skilled nursing facility in Nevada in June 2006, the acquisition of a skilled nursing facility in Missouri in December 2006, and the acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri in April 2007, all as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect to this offering of class A common stock and the use of proceeds therefrom and the acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri in April 2007, all as if they had occurred on March 31, 2007. We present the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for informational purposes only; they do not purport to represent what our financial position or results of operations would actually have been had the pro forma adjustments in fact occurred on the assumed dates or to project our financial position at any future date or results of operations for any future period. We have based the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements on the estimates and assumptions set forth in the notes to our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, which management believes are reasonable.
 
The following summary financial information is qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”


9



Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
 
                                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Successor
    Pro Forma
    Successor
    Successor
    Pro Forma
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
 
    2007     2007     2006     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Revenue
  $ 144,655     $ 149,707     $ 125,186     $ 531,657     $ 564,024     $ 462,847     $ 371,284  
Expenses:
                                                       
Cost of services (exclusive of rent cost of sales and depreciation and amortization shown below)
    107,213       111,128       92,311       394,936       421,281       347,228       281,395  
Rent cost of sales
    2,694       2,694       2,451       10,027       10,392       9,815       7,883  
General and administrative
    11,497       11,497       9,566       39,872       40,129       43,784       25,148  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,961       4,106       3,674       13,897       14,895       9,991       8,597  
                                                         
      125,365       129,425       108,002       458,732       486,697       410,818       323,023  
                                                         
Total other income (expenses), net
    (11,258 )     (9,304 )     (10,481 )     (43,384 )     (39,674 )     (44,251 )     (30,108 )
                                                         
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes, discontinued operations and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    8,032       10,978       6,703       29,541       37,653       7,778       18,153  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    3,378       4,556       2,601       12,204       15,449       (13,048 )     4,421  
                                                         
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    4,654       6,422       4,102       17,337       22,204       20,826       13,732  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                                  14,740       2,789  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax
                                  (1,628 )      
                                                         
Net income
    4,654       6,422       4,102       17,337       22,204       33,938       16,521  
Accretion on preferred stock
    (4,772 )           (4,401 )     (18,406 )           (744 )     (469 )
                                                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
  $ (118 )   $ 6,422     $ (299 )   $ (1,069 )   $ 22,204     $ 33,194     $ 16,052  
                                                         
Net (loss) income per share data:
                                                       
Net (loss) income per common share, basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.18     $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 0.62     $ 27.01     $ 13.45  
Net (loss) income per common share, diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.17     $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 0.61     $ 25.73     $ 12.47  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    11,959,116       36,220,631       11,618,412       11,638,185       35,899,700       1,228,965       1,193,501  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    11,959,116       36,881,759       11,618,412       11,638,185       36,110,612       1,290,120       1,286,963  
Pro forma net income per common share, basic (unaudited)(1)
  $ 0.17                     $ 0.63                          
Pro forma net income per common share, diluted (unaudited)(1)
  $ 0.16                     $ 0.62                          
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in pro forma per common share, basic (unaudited)
    27,887,298                       27,566,367                          
Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding used in pro forma per common share, diluted (unaudited)
    28,548,426                       27,777,279                          


10



Table of Contents

Other Financial Data
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Successor
    Successor
    Successor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
 
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Capital expenditures (excluding acquisitions)
  $ 6,379     $ 3,066     $ 22,267     $ 11,183     $ 8,212  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    2,653       3,583       34,415       15,004       48,358  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (50,101 )     (37,405 )     (74,376 )     (223,785 )     (45,230 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    45,005       (664 )     5,644       241,253       (1,132 )
EBITDA(2)
    23,758       21,218       88,528       57,561       51,120  
EBITDA margin(2)
    16.4 %     16.9 %     16.7 %     12.4 %     13.8 %
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
  $ 23,791     $ 21,239     $ 88,725     $ 77,778     $ 58,559  
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)
    16.4 %     17.0 %     16.7 %     16.8 %     15.8 %
Pro forma adjusted EBITDA(2)
  $ 24,928             $ 94,125                  
                                         
                                         
Other Data
                                       
                                         
                                         
                                         
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
 
Number of facilities at end of period:
                                       
Owned
    55 (A)     52       53       49       35  
Leased
    19       19       20       19       20  
                                         
Total
    74       71       73       68       55  
                                         
Payor sources as a percentage of total revenue:
                                       
Medicare
    38.2 %     36.9 %     36.0 %     36.3 %     35.8 %
Managed care and private pay
    32.3       31.3       32.0       30.2       25.6  
                                         
Quality mix(3)
    70.5       68.2       68.0       66.5       61.4  
Medicaid
    29.5 %     31.8 %     32.0 %     33.5 %     38.6 %
Payor sources as a percentage of total skilled nursing facility patient days:
                                       
Medicare
    19.5 %     19.0 %     18.0 %     17.8 %     16.8 %
Managed care
    5.8       5.4       5.5       4.6       3.8  
                                         
Skilled mix(3)
    25.3 %     24.4 %     23.5 %     22.4 %     20.6 %
Medicaid
    58.5       59.4       59.9       61.4       65.4  
Private and other
    16.2       16.2       16.6       16.2       14.0  
Number of skilled nursing facilities at end of period
    61       59       61       56       50  
Number of assisted living facilities at end of period
    13       12       12       12       5  
 
 
(A)
Effective April 1, 2007, the number of owned facilities increased to 58 from 55, the number of skilled nursing facilities increased to 64 from 61, and the total number of facilities increased to 77 from 74.


11



Table of Contents

 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
 
                 
    Successor
 
    As of March 31, 2007  
    Actual     Pro Forma(4)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 378     $ 378  
Working capital
    40,767       40,767  
Property and equipment, net
    238,549       262,869  
Total assets
    881,553       881,553  
Total long-term debt, including capital leases and current portion
    514,854       409,739  
Total stockholders’ equity
    245,319       350,434  
 
 
 
(1) Pro forma net income per common share gives effect to the conversion of our class A preferred stock into class B common stock, which will occur concurrently with the completion of this offering. Assuming the completion of this offering on December 31, 2006, and the accretion of dividends on the class A preferred stock through the anticipated completion of this offering on May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of $15.50, which is the offering price shown on the front page of this prospectus our class A preferred stock would convert into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock. See “— The Offering” for a description of the conversion of our class A preferred stock.
 
(2) We define EBITDA as net income before depreciation, amortization and interest expenses (net of interest income and other) and the provision for (benefit from) income taxes. EBITDA margin is EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA (to the extent applicable in the appropriate period) for:
 
  •  discontinued operations, net of tax;
 
  •  the effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax;
 
  •  the change in fair value of an interest rate hedge;
 
  •  reversal of a charge related to the decertification of a facility;
 
  •  gains or losses on sale of assets;
 
  •  the write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt;
 
  •  reorganization expenses; and
 
  •  fees and expenses related to the Transactions.
 
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors regarding our operational performance because they enhance an investor’s overall understanding of the financial performance and prospects for the future of our core business activities. Specifically, we believe that a report of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide consistency in our financial reporting and provides a basis for the comparison of results of core business operations between our current, past and future periods. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are two of the primary indicators management uses for planning and forecasting in future periods, including trending and analyzing the core operating performance of our business from period-to-period without the effect of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, expenses, revenues and gains (losses) that are unrelated to the day-to-day performance of our business. We also use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to benchmark the performance of our business against expected results, to analyze year-over-year trends, as described below, and to compare our operating performance to that of our competitors.
 
Management uses both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to assess the performance of our core business operations, to prepare operating budgets and to measure our performance against those budgets on a corporate, segment and a facility by facility level. We typically use Adjusted EBITDA for


12



Table of Contents

these purposes at the corporate level (because the adjustments to EBITDA are not generally allocable to any individual business unit) and we typically use EBITDA to compare the operating performance of each skilled nursing and assisted living facility, as well as to assess the performance of our operating segments: long term care services, which includes the operation of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities; and ancillary services, which includes our rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful in this regard because they do not include such costs as interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense and special charges, which may vary from business unit to business unit and period to period depending upon various factors, including the method used to finance the business, the amount of debt that we have determined to incur, whether a facility is owned or leased, the date of acquisition of a facility or business, the original purchase price of a facility or business unit or the tax law of the state in which a business unit operates. These types of charges are dependent on factors unrelated to our underlying business. As a result, we believe that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide a meaningful and consistent comparison of our underlying business between periods by eliminating certain items required by GAAP which have little or no significance in our day-to-day operations.
 
We also make capital allocations to each of our facilities based on expected EBITDA returns and establish compensation programs and bonuses for our executive management and facility level employees that are based upon the achievement of pre-established EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA targets.
 
We also use Adjusted EBITDA to determine compliance with our debt covenants and assess our ability to borrow additional funds to finance or expand our operations. The credit agreement governing our first lien term loan uses a measure substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA as the basis for determining compliance with our financial covenants, specifically our minimum interest coverage ratio and our maximum total leverage ratio, and for determining the interest rate of our first lien term loan. The indenture governing our 11% senior subordinated notes also uses a substantially similar measurement for determining the amount of additional debt we may incur. For example, both our credit facility and the indenture for our 11% senior subordinated notes include adjustments for (i) gain or losses on the sale of assets, (ii) the write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt; (iii) reorganization expenses; and (iv) fees and expenses related to the Transactions. Our non-compliance with these financial covenants could lead to acceleration of amounts under our credit facility. In addition, if we cannot satisfy certain financial covenants under the indenture for our 11% senior subordinated notes, we cannot engage in specified activities, such as incurring additional indebtedness or making certain payments. We are currently in compliance with our debt covenants.
 
Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our underlying business, maintaining our financial requirements, designing incentive compensation and for our goal setting both on an aggregate and facility level basis, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures that have no standardized meaning defined by GAAP. Therefore, our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA measures have limitations as analytical tools, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  •  they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  they do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
  •  they do not reflect any income tax payments we may be required to make;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
 
  •  they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flows;


13



Table of Contents

 
  •  they do not reflect the impact on net income of charges resulting from certain matters we consider not to be indicative of our on-going operations; and
 
  •  other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness as comparative measures.
 
We compensate for these limitations by using them only to supplement both net income on a basis prepared in conformance with GAAP in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business. We strongly encourage investors to consider net income determined under GAAP as compared to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, and to perform their own analysis, as appropriate.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation from our net income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for the periods indicated:
 
                                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Successor
    Pro forma
    Successor
    Successor
    Pro forma
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
 
    2007     2007     2006     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
                                                         
Net income
  $ 4,654     $ 6,422     $ 4,102     $ 17,337     $ 22,204     $ 33,938     $ 16,521  
Plus
                                                       
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    3,378       4,556       2,601       12,204       15,449       (13,048 )     4,421  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,961       4,106       3,674       13,897       14,895       9,991       8,597  
Interest expense, net of interest income
    11,765       9,811       10,841       45,090       41,380       26,680       21,581  
                                                         
EBITDA
    23,758       24,895       21,218       88,528       93,928       57,561       51,120  
Discontinued operations, net of tax(a)
                                  (14,740 )     (2,789 )
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax(b)
                                  1,628        
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge(c)
    33       33       21       197       197       165       926  
Gain on sale of assets(d)
                                  (980 )      
Write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt(e)
                                  16,626       7,858  
Reorganization expenses(f)
                                  1,007       1,444  
Expenses related to the Transactions(g)
                                  16,511        
                                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 23,791     $ 24,928     $ 21,239     $ 88,725     $ 94,125     $ 77,778     $ 58,559  
                                                         
 
Notes
 
(a) In March 2005, we sold our California-based institutional pharmacy business and, therefore, the results of operations of our California-based pharmacy business have been classified as discontinued operations. As our pharmacy business has been sold, these amounts are no longer part of our core operating business.
 
(b) In 2005, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle as a result of our adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board or FASB, Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, or FIN 47. In 2003, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle as a result of our adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 150 Accounting for Certain Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity, or SFAS No. 150, which requires that financial instruments issued in the form of shares that are mandatorily redeemable be classified as liabilities. While these items are


14



Table of Contents

required under GAAP, they are not reflective of the operating income and losses of our underlying business.
 
(c) Changes in fair value of an interest rate hedge are unrelated to our core operating activities and we believe that adjusting for these amounts allows us to focus on actual operating costs at our facilities.
 
(d) While gains or losses on sales of assets are required under GAAP, these amounts are also not reflective of income and losses of our underlying business.
 
(e) Reflects deferred financing costs that were expensed in connection with the prepayment of previously outstanding debt, and deferred financing costs that were expensed upon prepayment of our second lien senior secured term loan in connection with the Transactions. Write-offs for deferred financing costs are the result of distinct capital structure decisions made by our management and are unrelated to our day-to-day operations.
 
(f) Represents expenses incurred in connection with our Chapter 11 reorganization. We believe that reorganization expenses will be immaterial in 2007 and, upon acceptance of our final petition by the bankruptcy court, which we expect will occur in 2007, we will no longer incur reorganization expenses. As a result, we do not believe that these expenses are reflective of the performance of our core operating business.
 
(g) Represents (1) $0.2 million in fees paid by us in connection with the Transactions for valuation services and an acquisition audit; (2) our forgiveness in connection with the completion of the Transactions of a $2.5 million note issued to us in March 1998 by our then-Chairman of the Board, William Scott; (3) a $4.8 million bonus award expense incurred in December 2005 upon the completion of the Transactions pursuant to trigger event cash bonus agreements between us and our Chief Financial Officer, John King, and our Executive Vice President and President Ancillary Subsidiaries, Mark Wortley, in order to compensate them similarly to the economic benefit received by other executive officers who had previously purchased restricted stock; and (4) non-cash stock compensation charges of $9.0 million incurred in connection with restricted stock granted to certain of our senior executives. As these expenses relate solely to the Transactions, we do not expect to incur these types of expenses in the future.
 
(3) For a definition of Quality Mix and Skilled Mix, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance Indicators.”
 
(4) The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data reflect (a) the sale of shares of class A common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price per share of $15.50, (b) our receipt of the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $12.3 million payable by us, (c) the application of $81.7 million of the proceeds of this offering to redeem $70.0 million of our outstanding 11% senior subordinated notes and the reduction of the outstanding balance of our first lien revolving credit facility with any remaining proceeds and (d) the acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri in April 2007.


15



Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing. Any of the risk factors that we describe below could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. The market price of our class A common stock could decline if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events. You could lose all or part of the money you pay to buy our class A common stock. Some of the statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. For more information about forward-looking statements, please see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Risks Related to our Business and Industry
 
Reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates or changes in the rules governing the Medicare program could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Medicare is our largest source of revenue, accounting for 38.2% and 36.0% of our total revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and in 2006, respectively. In addition, many private payors base their reimbursement rates on the published Medicare rates or, in the case of our rehabilitation therapy services, are themselves reimbursed by Medicare. Accordingly, if Medicare reimbursement rates are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the rules governing the Medicare program that are disadvantageous to our business or industry, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
The Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules are subject to frequent change. These include statutory and regulatory changes, rate adjustments (including retroactive adjustments), administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the rates at which Medicare reimburses us for our services. Implementation of these and other types of measures has in the past and could in the future result in substantial reductions in our revenues and operating margins. Prior reductions in governmental reimbursement rates partially contributed to our bankruptcy filing under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in October 2001.
 
Budget pressures often lead the federal government to place limits on reimbursement rates under Medicare. For instance, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, included provisions that are expected to reduce Medicare and Medicaid payments to skilled nursing facilities by $100.0 million over five years (federal fiscal years 2006 through 2010). Also, effective January 1, 2006, there are caps on the annual amount that Medicare Part B will pay for physical and speech language therapy and occupation therapy for any given patient. Despite certain exceptions applicable through the end of 2007, these caps may result in decreased demand for rehabilitation therapy services for beneficiaries whose therapy would have been reimbursed under Part B but for the caps. This decrease in demand could be exacerbated if the exceptions to the caps expire and are not continued beyond December 31, 2007.
 
In addition, the federal government often changes the rules governing the Medicare program, including those governing reimbursement. Changes that could adversely affect our business include:
 
  •  administrative or legislative changes to base rates or the bases of payment;
 
  •  limits on the services or types of providers for which Medicare will provide reimbursement;
 
  •  the reduction or elimination of annual rate increases; or
 
  •  an increase in co-payments or deductibles payable by beneficiaries.
 
On February 5, 2007, the president submitted his proposed 2008 budget to Congress. Through legislative and regulatory action, the president proposes to reduce Medicare spending by $5.3 billion in fiscal year 2008 and by $75.9 billion over five years. The budget would, among other things again freeze payments to skilled nursing facilities in 2008 and reduce payment updates for hospice services. The president also proposes to eliminate bad debt reimbursement for unpaid beneficiary cost sharing over four years for all


16



Table of Contents

providers, including skilled nursing facilities. Medicare currently pays 70% of unpaid beneficiary co-payments and deductibles to skilled nursing facilities.
 
Given the history of frequent revisions to the Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules, we may not continue to receive reimbursement rates from Medicare that sufficiently compensate us for our services. Limits on reimbursement rates or the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition and results of operations. For a more comprehensive description of recent changes in reimbursement rates provided by Medicare, see “Business — Sources of Reimbursement — Medicare”.
 
We expect the federal and state governments to continue their efforts to contain growth in Medicaid expenditures, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.
 
We receive a significant portion of our revenue from Medicaid, which accounted for 29.5% and 32.0% of our total revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and in 2006, respectively. In addition, many private payors for our rehabilitation therapy services are reimbursed under the Medicaid program. Accordingly, if Medicaid reimbursement rates are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the rules governing the Medicaid program that are disadvantageous to our business or industry, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Medicaid is a state-administered program financed by both state funds and matching federal funds. Medicaid spending has increased rapidly in recent years, becoming a significant component of state budgets. This, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led both the federal government and many states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth of Medicaid spending. For example, the DRA included several measures that are expected to reduce Medicare and Medicaid payments to skilled nursing facilities by $100.0 million over five years. These included limiting the circumstances under which an individual may become financially eligible for nursing home services under Medicaid, which could result in fewer patients being able to afford our services. In addition, the presidential budget submitted for federal fiscal year 2008 includes proposed reform of the Medicaid program to cut a total of $25.7 billion in Medicaid expenditures over the next five years.
 
We expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid outlays for skilled nursing facilities both by the states in which we operate and by the federal government. These may take the form of both direct decreases in reimbursement rates or in rule changes that limit the beneficiaries, services or providers eligible to receive Medicaid benefits. For a description of currently proposed reductions in Medicaid expenditures and a description of the implementation of the Medicaid program in the states in which we operate, see “Business — Sources of Reimbursement — Medicaid.”
 
Recent federal government proposals could limit the states’ use of provider tax programs to generate revenue for their Medicaid expenditures, which could result in a reduction in our reimbursement rates under Medicaid.
 
To generate funds to pay for the increasing costs of the Medicaid program, many states utilize financial arrangements such as provider taxes. Under provider tax arrangements, a state collects taxes from health care providers and then returns the revenue to these providers as a Medicaid expenditure. This allows the state to claim federal matching funds on this additional reimbursement. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, signed into law on December 20, 2006, reduced the maximum allowable provider tax from 6% to 5.5% from January 1, 2008 through October 1, 2011. As a result, many states may have less funds available for payment of Medicaid expenses, which would also decrease their federal matching payments.
 
Revenue we receive from Medicare and Medicaid is subject to potential retroactive reduction.
 
Payments we receive from Medicare and Medicaid can be retroactively adjusted after a new examination during the claims settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits. Payors may disallow our requests for reimbursement based on determinations that certain costs are not reimbursable because either adequate or additional documentation was not provided or because certain services were not covered or


17



Table of Contents

deemed to be medically necessary. Congress and CMS may also impose further limitations on government payments to health care providers. Significant adjustments to our Medicare or Medicaid revenues could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Healthcare reform legislation could adversely affect our revenue and financial condition.
 
In recent years, there have been numerous initiatives on the federal and state levels for comprehensive reforms affecting the payment for, the availability of and reimbursement for healthcare services in the United States. These initiatives have ranged from proposals to fundamentally change federal and state healthcare reimbursement programs, including to provide comprehensive healthcare coverage to the public under governmental funded programs, to minor modifications to existing programs. The ultimate content or timing of any future healthcare reform legislation, and its impact on us, is impossible to predict. If significant reforms are made to the U.S. healthcare system, those reforms may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, we incur considerable administrative costs in monitoring the changes made within the various reimbursement programs, determining the appropriate actions to be taken in response to those changes and implementing the required actions to meet the new requirements and minimize the repercussions of the changes to our organization, reimbursement rates and costs.
 
We are subject to extensive and complex laws and government regulations. If we are not operating in compliance with these laws and regulations or if these laws and regulations change, we could be required to make significant expenditures or change our operations in order to bring our facilities and operations into compliance.
 
We, along with other companies in the healthcare industry, are required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels relating to, among other things:
 
  •  licensure and certification;
 
  •  adequacy and quality of healthcare services;
 
  •  qualifications of healthcare and support personnel;
 
  •  quality of medical equipment;
 
  •  confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with medical records and claims processing;
 
  •  relationships with physicians and other referral sources and recipients;
 
  •  constraints on protective contractual provisions with patients and third-party payors;
 
  •  operating policies and procedures;
 
  •  addition of facilities and services; and
 
  •  billing for services.
 
Many of these laws and regulations are expansive, and we do not always have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of these laws and regulations. In addition, certain regulatory developments, such as revisions in the building code requirements for assisted living and skilled nursing facilities, mandatory increases in scope and quality of care to be offered to residents and revisions in licensing and certification standards, could have a material adverse effect on us. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current or past practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and operating expenses.


18



Table of Contents

In addition, federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and, in particular, skilled nursing facilities. This includes investigations of:
 
  •  cost reporting and billing practices;
 
  •  quality of care;
 
  •  financial relationships with referral sources; and
 
  •  the medical necessity of services provided.
 
We are unable to predict the future course of federal, state and local regulation or legislation, including Medicare and Medicaid statutes and regulations, or the intensity of federal and state enforcement actions. Changes in the regulatory framework, our failure to obtain or renew required regulatory approvals or licenses or to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the suspension or revocation of our licenses or our disqualification from participation in federal and state reimbursement programs, or the imposition of other harsh enforcement sanctions could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Furthermore, should we lose licenses or certifications for a number of our facilities as a result of regulatory action or otherwise, we could be deemed to be in default under some of our agreements, including agreements governing outstanding indebtedness and the report of such issues at one of our facilities could harm our reputation for quality care and lead to a reduction in our patient referrals and ultimately our revenue and operating income. For a discussion of the material government regulations applicable to our business, see “Business — Government Regulation.”
 
We face periodic reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and contracts. These audits could have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business.
 
As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. Private pay sources also reserve the right to conduct audits. An adverse review, audit or investigation could result in:
 
  •  refunding amounts we have been paid pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from private payors;
 
  •  state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;
 
  •  temporary suspension of payment for new patients to the facility;
 
  •  decertification or exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more private payor networks;
 
  •  damage to our reputation;
 
  •  the revocation of a facility’s license; and
 
  •  loss of certain rights under, or termination of, our contracts with managed care payors.
 
Significant legal actions, which are commonplace in our industry, could subject us to increased operating costs and substantial uninsured liabilities, which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
 
The long-term care industry has experienced an increasing trend in the number and severity of litigation claims involving punitive damages and settlements. We believe that this trend is endemic to the industry and is a result of the increasing number of large judgments, including large punitive damage awards, against long-term care providers in recent years resulting in an increased awareness by plaintiffs’ lawyers of potentially large recoveries. According to a report issued by AON Risk Consultants in March 2005 on long-term care operators’ professional liability and general liability costs, the average cost per bed for professional liability and general liability costs has increased from $430 in 1993 to $2,310 per bed in


19



Table of Contents

2004. This has resulted from average professional liability and general liability claims in the long-term care industry more than doubling from $72,000 in 1993 to $176,000 in 2004 and the average number of claims per 1,000 beds increasing at an average annual rate of 10% from 6.0 in 1993 to 13.1 in 2004. Our long-term care operator’s professional liability and general liability cost per bed was $1,385 in 2006 and $1,892 in 2005, as compared to our average revenue per bed of $74,280 in 2006 and $70,443 in 2005. Our professional and general liability cost per bed decreased in 2006 due to a favorable downward adjustment in our actuarily estimated costs of $3.2 million, primarily associated with the favorable impact of Texas tort reform established in 2003, and our acquisitions in Kansas and Missouri, which have existing tort reform laws. Should a trend of increasing professional liability and general liability costs occur, we may not be able to increase our revenue sufficiently to cover the cost increases, and our operating income could suffer.
 
We could face significant financial difficultly as a result of one or more of the risks discussed above, which could cause our stock price to decline, could cause us to seek protection under bankruptcy laws or could cause our creditors to have a receiver appointed on our behalf.
 
We could face significant financial difficultly if Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement rates are reduced, patient demand for our services is reduced or we incur unexpected liabilities or expenses, including in connection with legal actions. This financial difficulty could cause our stock price to decline, could cause us to seek protection under bankruptcy laws or could cause our creditors to have a receiver appointed on our behalf.
 
In 2001 we filed a voluntary petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Historical Overview — Reorganization under Chapter 11.”
 
The financial difficulties that led to our filing under Chapter 11 were caused by a combination of industry and company specific factors. Effective in 1997, the federal government fundamentally changed the reimbursement system for skilled nursing operators, which had a significant adverse effect on the cash flows of many providers, including us. Soon thereafter, we also began to experience significant industry-wide increases in our labor costs and professional liability and other insurance costs that adversely affected our operating results.
 
In late 2000, one of our facilities was temporarily decertified from the Medicare and Medicaid programs for alleged regulatory compliance reasons, causing a significant loss and delay in receipt of revenue at this facility. During this time, a patient brought a claim against us for negligence, infliction of emotional distress and willful misconduct. The plaintiff was able to obtain a judgment in the amount of approximately $6.0 million. These events occurred as the amortization of principal payments on our then outstanding senior debt substantially increased. To preserve resources for our operations, we discontinued amortization payments on our senior debt and interest payments on our subordinated debt and began to negotiate with our lenders to restructure our balance sheet. Early in the fourth quarter of 2001, before we could reach an agreement with our lenders, the plaintiff in the professional liability litigation placed a lien on our assets, including our cash. With our ability to operate severely restricted, we filed for protection under Chapter 11. We ultimately settled the professional liability claim for approximately $1.1 million, an amount that was fully covered by insurance proceeds. It is possible that future professional liability claims could harm our ability to meet our obligations or repay our liabilities.
 
A significant portion of our business is concentrated in a few markets, and an economic downturn or changes in the laws affecting our business in those markets could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
 
In the three months ended March 31, 2007 we received approximately 52.8% and 31.0% of our revenue from operations in California and Texas, respectively, and in 2006 we received approximately 52.1% and 34.4% of our revenue from operations in California and Texas, respectively. Accordingly, isolated economic conditions prevailing in either of these markets could affect the ability of our patients and third-party payors to reimburse us for our services, either through a reduction of the tax base used to generate state funding of


20



Table of Contents

Medicaid programs, an increase in the number of indigent patients eligible for Medicaid benefits or other factors. An economic downturn or changes in the laws affecting our business in these markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Possible changes in the acuity mix of residents and patients as well as payor mix and payment methodologies may significantly reduce our profitability or cause us to incur losses.
 
Our revenue is affected by our ability to attract a favorable patient acuity mix, and by our mix of payment sources. Changes in the type of patients we attract, as well as our payor mix among private payors, managed care companies, Medicare and Medicaid significantly affect our profitability because not all payors reimburse us at the same rates. Particularly, if we fail to maintain our proportion of high-acuity patients or if there is any significant increase in the percentage of our population for which we receive Medicaid reimbursement, our financial position, results of operations and cash flow may be adversely affected.
 
It is difficult to attract and retain qualified nurses, therapists, healthcare professionals and other key personnel, which increases our costs relating to these employees and could cause us to fail to comply with state staffing requirements at one or more of our facilities.
 
We rely on our ability to attract and retain qualified nurses, therapists and other healthcare professionals. The market for these key personnel is highly competitive, and we could experience significant increases in our operating costs due to shortages in their availability. Like other healthcare providers, we have experienced difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, especially facility administrators, nurses, therapists, certified nurses’ aides and other important healthcare personnel. We may continue to experience increases in our labor costs, primarily due to higher wages and greater benefits required to attract and retain qualified healthcare personnel, and such increases may adversely affect our profitability.
 
This shrinking labor market and the high demand for such employees has created high turnover among clinical professional staff, as many seek to take advantage of the supply of available positions. A lack of qualified personnel at a facility could result in significant increases in labor costs and an increased reliance on expensive temporary nursing agencies or otherwise adversely affect operations at that facility. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified professionals, our ability to provide services to our residents and patients may decline and our ability to grow may be constrained.
 
If we are unable to comply with state minimum staffing requirements at one or more of our facilities, we could be subject to fines or other sanctions.
 
Increased attention to the quality of care provided in skilled nursing facilities has caused several states to mandate, and other states to consider mandating, minimum staffing laws that require minimum nursing hours of direct care per resident per day. These minimum staffing requirements further increase the gap between demand for and supply of qualified professionals, and lead to higher labor costs.
 
We operate a number of facilities in California, which has enacted legislation establishing minimum staffing requirements for facilities operating in that state. This legislation requires that the California Department of Health Services, or DHS, promulgate regulations requiring each skilled nursing facility to provide a minimum of 3.2 nursing hours per patient day. Although DHS has not promulgated such regulations, it enforces this requirement through on-site reviews conducted during periodic licensing and certification surveys and in response to complaints. If a facility is determined to be out of compliance with this minimum staffing requirement, DHS may issue a notice of deficiency, or a citation, depending on the impact on patient care. A citation carries with it the imposition of monetary fines that can range from $100 to $100,000 per citation. The issuance of either a notice of deficiency or a citation requires the facility to prepare and implement an acceptable plan of correction.
 
Our ability to satisfy these minimum staffing requirements depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified healthcare professionals, including nurses, certified nurse’s assistants and other personnel. Attracting and retaining these personnel is difficult, given existing shortages in the labor markets in which we operate. Furthermore, if states do not appropriate additional funds (through Medicaid program


21



Table of Contents

appropriations or otherwise) sufficient to pay for any additional operating costs resulting from minimum staffing requirements, our profitability may be materially adversely affected.
 
If we fail to attract patients and residents or to compete effectively with other healthcare providers, our revenue and profitability may decline and we may incur losses.
 
The long-term healthcare services industry is highly competitive. Our skilled nursing facilities compete primarily on a local and regional basis with many long-term care providers, from national and regional chains to smaller providers owning as few as a single nursing center. We also compete with inpatient rehabilitation facilities and long-term acute care hospitals. Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients, maintain or increase rates or to expand our business. Our ability to compete successfully varies from location to location depending on a number of factors, including the number of competing centers in the local market, the types of services available, our local reputation for quality care of patients, the commitment and expertise of our staff and physicians, our local service offerings and treatment programs, the cost of care in each locality, and the physical appearance, location, age and condition of our facilities. If we are unable to attract patients to our facilities, particularly the high-acuity patients we target, then our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than us, may have greater brand recognition and may be more established in their respective communities than we are. Competing long-term care companies may also offer newer facilities or different programs or services than we do and may thereby attract our patients who are presently residents of our facilities, potential residents of our facilities, or who are otherwise receiving our healthcare services. Other competitors may accept a lower margin, and therefore, present significant price competition for managed care and private pay patients.
 
We also encounter competition in connection with our other related healthcare services, including our rehabilitation therapy services provided to third-party facilities, assisted living facilities, hospice care and institutional pharmacy services. Generally, this competition is national, regional and local in nature. Many companies competing in these industries have greater financial and other resources than we have. The primary competitive factors for these other related healthcare services are similar to those for our skilled nursing and rehabilitation therapy businesses and include reputation, the cost of services, the quality of clinical services, responsiveness to customer needs and the ability to provide support in other areas such as third-party reimbursement, information management and patient record-keeping. Given the relatively low barriers to entry and continuing health care cost containment pressures in the assisted living industry, we expect that the assisted living industry will become increasingly competitive in the future. Increased competition in the future could limit our ability to attract and retain residents, maintain or increase resident service fees, or expand our business.
 
In addition, our institutional pharmacy services generally compete on price and quality of the services provided. The introduction of the Medicare Part D benefit may also have an impact on our competitiveness in the pharmacy business by providing patients with an increased range of pharmacy alternatives and putting pressure on pharmacy plans to reduce prices.
 
Insurance coverage may become increasingly expensive and difficult to obtain for long-term care companies, and our self-insurance may expose us to significant losses.
 
It may become more difficult and costly for us to obtain coverage for patient care liabilities and certain other risks, including property and casualty insurance. Insurance carriers may require long-term care companies to significantly increase their self-insured retention levels and/or pay substantially higher premiums for reduced coverage for most insurance coverages, including workers’ compensation, employee healthcare and patient care liability.
 
We self-insure a significant portion of our potential liabilities for several risks, including professional liability, general liability and workers’ compensation. In California, Texas and Nevada, we have professional and general liability insurance with an individual claim limit of $2 million per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit for all facilities in these states of $6 million. In Kansas we have occurrence-based


22



Table of Contents

professional and general liability insurance with an occurrence limit of $1 million per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit of $3 million for each individual facility. In Missouri we have claims-made based professional and general liability insurance with an individual claim limit of $1 million per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit of $3 million for each individual facility. We have also purchased excess general and professional liability insurance coverage providing an additional $12 million of coverage for losses arising from any claims in excess of $3 million. We also maintain a $1 million self-insured professional and general liability retention per claim in California, Nevada and Texas. We maintain no deductibles in Kansas and Missouri. Additionally, we self-insure the first $1 million per workers’ compensation claim in each of California and Nevada. We purchase workers’ compensation policies for Kansas and Missouri with no deductibles. We have elected to not carry workers’ compensation insurance in Texas and we may be liable for negligence claims that are asserted against us by our employees.
 
Due to our self-insured retentions under our professional and general liability and workers’ compensation programs, including our election to self-insure against workers’ compensation claims in Texas, there is no limit on the maximum number of claims or amount for which we can be liable in any policy period. We base our loss estimates on actuarial analyses, which determine expected liabilities on an undiscounted basis, including incurred but not reported losses, based upon the available information on a given date. It is possible, however, for the ultimate amount of losses to exceed our estimates and our insurance limits. In the event our actual liability exceeds our estimates for any given period, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely impacted.
 
At March 31, 2007, we had $36.5 million in accruals for known or potential uninsured general and professional liability claims and $11.0 million in accruals for workers’ compensation, based on claims experience and an independent actuarial review. We may need to increase our accruals as a result of future actuarial reviews and claims that may develop. An adverse determination in legal proceedings, whether currently asserted or arising in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
If our referral sources fail to view us as an attractive long-term care provider, our patient base may decrease.
 
We rely significantly on appropriate referrals from physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers in the communities in which we deliver our services to attract the kinds of patients we target. Our referral sources are not obligated to refer business to us and may refer business to other healthcare providers. We believe many of our referral sources refer business to us as a result of the quality of our patient service and our efforts to establish and build a relationship with them. If we lose, or fail to maintain, existing relationships with our referral resources, fail to develop new relationships or if we are perceived by our referral sources for any reason as not providing high quality patient care, the quality of our patient mix could suffer and our revenue and profitability could decline.
 
We may be unable to reduce costs to offset decreases in our occupancy rates or other expenses completely.
 
We depend on implementing adequate cost management initiatives in response to fluctuations in levels of occupancy in our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and in other sources of income in order to maintain our current cash flow and earnings levels. Fluctuation in our occupancy levels may become more common as we increase our emphasis on patients with shorter stays but higher acuities. A decline in our occupancy rates could result in decreased revenue. If we are unable to put in place corresponding reductions in costs in response to falls in census or other revenue shortfalls, we may be unable to prevent future decreases in earnings. As a result, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.
 
If we do not achieve or maintain a reputation for providing high quality of care, our business may be negatively affected.
 
Our ability to achieve or maintain a reputation for providing high quality of care to our patients at each of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, or through our rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses, is important to our ability to attract and retain patients, particularly high-acuity patients. We


23



Table of Contents

believe that the perception of our quality of care by a potential patient or potential patient’s family seeking to contract for our services is influenced by a variety of factors, including doctor and other healthcare professional referrals, community information and referral services, newspapers and other print and electronic media, results of patient surveys, recommendations from family and friends, published quality care statistics compiled by CMS or other industry data. Through our focus on retaining high quality staffing, reviewing feedback and surveys from our patients and referral sources to highlight areas of improvement and integrating our service offerings at each of our facilities, we seek to maintain and improve on the outcomes from each of the factors listed above in order to build and maintain a strong reputation at our facilities. If any of our skilled nursing or assisted living facilities fail to achieve or maintain a reputation for providing high-quality care, or is perceived to provide a lower quality of care than comparable facilities within the same geographic area, or users of our rehabilitation therapy services perceive that they could receive higher quality services from other providers, our ability to attract and retain patients at such facility could be adversely affected. If this perception were to become widespread within the areas in which we operate, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.
 
Consolidation of managed care organizations and other third-party payors or reductions in reimbursement from these payors may adversely affect our revenue and income or cause us to incur losses.
 
Managed care organizations and other third-party payors have continued to consolidate in order to enhance their ability to influence the delivery of healthcare services. Consequently, the healthcare needs of a large percentage of the United States population are increasingly served by a small number of managed care organizations. These organizations generally enter into service agreements with a limited number of providers for needed services. These organizations have become an increasingly important source of revenue and referrals for us. To the extent that such organizations terminate us as a preferred provider or engage our competitors as a preferred or exclusive provider, our business could be materially adversely affected.
 
In addition, private third-party payors, including managed care payors, are continuing their efforts to control healthcare costs through direct contracts with healthcare providers, increased utilization reviews, or reviews of the propriety of, and charges for, services provided, and greater enrollment in managed care programs and preferred provider organizations. As these private payors increase their purchasing power, they are demanding discounted fee structures and the assumption by healthcare providers of all or a portion of the financial risk associated with the provision of care. Significant reductions in reimbursement from these sources could materially adversely affect our business.
 
Annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid for outpatient therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary may reduce our future net operating revenue and profitability or cause us to incur losses.
 
Some of our rehabilitation therapy revenue is paid by the Medicare Part B program under a fee schedule. Congress has established annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid (including deductible and coinsurance amounts) for rehabilitation therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary under Medicare Part B. The Balanced Budget Act of 1997, or BBA, requires a combined cap for physical therapy and speech-language pathology and a separate cap for occupational therapy. Due to a series of moratoria enacted subsequent to the BBA, the caps were only in effect in 1999 and for a few months in 2003. With the expiration of the most recent moratorium, the caps were reinstated on January 1, 2006 at $1,740 for the physical therapy and speech therapy cap and $1,740 for the occupational therapy cap. Each of these caps increased to $1,780 on January 1, 2007.
 
The president signed the DRA into law on February 8, 2006. The DRA directed CMS to create a process to allow exceptions to therapy caps for certain medically necessary services provided on or after January 1, 2006 for patients with certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B. The majority of the residents in our skilled nursing facilities and patients served by our rehabilitation therapy programs whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B have qualified for the exceptions to these reimbursement caps. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 extended the


24



Table of Contents

exceptions through the end of 2007. Unless further extended, these exceptions will expire on December 31, 2007.
 
The application of annual caps, or the discontinuation of exceptions to the annual caps, could have an adverse effect on our integrated rehabilitation therapy revenue as well as the rehabilitation therapy revenue that we receive from third-party facilities for treating their Medicare Part B beneficiaries. Additionally, the exceptions to these caps may not be extended beyond December 31, 2007, which would have an even greater adverse effect on our revenue.
 
Delays in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems.
 
If we have information systems problems or issues arise with Medicare, Medicaid or other payors, we may encounter delays in our payment cycle. Any future timing delay may cause working capital shortages. As a result, working capital management, including prompt and diligent billing and collection, is an important factor in our consolidated results of operations and liquidity. Our working capital management procedures may not successfully ameliorate the effects of any delays in our receipt of payments or reimbursements. Accordingly, such delays could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
 
Our rehabilitation and other related healthcare services are also subject to delays in reimbursement, as we act as vendors to other providers who in turn must wait for reimbursement from other third-party payors. Each of these customers is therefore subject to the same potential delays to which our nursing homes are subject, meaning any such delays would further delay the date we would receive payment for the provision of our related healthcare services. As we continue to grow and expand the rehabilitation and other complementary services that we offer to third parties, we may incur increasing delays in payment for these services, and these payment delays could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
 
Our success is dependent upon retaining key personnel.
 
Our senior management team has extensive experience in the healthcare industry. We believe that they have been instrumental in guiding our emergence from Chapter 11, instituting valuable performance and quality monitoring and driving innovation. Accordingly, our future performance is substantially dependent upon the continued services of our senior management team. The loss of the services of any of these persons could have a material adverse effect upon us.
 
Future acquisitions may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.
 
We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions of skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities and other related healthcare operations. Acquisitions may involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence, operating losses and additional expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:
 
  •  difficulties integrating acquired operations, personnel and accounting and information systems, or in realizing projected efficiencies and cost savings;
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
 
  •  potential loss of key employees or customers of acquired companies;
 
  •  entry into markets in which we may have limited or no experience;
 
  •  increasing our indebtedness and limiting our ability to access additional capital when needed;
 
  •  assumption of unknown material liabilities or regulatory issues of acquired companies, including for failure to comply with healthcare regulations; and
 
  •  straining of our resources, including internal controls relating to information and accounting systems, regulatory compliance, logistics and others.


25



Table of Contents

 
Furthermore, certain of the foregoing risks could be exacerbated when combined with other growth measures that we expect to pursue.
 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our financial obligations.
 
We have now and, after the offering, will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness. On March 31, 2007, our total indebtedness, after, giving effect to the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds to the repayment of debt, was approximately $409.7 million.
 
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;
 
  •  increase the cost or limit the availability of additional financing, if needed or desired, to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements, or to carry out other aspects of our business plan;
 
  •  require us to maintain debt coverage and financial ratios at specified levels, reducing our financial flexibility;  and
 
  •  limit our ability to make strategic acquisitions and develop new facilities.
 
In addition, if we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain funds necessary to make required debt payments, or if we fail to comply with the various covenants and requirements of our 11% senior subordinated notes, our senior secured credit facility or other existing or future indebtedness, we would be in default, which could permit the holders of our 11% senior subordinated notes and the holders of our other indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, to accelerate the maturity of the notes or such other indebtedness, as the case may be. Any default under the notes, our senior secured credit facility, or our other existing or future indebtedness, as well as any of the above-listed factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, liquidity and financial condition.
 
Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur more debt. This could intensify the risks associated with this indebtedness.
 
The terms of the indenture governing our 11% senior subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facility contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness. These restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these exceptions could be substantial. Accordingly, we could incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. In addition, as of March 31, 2007, on an as adjusted basis, giving effect to the completion of this offering, the application of the net proceeds to the repayment of debt, and a $25.0 million increase in available borrowings under our first lien revolving credit facility that was effective on May 11, 2007, we had approximately $75.9 million available for additional borrowing under our first lien revolving credit facility. The more we become leveraged, the more we become exposed to the risks described above under “— Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our financial obligations.”


26



Table of Contents

Our operations are subject to environmental and occupational health and safety regulations, which could subject us to fines, penalties and increased operational costs.
 
We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. Regulatory requirements faced by healthcare providers such as us include those relating to air emissions, waste water discharges, air and water quality control, occupational health and safety (such as standards regarding blood-borne pathogens and ergonomics), management and disposal of low-level radioactive medical waste, biohazards and other wastes, management of explosive or combustible gases, such as oxygen, specific regulatory requirements applicable to asbestos, lead-based paints, polychlorinated biphenyls and mold, and providing notice to employees and members of the public about our use and storage of regulated or hazardous materials and wastes. Failure to comply with these requirements could subject us to fines, penalties and increased operational costs. Moreover, changes in existing requirements or more stringent enforcement of them, as well as discovery of currently unknown conditions at our owned or leased facilities, could result in additional cost and potential liabilities, including liability for conducting clean-up, and there can be no guarantee that such increased expenditures would not be significant.
 
A portion of our workforce has unionized and our operations may be adversely affected by work stoppages, strikes or other collective actions.
 
Certain of our employees are represented by various unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements. In addition, certain labor unions have publicly stated that they are concentrating their organizing efforts within the long-term health care industry. We cannot predict the effect that continued union representation or future organizational activities will have on our business or future operations. We cannot assure you that we will not experience a material work stoppage in the future.
 
Natural disasters, terrorist attacks or acts of war may seriously harm our business.
 
Terrorist attacks or acts of nature, such as hurricanes or earthquakes, may cause damage or disruption to us, our employees and our facilities, which could have an adverse impact on our residents. In order to provide care for our residents, we are dependent on consistent and reliable delivery of food, pharmaceuticals, power and other products to our facilities and the availability of employees to provide services at our facilities. If the delivery of goods or the ability of employees to reach our facilities were interrupted due to a natural disaster or a terrorist attack, it would have a significant impact on our facilities. For example, in connection with Hurricane Katrina in New Orleans several nursing home operators unaffiliated with us have been accused of not properly caring for their residents, which has resulted in, among other things, criminal charges being filed against the proprietors of those facilities. Furthermore, the impact, or impending threat, of a natural disaster has in the past and may in the future require that we evacuate one or more facilities, which would be costly and would involve risks, including potentially fatal risks, for the patients. The impact of natural disasters and terrorist attacks is inherently uncertain. Such events could severely damage or destroy one or more of our facilities, harm our business, reputation and financial performance or otherwise cause our business to suffer in ways that we currently cannot predict.
 
The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information systems.
 
We depend on several information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business. The software programs supporting these systems are licensed to us by independent software developers. Our inability, or the inability of these developers, to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. For example, during the first quarter of 2007 we implemented an upgrade to our general ledger system, including reorganizing our financial database configuration, implementing a re-designed chart of accounts and providing for the production of new financial reports. There are inherent risks associated with modifications to our general ledger system, including the potential for inaccurately


27



Table of Contents

capturing data as well as system disruptions. Either of these problems, if not anticipated and appropriately mitigated, could have a negative impact on our ability to provide timely and accurate financial reporting and have a material adverse effect on our operations.
 
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Class A Common Stock
 
We are controlled by Onex, whose interests may conflict with yours.
 
Immediately following this offering, Onex, its affiliates and our directors and members of our senior management will own approximately 19,306,259 shares of our class B common stock. Our class A common stock has one vote per share, while our class B common stock has ten votes per share on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. After this offering, Onex, its affiliates, our directors and members of our senior management will control 88.2% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, Onex may have the power to control the outcome of matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote. These include the election and removal of directors, the adoption or amendment of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, possible mergers, corporate control contests and significant corporate transactions. Through its control of our board of directors, Onex will also have the ability to appoint or replace our senior management and cause us to issue additional shares of our common stock or repurchase common stock, declare dividends or take other actions. Onex may make decisions regarding our company and business that are opposed to other stockholders’ interests or with which they disagree. Onex may also delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if that a change of control would benefit our other stockholders, which could deprive our stockholders of the opportunity to receive a premium for their class A common stock. The significant concentration of stock ownership and voting power may adversely affect the trading price of our class A common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise. To the extent that the interests of our public stockholders are harmed by the actions of Onex, the price of our class A common stock may be harmed.
 
Additionally, Onex is in the business of making investments in companies and currently holds, and may from time to time in the future acquire, controlling interests in businesses engaged in the healthcare industries that complement or directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. Further, if it pursues such acquisitions in the healthcare industry, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. We urge you to read the discussions under the headings “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for further information about the equity interests held by our Sponsor and members of our senior management.
 
Our class A common stock has no prior public market, and it is not possible to predict how our stock will perform after this offering.
 
There has not been a public market for our class A common stock. An active trading market for our class A common stock may not develop following this offering. You may not be able sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our class A common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. Please see “Underwriting” for more information regarding our arrangements with the underwriters and the factors considered in setting the initial public offering price.
 
If our stock price is volatile, purchasers of our class A common stock could incur substantial losses.
 
Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general often experiences substantial volatility that is seemingly unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our class A common stock. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The price for our class A common stock will be determined in the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including:
 
  •  the depth and liquidity of the market for our class A common stock;


28



Table of Contents

 
  •  developments generally affecting the healthcare industry;
 
  •  investor perceptions of us and our business;
 
  •  actions by institutional or other large stockholders;
 
  •  strategic actions, such as acquisitions or restructurings, or the introduction of new services by us or our competitors;
 
  •  new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
 
  •  litigation and governmental investigations;
 
  •  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
 
  •  adverse conditions in the financial markets or general economic conditions, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism and responses to such events;
 
  •  sales of class B common stock by us or members of our management team;
 
  •  additions or departures of key personnel; and
 
  •  our results of operations, financial performance and future prospects.
 
These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our class A common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of class A common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our class A common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending or settling the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
 
We do not intend to pay dividends on our class A common stock.
 
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our class A common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our available cash, if any, for use as working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including to service our debt and to fund the operation and expansion of our business. Any payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that the board of directors deems relevant. Investors must rely on sales of their class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize a return on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our class A common stock.
 
You will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the stock you purchase.
 
Purchasers of class A common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the per share value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities and the per share price paid by our existing stockholders to acquire shares of our common stock. Accordingly, based upon the initial public


29



Table of Contents

offering price of $15.50 per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $18.10 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of class A common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately 36.7% of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately 22.6% of our common stock outstanding after this offering. See “Dilution.”
 
Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our company and have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
 
We produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of GAAP, but our internal accounting controls may not currently meet all standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded company. As a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm that addresses both management’s assessments and our internal controls. This requirement will apply to us starting with our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Our fiscal 2006 audit revealed that a significant deficiency existed in the documentation of our internal control design and that evidence of the functioning and effectiveness of key controls did not exist for our significant accounts and processes for 2006. In addition, our fiscal 2005 audit revealed a reportable condition in our internal controls over our financial closing and reporting processes. A reportable condition or a significant deficiency is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, that adversely affects a company’s ability to initiate, authorize, record, process or report external financial data reliably in accordance with GAAP such that there is a more than remote likelihood that a misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected. In particular, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified numerous post-closing adjustments to our financial statements as part of the 2005 audit and the 2006 interim review process. In addition, during our second quarter of 2006 closing review and as we prepared to register the issuance of new 11% senior subordinated notes in an exchange offer for our private 11% senior subordinated notes, we identified certain accounting errors in our financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2005 and the first quarter of 2006. These errors primarily related to purchase accounting entries made in connection with the Transactions. As a result of discovering these errors, we undertook a further review of our historical financial statements and identified adjustments to additional accounts. Following this review, our board of directors and independent registered public accounting firm concluded that an amendment of our annual report to holders of our 11% senior subordinated notes, which included the restatement of our financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2005, and an amendment of our quarterly report to holders of our 11% senior subordinated notes for the first quarter of 2006, which included a restatement of our financial statements therein, was necessary. We are in the process of remediating the significant deficiency identified above in order to help prevent and detect further errors in the financial statement closing and reporting process. We are doing this by hiring staff with the appropriate experience, upgrading our general ledger system to produce timely and accurate financial information and performing an evaluation of our internal controls and remediating where necessary. We have implemented many of these measures, and we intend to implement other measures to improve our internal control over financial reporting. If these measures are insufficient to address the issues raised, or if we discover additional internal control deficiencies, we may fail to meet reporting requirements established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and our reporting obligations under the terms of our existing or future indebtedness, our financial statements may contain material misstatements and require restatement and our business and operating results may be harmed.


30



Table of Contents

The restatement of previously issued financial statements could also expose us to legal risk. The defense of any such actions could cause the diversion of management’s attention and resources, and we could be required to pay damages to settle such actions if any such actions are not resolved in our favor. Even if resolved in our favor, such actions could cause us to incur significant legal and other expenses. Moreover, we may be the subject of negative publicity focusing on the financial statement inaccuracies and resulting restatement and negative reactions from our stockholders, creditors or others with which we do business. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could harm our business and reputation and cause the price of our securities, including our class A common stock, to decline.
 
As we prepare to comply with Section 404, we may identify significant deficiencies or errors, that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able or willing to issue a favorable assessment if we conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as required by Section 404, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and our company, which could result in a decline in the market price of our class A common stock, and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations in the future, which in turn could impact our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the future.
 
If we fail to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, we may also be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities such as the Securities and Exchange Commission or The New York Stock Exchange.
 
The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.
 
As a public company, we will need to comply with laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and requirements of The New York Stock Exchange, with which we are not required to comply as a private company. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of the time of our board of directors and management, will require us to have additional finance and accounting staff, may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly. We will need to:
 
  •  institute a more comprehensive compliance function;
 
  •  establish new internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading;
 
  •  design, establish, evaluate and maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
 
  •  prepare and distribute periodic reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;
 
  •  involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities; and
 
  •  establish an investor relations function.
 
If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies could be impaired. If our finance and accounting personnel insufficiently support us in fulfilling these public-company compliance


31



Table of Contents

obligations, or if we are unable to hire adequate finance and accounting personnel, we could face significant legal liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if we identify any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our independent registered public accountants identified a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us.
 
In addition, we also expect that being a public company subject to these rules and regulations will require us to modify our director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.
 
Substantial future sales of our class A or class B common stock in the public market may cause the price of our stock to decline.
 
If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our class A, or class B common stock, or the public market perceives that stockholders might sell substantial amounts of our class A common stock, the market price of our class A common stock could decline significantly. Such sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding approximately 16,666,666 shares of class A common stock and 20,230,928 shares of class B common stock, based upon the assumptions described in “The Offering.” Of these shares, all of the shares of class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws, unless purchased by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. All shares of class B common stock (which will convert into shares of class A common stock if transferred to holders other than our current stockholders, which includes Onex, our management group and certain of their affiliates), will be available for sale in the public market pursuant to Rules 144, 144(k) and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933 beginning on the date when the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and our current stockholders expire, which we currently expect will be on the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension under certain circumstances. Additionally, the underwriters may release all or a portion of these shares subject to lock-up agreements at any time prior to this 180th day. We describe the lock-ups and the manner in which these shares may be resold in greater detail under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Furthermore, we may sell additional shares of our common stock in subsequent public offerings. The market price of our class A common stock could decline as a result of any sales by us or our existing stockholders in the market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, our current stockholders will hold 20,230,928 shares of class B common stock (or 17,730,928 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) and will be entitled to certain rights to demand the registration of 20,082,506 shares of class B common stock (which will convert into shares of class A common stock if transferred to holders other than our current stockholders, which includes Onex, our management group and certain of their affiliates), held by them and to include their shares for registration in certain registration statements that we may file under the Securities Act of 1933 after the completion of this offering. Once we register these shares, they may be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting” and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144. We may issue shares of our common stock, or other securities, from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. In the event any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our common stock or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may also be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments. Any additional capital raised through the sale of our equity securities may dilute your percentage ownership of us.


32



Table of Contents

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of The New York Stock Exchange rules and, as a result, will qualify for and will rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
 
Upon completion of this offering, Onex and its affiliates will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock and we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of The New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. Under The New York Stock Exchange rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
 
  •  a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;
 
  •  the nominating and corporate governance committee be entirely composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;
 
  •  the compensation committee be entirely composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
 
  •  there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.
 
Following this offering, we intend to elect to be treated as a controlled company and thus utilize these exemptions, including the exemption for a board composed of a majority of independent directors. In addition, although we will have adopted charters for our audit, nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees and intend to conduct annual performance evaluations for these committees, none of these committees will be composed entirely of independent directors immediately following the completion of this offering. We will rely on the phase-in rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and The New York Stock Exchange with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one member that is independent upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days thereafter and all members that are independent within one year thereafter. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of The New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law will contain provisions that could discourage transactions resulting in a change in control, which may negatively affect the market price of our class A common stock.
 
In addition to the effect that the concentration of ownership by our significant stockholders may have, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may enable our management to resist a change in control. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a change in the ownership of our company or a change in our management, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our class A common stock. Such provisions, to be set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws effective upon the completion of this offering, include:
 
  •  our board of directors will be authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of class A common stock and class B common stock;
 
  •  advance notice requirements for stockholders to nominate individuals to serve on our board of directors or to submit proposals that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings; provided, that prior to the date that the total number of outstanding shares of class B common stock is less than 10% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, which we refer to as the Transition Date, no such requirement is required for holders of at least 10% of our outstanding class B common stock;


33



Table of Contents

 
  •  our board will be classified so not all members of our board are elected at one time, which may make it more difficult for a person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock to replace our directors;
 
  •  following the Transition Date, stockholder action by written consent will be prohibited;
 
  •  special meetings of the stockholders will be permitted to be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by a majority of our board of directors;
 
  •  stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors;
 
  •  newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by majority vote of the remaining directors;
 
  •  our board of directors will be expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and
 
  •  stockholders will be permitted to amend our bylaws only upon receiving at least 662/3% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
 
After the Transition Date, we will also be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our amended and rested certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could discourage acquisition proposals and make it more difficult or expensive for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delaying or impeding a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our class A common stock to decline.


34



Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the words, “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “estimates,” “assumes,” “could,” “projects,” “intends,” “may,” “continue” or the negative of these and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Examples of such forward-looking statements include our expectations with respect to our strategy, expansion opportunities, extension of our business model and future growth. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about us, our future performance, our business, our beliefs and management’s assumptions. We believe that our expectations are based upon reasonable beliefs, assumptions and information available to our management at the time the statements are made, however, such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
 
Numerous factors may affect our actual results and may cause results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements made by or on our behalf. Factors that may cause such differences include, among others:
 
  •  changes in Medicare and Medicaid payment levels and methodologies, including annual therapy caps, and the application of such methodologies by the government and its fiscal intermediaries;
 
  •  the effect of government regulations and changes in regulations governing the healthcare industry, including our compliance with such regulations;
 
  •  periodic reviews, audits and investigations by federal and state agencies;
 
  •  our ability to obtain and maintain individual state facility licenses to operate;
 
  •  changes in, or the failure to comply with, regulations governing the transmission and privacy of health information;
 
  •  pending or threatened litigation and professional liability claims;
 
  •  national and local economic conditions, including their effect on the availability and cost of labor, utilities and materials;
 
  •  future cost containment initiatives by third-party payors;
 
  •  demographic changes and changes in payor mix and payment methodologies;
 
  •  our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;
 
  •  our ability to maintain and increase census (volume of residents) levels;
 
  •  the competitive environment in which we operate;
 
  •  our ability to obtain adequate insurance coverage with financially viable insurance carriers, as well as the ability of our insurance carriers to fulfill their obligations;
 
  •  changes in the current trends in the costs and volume of patient-care related claims, workers’ compensation claims and insurance costs related to such claims;
 
  •  our ability to maintain good relationships with referral sources;
 
  •  further consolidation in the industry in which we operate;
 
  •  liquidity concerns, including as a result of delays in reimbursement;
 
  •  our ability to integrate acquisitions and realize synergies and accretion;
 
  •  our ability to manage growth effectively;


35



Table of Contents

 
  •  the failure to comply with environmental and occupational health and safety regulations;
 
  •  unionization, work stoppages or slowdowns;
 
  •  acts of God or public authorities, war, civil unrest, terrorism, fire, floods, earthquakes and other matters beyond our control;
 
  •  our existing and future debt, which may affect our ability to obtain financing in the future or to comply with our existing debt covenants;
 
  •  our ability to improve our fundamental business processes and reduce costs throughout the organization; and
 
  •  the availability and terms of capital to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures and ongoing operations.
 
The foregoing factors are not exhaustive, and new factors may emerge or changes to the foregoing factors may occur that could materially affect our business. For additional information regarding factors that may cause our results of operations to differ materially from those presented herein, please see “Risk Factors” contained in this prospectus. Any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set forth or referred to above, as well as the risk factors contained in this prospectus. We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as may be required under applicable securities law.


36



Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $116.8 million, at the initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. The shares of class A common stock that may be purchased upon exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option are shares held by existing stockholders and are not additional shares issuable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
 
We will use all of the net proceeds from this offering to:
 
  •  redeem $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11% senior subordinated notes, due January 15, 2014 for an aggregate redemption price, including accrued interest, of approximately $81.7 million; and
 
  •  reduce the outstanding balance of our first lien revolving credit facility, using any remaining proceeds.
 
As of March 31, 2007, we owed $255.5 million under our first lien term loan and $55.0 million under our first lien revolving credit facility. Borrowings under these facilities bear interest on the outstanding unpaid principal amount at a rate equal to an applicable margin (as described below) plus, at our option, either:
 
  •  a base rate determined by reference to the higher of the prime rate announced by Credit Suisse and the federal funds rate plus one-half of 1.0%; or
 
  •  a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate.
 
Prior to January 31, 2007, for term loans the applicable margin was 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.75% for Eurodollar rate loans. For revolving loans the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.00% to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans, in each case based on our consolidated leverage ratio. Loans under the swing line subfacility bear interest at the rate applicable to base rate loans under the revolving credit facility. For the first three months of 2007, the average interest rate applicable to term loans and Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.5% and 7.8%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the average interest rate applicable to term loans and Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.9% and 7.9%, respectively. For the first three months of 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006, the average interest rate applicable to revolving loans was 8.7% and 9.6%, respectively. Effective January 31, 2007, the applicable margin for term loans is 1.25% for base rate loans and 2.25% for Eurodollar rate loans. Our first lien term loan matures on June 15, 2012 and our revolving credit facility matures on June 15, 2010.
 
Onex and certain members of our management used borrowings from our 11% senior subordinated notes and our first lien term loan to consummate the Transactions. See “Description of Indebtedness — 11% Senior Subordinated Notes.” Certain of the underwriters of this offering or their affiliates are or may become holders of our 11% senior subordinated notes and as such will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering to the extent they hold our 11% senior subordinated notes at the time of redemption. In addition, affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA), Inc., each an underwriter in this offering, are lenders under our first lien secured credit facility and, as such, will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering. We expect the aggregate amounts received by underwriters through the repayment of indebtedness will be less than 9% of the total net proceeds of the offering.


37



Table of Contents

 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
As of the completion of this offering, there will be no accrued dividends outstanding on our preferred stock, and all outstanding preferred stock will be converted into shares of our class B common stock. After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our class A common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our available cash, if any, for use as working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including to service our debt and to fund the operation and expansion of our business. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal requirements and other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, the credit agreement governing our first lien term loan and the indenture governing our 11% senior subordinated notes each restrict our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.


38



Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2007 as follows:
 
  •  on an actual basis; and
 
  •  pro forma to give effect to (a) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our class A preferred stock into 15,928,182 shares of class B common stock concurrently with the completion of this offering, (b) the conversion of each share of our outstanding common stock into one share of class B common stock, effective as of April 26, 2007, (c) the conversion of the 8,333,333 shares of class B common stock sold in the offering by selling stockholders into 8,333,333 shares of class A common stock effective concurrently with the completion of the offering, (d) our sale of 8,333,333 shares of class A common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” and (e) our acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri in April 2007.
 
Assuming the completion of this offering on May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of $15.50 (which is the offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus) our class A preferred stock will convert into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock concurrently with this offering. For a discussion of the conversion of our class A preferred stock see “Prospectus Summary — The Offering.”
 
You should read the capitalization table together with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.


39



Table of Contents

                 
    As of March 31, 2007  
    Actual     Pro forma  
    (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share values)  
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 378     $ 378  
                 
Long-term debt obligations, including current portions:
               
Revolving credit facility(1)
  $ 55,000     $ 19,854  
First lien term loan
    255,450       255,450  
Capital leases and other debt
    5,530       5,530  
11% senior subordinated notes(2)
    198,874       128,874  
                 
Total debt
    514,854       409,708  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, 50,000 shares authorized, with 25,000 class A convertible shares and 25,000 class B shares
               
Class A, $0.001 par value, 22,312 shares, issued and outstanding actual, liquidation preference of $23,424 at March 31, 2007; no shares outstanding pro forma
    23,424        
Class B, $0.001 par value, no shares issued and outstanding, at March 31, 2007 actual or pro forma
           
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value;
Authorized — 25,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding — no shares at March 31, 2007 actual and pro forma
           
Common stock, $0.001 par value;
Authorized — 25,350,000 shares
Issued and outstanding — 12,636,079 shares at March 31, 2007 actual; no shares pro forma
    13        
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value;
               
Authorized — 175,000,000 shares
               
Issued and outstanding — no shares at March 31, 2007 actual; 16,666,666 shares pro forma
          17  
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value;
               
Authorized — 30,000,000 shares
               
Issued and outstanding — no shares at March 31, 2007 actual; 20,230,928 shares pro forma
          20  
Additional paid-in-capital(2)
    221,882       350,428  
Retained earnings
           
                 
Total stockholders’ equity(2)
    245,319       350,465  
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 760,173     $ 760,173  
                 
 
 
(1) Our revolving credit facility provides for letters of credit and revolving credit loans. As of March 31, 2007, we had $15.8 million available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility, after taking into account $4.2 million of outstanding but undrawn letters of credit and revolving credit loans outstanding of $55.0 million. The figures in both columns include $30.1 million drawn under our revolving credit facility to pay for our acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities on April 1, 2007 as the draw down had already occurred by March 31, 2007.
 
(2) Our 11% senior subordinated notes were issued at a 0.7% discount to face value of $200 million. As of March 31, 2007, the 11% senior subordinated notes were recorded on our balance sheet at $198.9 million, net of $1.1 million of unamortized original issue discount.
 
The information in the table above does not include 1,123,181 shares of class A common stock reserved for future grants or issuance under our 2007 Incentive Award Plan.

40



Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our class A common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.
 
Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2007 was approximately $(200.9) million, or $(15.90) per share, not taking into account the conversion of our outstanding class A preferred stock into class B common stock. Our net tangible book value per share is equal to the sum of our total assets of $881.6 million less intangible assets of $446.3 million less total liabilities of $636.2 million, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Assuming the completion of this offering on May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of $15.50 (which is the offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus), our class A preferred stock will convert into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock concurrently with this offering. After taking into account the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of class A preferred stock into class B common stock concurrently with the completion of this offering, our net tangible book value per share of our class A common stock as of March 31, 2007 was approximately $(7.04) per share. See “Prospectus Summary — The Offering” for a description of the conversion of our class A preferred stock.
 
Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount paid by investors in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the conversion of all of our class A preferred stock and the receipt and our intended use of approximately $116.8 million of estimated net proceeds from our sale of 8,333,333 shares of class A common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, the offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus, our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2007 would have been approximately $(95.8) million, or $(2.60) per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $4.44 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $18.10 per share to new investors purchasing shares of class A common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this substantial and immediate dilution to new investors on a per share basis:
 
                 
Initial public offering price per share
                   $ 15.50  
Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2007 after conversion of series A convertible preferred stock
  $ (7.04 )        
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
    4.44          
                 
Net tangible book value per share after this offering
            (2.60 )
                 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $ 18.10  
                 


41



Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2007, after adjusting for the conversion of all of our class A preferred stock into class B common stock, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at the initial public offering price of $15.50 per share.
 
                                         
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     per Share  
 
Existing stockholders
    28,564,261       77.4 %   $ 222,965,000       63.3 %   $ 7.81  
New investors
    8,333,333       22.6       129,167,000       36.7     $ 15.50  
                                         
Total
    36,897,594       100 %   $ 352,132,000       100 %        
                                         
 
The above discussion and tables are based on 28,564,261 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007 and exclude 1,123,181 shares of class A common stock reserved for future grants or issuance under our 2007 Incentive Award Plan.
 
The shares of class A common stock that may be purchased upon exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option are shares held by existing stockholders, and are not additional shares issuable by us. As a result, exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option will have no effect on the tables and discussion included above.
 
We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.


42



Table of Contents

 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We have derived the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 from our audited historical consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 and the unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2007, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma financial information is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our historical financial statements.
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are adjusted, as described below, to give pro forma effect to the following transactions, collectively the pro forma adjustments, all of which are deemed to have occurred simultaneously:
  •  the acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri in April 2007 for $30.1 million, including acquisition costs of $0.1 million, or the “April Acquisition”;
  •  the acquisition of two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled nursing and residential care facility in Missouri in March 2006 for an aggregate purchase price of $31.0 million, or the “Missouri Acquisitions”;
  •  the acquisition of a leasehold interest in a skilled nursing facility in Nevada in June 2006 for $2.7 million and the acquisition of a skilled nursing facility in Missouri in December 2006 for $8.5 million or collectively with the April Acquisition, the “Other Acquisitions,” and together with the Missouri Acquisitions, the “Acquisitions”; and
  •  the adjustments for this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, or the “Offering,” including:
  •  our issuance of 8,333,333 shares of our class A common stock at a price of $15.50 per share, which is the offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus;
  •  the conversion of our class A preferred stock into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock;
  •  our receipt of the net proceeds from this offering of approximately $116.8 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $12.3 million payable by us;
  •  our redemption of $70.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 11% senior subordinated notes for an aggregate redemption price, including accrued interest, of approximately $81.7 million; and
  •  our use of all remaining net proceeds to reduce the outstanding principal amount of our first lien revolving credit facility.
 
We describe our anticipated use of the proceeds of this offering, including the effect of any change in our initial public offering price and the exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, in greater detail under “Use of Proceeds.”
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 gives effect to this offering and the April Acquisition as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 gives effect to the Acquisitions and this Offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 gives effect to this Offering and the April Acquisition as if they had occurred on March 31, 2007.
We present the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements for informational purposes only; they do not purport to represent what our financial position or results of operations would actually have been had the pro forma adjustments in fact occurred on the assumed dates or to project our financial position at any future date or results of operations for any future period. We have based the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements on the estimates and assumptions set forth in the notes to these statements that management believes are reasonable. In the opinion of management, all adjustments have been made that are necessary to present fairly the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.
You should read the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes, and other financial information and discussion included elsewhere in this prospectus, including “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which you should read in conjunction with these unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.


43



Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2007
 
                                 
          Adjustments
             
          for the April
    Adjustments for
       
    Historical     Acquisition (B)     this Offering     Pro Forma  
    (In thousands, except share and per share values)  
 
ASSETS:
Current assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 378     $     $     $ 378  
Accounts receivable, net
    88,468                   88,468  
Other current assets
    28,158                   28,158  
                                 
Total current assets
    117,004                   117,004  
Property and equipment, net
    238,549       24,320             262,869  
Goodwill
    412,894       5,829             418,723  
Intangible assets, net
    33,378                   33,378  
Other assets
    79,728       (30,149 )           49,579  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 881,553     $     $     $ 881,553  
                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Current liabilities:
                               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 50,547     $     $     $ 50,547  
Other current liabilities
    22,505                   22,505  
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases
    3,185                   3,185  
                                 
Total current liabilities
    76,237                   76,237  
Long-term liabilities:
                               
Long-term debt and capital leases, less current portion
    511,669 (A)(D)           (105,146 )     406,523  
Other liabilities
    48,328                   48,328  
                                 
Total liabilities
    636,234             (105,146 )     531,088  
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Preferred stock, 50,000 shares authorized with 25,000 Class A convertible shares and 25,000 Class B shares
                               
Class A, $0.001 par value; 22,312 shares, issued and outstanding actual, liquidation preference of $23,424 at March 31, 2007; no shares outstanding pro forma
    23,424             (23,424 )      
Class B, $0.001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 actual or pro forma
                       
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value;
                               
Authorized — 25,000,000 shares
                               
Issued and outstanding — no shares at March 31, 2007 actual and pro forma
                       
Common stock, $0.001 par value;
Authorized — 25,350,000
Issued and outstanding — 12,636,079 shares at March 31, 2007 actual; no shares pro forma
    13             (13 )      
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value;
                               
Authorized — 175,000,000 shares
                               
Issued and outstanding — no shares at March 31, 2007 actual; 16,666,666 shares pro forma
                17       17  
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value;
                               
Authorized — 30,000,000 shares;
                               
Issued and outstanding — no shares at March 31, 2007 actual; 20,230,928 shares pro forma
                20       20  
Additional paid-in capital
    221,882               128,546       350,428  
Retained earnings
                       
                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    245,319             105,146 (C)     350,465  
                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 881,553     $     $     $ 881,553  
                                 


44



Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
 
(A) The following table sets forth the anticipated uses of the estimated $129.2 million of gross proceeds to us from this offering (in thousands):
 
         
Redemption of 11% senior subordinated notes(1)
  $ 70,000  
Additional redemption price relating to 11% senior subordinated notes
    7,700  
Accrued interest on 11% Senior subordinated notes
    4,002  
Repayment of amounts outstanding under first lien revolving credit facility
    35,146  
Underwriting discounts and estimated transaction fees and expenses
    12,319  
         
Total
  $ 129,167  
         
 
 
(1) The 11% senior subordinated notes were issued at a 0.7% discount to face value of $200 million. As of March 31, 2007, the 11% senior subordinated notes were recorded on our balance sheet at $198.9 million, net of $1.1 million of unamortized original issue discount.
 
 
(B) Adjustments reflect the assets acquired in connection with the April Acquisition.
 
(C) Adjustments to stockholders’ equity reflect the following (in thousands):
 
         
Gross proceeds to us from the offering of class A common stock
  $ 129,167  
Underwriting discounts and estimated transaction expenses
    (12,319 )
Additional redemption price related to 11% senior subordinated notes
    (7,700 )
Accrued interest on 11% Senior subordinated notes
    (4,002 )
         
Total
  $ 105,146  
         
 
(D) Our historical balance at March 31, 2007 includes $30.1 million in draw downs on our revolving credit facility to purchase the facilities acquired in the April Acquisition. The cash used to consummate the April Acquisition was held in escrow and included in noncurrent other assets on our balance sheet until the closing of the April Acquisitions.


45



Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007
 
                                 
          Adjustments
             
          for the
    Adjustments
       
          April
    for this
       
    Historical     Acquisition(A)     Offering     Pro Forma  
    (In thousands, except share and per share values)  
 
Revenue
  $ 144,655     $ 5,052     $     $ 149,707  
Expenses:
                               
Cost of services (exclusive of rent cost of sales and depreciation and amortization shown below)
    107,213       3,915             111,128  
Rent cost of sales
    2,694                   2,694  
General and administrative
    11,497                   11,497  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,961       145             4,106  
                                 
      125,365       4,060             129,425  
                                 
Other income (expenses):
                               
Interest expense
    (12,092 )     (656 )     2,610 (B)     (10,138 )
Interest income and other
    327                   327  
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge
    (33 )                 (33 )
Equity in earnings of joint venture
    540                   540  
                                 
Total other income (expenses), net
    (11,258 )     (656 )     2,610       (9,304 )
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    8,032       336       2,610       10,978  
Provision for income taxes
    3,378       134       1,044       4,556  
                                 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 4,654     $ 202     $ 1,566     $ 6,422  
                                 
Income from continuing operations per common share, basic
  $ 0.39                     $ 0.18  
Income from continuing operations per common share, diluted
  $ 0.37                     $ 0.17  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    11,959,116               24,261,515       36,220,631  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    12,620,244               24,261,515       36,881,759  


46



Table of Contents

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007.
 
(A) These adjustments reflect the operating income and expenses of the facilities acquired in the April Acquisition for the period presented, including interest expense on borrowing incurred to finance the acquisition.
 
(B) The pro forma adjustment to interest expense reflects the decrease of interest expense as a result of the use of net proceeds from this offering of approximately $116.8 million to repay certain existing indebtedness. The components to this adjustment to interest expense, net are as follows:
 
         
    Three Months
 
    Ended
 
    March 31, 2007  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Reduction in estimated interest expense in connection with borrowings under the first lien revolving credit facility
  $ 685  
Reduction in interest expense incurred in connection with the 11% senior subordinated notes
    1,925  
         
Total
  $ 2,610  
         


47



Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
                                         
          Adjustments
    Adjustments
             
          for the
    for the
    Adjustments
       
          Missouri
    Other
    for this
       
    Historical     Acquisitions(A)     Acquisitions(B)     Offering     Pro Forma  
    (In thousands, except share and per share values)  
 
Revenue
  $ 531,657     $ 3,716     $ 28,651     $     $ 564,024  
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of services (exclusive of rent cost of sales and depreciation and amortization shown below)
    394,936       2,921       23,424             421,281  
Rent cost of sales
    10,027             365             10,392  
General and administrative
    39,872       257                   40,129  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,897       139       859             14,895  
                                         
      458,732       3,317       24,648             486,697  
                                         
Other income (expenses):
                                       
Interest expense
    (46,286 )     (98 )     (2,894 )     6,702 (C)     (42,576 )
Interest income and other
    1,196                         1,196  
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge
    (197 )                       (197 )
Equity in earnings of joint venture
    1,903                         1,903  
                                         
Total other income (expenses), net
    (43,384 )     (98 )     (2,894 )     6,702       (39,674 )
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    29,541       301       1,109       6,702       37,653  
Provision for income taxes
    12,204       120       444       2,681       15,449  
                                         
Income from continuing operations
  $ 17,337     $ 181     $ 665     $ 4,021     $ 22,204  
                                         
Income from continuing operations per common share, basic
  $ 1.49                             $ 0.62  
Income from continuing operations per common share, diluted
  $ 1.46                             $ 0.61  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    11,638,185                       24,261,515       35,899,700  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    11,849,097                       24,261,515       36,110,612  


48



Table of Contents

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2006.
 
(A) These adjustments reflect the operating income and expenses of the facilities acquired in the Missouri Acquisitions for the period presented.
 
(B) These adjustments reflect the operating income and expenses of the facilities acquired in the Other Acquisitions for the period presented, including interest expense on borrowing incurred to finance the acquisition.
 
(C) The pro forma adjustment to interest expense reflects the decrease of interest expense as a result of the use of net proceeds from this offering of approximately $116.8 million to repay certain existing indebtedness. The components to this adjustment to interest expense, net are as follows:
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2006  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Reduction in estimated interest expense in connection with borrowings under the first lien revolving credit facility
  $ 2,776  
Reduction in interest expense and amortization of original issue discount incurred in connection with the 11% senior subordinated notes
    3,926  
         
Total
  $ 6,702  
         


49



Table of Contents

 
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following tables set forth our selected historical consolidated financial data. We derived the selected historical consolidated financial data for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected historical consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived our selected historical consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and as of March 31, 2007 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected historical consolidated statements of operations have been recast to reflect our California pharmacy business, which we sold in March 2005, as discontinued operations. The unaudited historical consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited historical consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future performance. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ended December 31, 2007. Due to the effect of the Transactions on the recorded amounts of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, our financial statements prior to the Transactions are not comparable to our financial statements subsequent to the Transactions. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with other sections of this prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Consolidated Results of Operations,” and our consolidated historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


50



Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
 
                                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Successor
    Successor
    Successor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
 
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
Revenue
  $ 144,655       125,186     $ 531,657     $ 462,847     $ 371,284     $ 316,939     $ 302,567  
Expenses:
                                                       
Cost of services (exclusive of rent cost of sales and depreciation and amortization shown below)
    107,213       92,311       394,936       347,228       281,395       243,520       235,052  
Rent cost of sales
    2,694       2,451       10,027       9,815       7,883       7,168       7,320  
General and administrative
    11,497       9,566       39,872       43,784       25,148       19,219       18,474  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,961       3,674       13,897       9,991       8,597       8,069       7,947  
                                                         
      125,365       108,002       458,732       410,818       323,023       277,976       268,793  
                                                         
Other income (expenses):
                                                       
Interest expense
    (12,092 )     (11,227 )     (46,286 )     (27,629 )     (22,370 )     (27,486 )     (25,175 )
Interest income and other
    327       386       1,196       949       789       147       588  
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge
    (33 )     (21 )     (197 )     (165 )     (926 )     (1,006 )      
Equity in earnings of joint venture
    540       381       1,903       1,787       1,701       1,161       972  
Write-off of deferred financing costs
                      (16,626 )     (7,858 )     (4,111 )      
Forgiveness of stockholder loan
                      (2,540 )                  
Reorganization expenses
                      (1,007 )     (1,444 )     (12,964 )     (12,304 )
Gain on sale of assets
                      980                    
                                                         
Total other (expenses) income, net
    (11,258 )     (10,481 )     (43,384 )     (44,251 )     (30,108 )     (44,259 )     (35,919 )
                                                         
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    8,032       6,703       29,541       7,778       18,153       (5,296 )     (2,145 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    3,378       2,601       12,204       (13,048 )     4,421       (1,645 )      
                                                         
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    4,654       4,102       17,337       20,826       13,732       (3,651 )     (2,145 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                      14,740       2,789       1,966       2,851  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax
                      (1,628 )           (12,261 )      
                                                         
Net income (loss)
    4,654       4,102       17,337       33,938       16,521       (13,946 )     706  
Accretion on preferred stock
    (4,772 )     (4,401 )     (18,406 )     (744 )     (469 )           (2,760 )
                                                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
  $ (118 )   $ (299 )   $ (1,069 )   $ 33,194     $ 16,052     $ (13,946 )   $ (2,054 )
                                                         
Net (Loss) Income Per Share Data:
                                                       
Net (loss) income per common share, basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 27.01     $ 13.45     $ (12.06 )   $ (1.81 )
Net (loss) income per common share, diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 25.73     $ 12.47     $ (12.06 )   $ (1.81 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    11,959,116       11,618,412       11,638,185       1,228,965       1,193,501       1,156,634       1,134,944  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    11,959,116       11,618,412       11,638,185       1,290,120       1,286,963       1,156,634       1,134,944  


51



Table of Contents

                                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Successor
    Successor
    Successor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
 
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands, except for share and per share data)  
Pro forma per common share, basic (unaudited)(1):
                                                       
Numerator:
                                                       
Net income, as reported
  $ 4,654             $ 17,337                                  
Pro forma per common share, basic (unaudited)(1):
                                                       
Denominator:
                                                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in pro forma per common share, basic (unaudited)(1)
    27,887,298               27,566,367                                  
Pro forma net income per common share, basic (unaudited)(1)
  $ 0.17             $ 0.63                                  
Pro forma per common share, diluted (unaudited)(1):
                                                       
Numerator:
                                                       
Net income, as reported
  $ 4,654             $ 17,337                                  
Denominator:
                                                       
Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding used in pro forma per common share, diluted (unaudited)
    28,548,426               27,777,279                                  
Pro forma net income per common share, diluted (unaudited)(1)
  $ 0.16             $ 0.62                                  
 
                                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Successor
    Successor
    Successor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
 
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Other Financial Data
                                                       
Capital expenditures (excluding acquisitions)
  $ 6,379     $ 3,066     $ 22,267     $ 11,183     $ 8,212     $ 6,019     $ 5,902  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    2,653       3,583       34,415       15,004       48,358       (15,221 )     30,378  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (50,101 )     (37,405 )     (74,376 )     (223,785 )     (45,230 )     (26,093 )     (5,031 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    45,005       (664 )     5,644       241,253       (1,132 )     23,486       (15,797 )
EBITDA(2)
    23,758       21,218       88,528       57,561       51,120       19,817       33,240  
EBITDA margin(2)
    16.4 %     16.9 %     16.7 %     12.4 %     13.8 %     6.3 %     11.0 %
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
    23,791       21,239     $ 88,725     $ 77,778     $ 58,559     $ 45,459     $ 42,693  
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)
    16.4 %     17.0 %     16.7 %     16.8 %     15.8 %     14.3 %     14.1 %
 

52



Table of Contents

                                                 
    As of March 31,     As of December 31,  
    Successor
    Successor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
 
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance Sheet Data
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 378     $ 2,821     $ 37,138     $ 4,666     $ 2,670     $ 20,498  
Working capital
    40,767       19,628       59,130       15,036       (9,109 )     (208,421 )
Property and equipment, net
    238,549       230,904       191,151       192,397       157,146       147,720  
Total assets
    881,553       838,695       797,082       308,860       260,407       257,323  
Long-term debt (including current portion and the revolving credit facility)
    514,854       469,055       463,309       280,885       254,040       224,406  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    245,319       240,648       222,927       (50,475 )     (82,313 )     (69,440 )
 
Notes
 
(1) Pro forma net income per class A common share gives effect to the conversion of our class A preferred stock into approximately 15,928,182 shares of class B common stock, which will occur concurrently with the completion of this offering, assuming the completion of this offering on May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of $15.50, which is the offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus.
 
(2) We define EBITDA as net income before depreciation, amortization and interest expenses (net of interest income and other) and the provision for (benefit from) income taxes. EBITDA margin is EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA (each to the extent applicable in the appropriate period) for:
 
  •  discontinued operations, net of tax;
 
  •  the effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax;
 
  •  the change in fair value of an interest rate hedge;
 
  •  reversal of a charge related to the decertification of a facility;
 
  •  gains or losses on sale of assets;
 
  •  provision for the impairment of long-lived assets;
 
  •  the write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt;
 
  •  reorganization expenses; and
 
  •  fees and expenses related to the Transactions.
 
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors regarding our operational performance because they enhance an investor’s overall understanding of the financial performance and prospects for the future of our core business activities. Specifically, we believe that a report of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide consistency in our financial reporting and provides a basis for the comparison of results of core business operations between our current, past and future periods. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are two of the primary indicators management uses for planning and forecasting in future periods, including trending and analyzing the core operating performance of our business from period-to-period without the effect of GAAP expenses, revenues and gains that are unrelated to the day-to-day performance of our business. We also use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to benchmark the performance of our business against expected results, analyzing year-over-year trends, as described below, and to compare our operating performance to that of our competitors.
 
Management uses both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to assess the performance of our core business operations, to prepare operating budgets and to measure our performance against those budgets on a corporate, segment and a facility by facility level. We typically use Adjusted EBITDA for these purposes at the corporate level (because the adjustments to EBITDA are not generally allocable to any

53



Table of Contents

individual business unit) and we typically use EBITDA to compare the operating performance of each skilled nursing and assisted living facility, as well as to assess the performance of our operating segments: long term care services, which includes the operation of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities; and ancillary services, which includes our rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful in this regard because they do not include such costs as interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense and special charges, which may vary from business unit to business unit and period-to-period depending upon various factors, including the method used to finance the business, the amount of debt that we have determined to incur, whether a facility is owned or leased, the date of acquisition of a facility or business, the original purchase price of a facility or business unit or the tax law of the state in which a business unit operates. These types of charges are dependent on factors unrelated to our underlying business. As a result, we believe that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide a meaningful and consistent comparison of our underlying business between periods by eliminating certain items required by GAAP which have little or no significance in our day-to-day operations.
 
We also make capital allocations to each of our facilities based on expected EBITDA returns and establish compensation programs and bonuses for our executive management and facility level employees that are based upon the achievement of pre-established EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA targets.
 
We also use Adjusted EBITDA to determine compliance with our debt covenants and assess our ability to borrow additional funds and to finance or expand our operations. The credit agreement governing our first lien term loan uses a measure substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA as the basis for determining compliance with our financial covenants, specifically our minimum interest coverage ratio and our maximum total leverage ratio, and for determining the interest rate of our first lien term loan. The indenture governing our 11% senior subordinated notes also uses a substantially similar measurement for determining the amount of additional debt we may incur. For example, both our credit facility and the indenture for the 11% senior subordinated notes include adjustments for (i) gain or losses on the sale of assets, (ii) the write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt; (iii) reorganization expenses; and (iv) fees and expenses related to the Transactions. Our non-compliance with these financial covenants could lead to acceleration of amounts under our credit facility. In addition, if we cannot satisfy certain financial covenants under the indenture for our 11% senior subordinated notes, we cannot engage in specified activities, such as incurring additional indebtedness or making certain payments. We are currently in compliance with our debt covenants.
 
Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our underlying business, maintaining our financial requirements, designing incentive compensation and for our goal setting both on an aggregate and facility level basis, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures that have no standardized meaning defined by GAAP. Therefore, our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA measures have limitations as analytical tools, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  •  they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  they do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
  •  they do not reflect any income tax payments we may be required to make;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
 
  •  they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flows;


54



Table of Contents

 
  •  they do not reflect the impact on earnings of charges resulting from certain matters we consider not to be indicative of our on-going operations; and
 
  •  other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness as comparative measures.
 
We compensate for these limitations by using them only to supplement both net income (loss) and consolidated cash flow on a basis prepared in conformance with GAAP in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business. We strongly encourage investors to consider both net income (loss) and cash flows determined under GAAP as compared to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, and to perform their own analysis, as appropriate.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation from our net income (loss) (including the pro forma presentations thereof), which is the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP for the periods indicated:
 
                                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Successor
    Successor
    Successor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
    Predecessor
 
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Unaudited)           (In thousands)                    
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 4,654     $ 4,102     $ 17,337     $ 33,938     $ 16,521     $ (13,946 )   $ 706  
Plus
                                                       
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    3,378       2,601       12,204       (13,048 )     4,421       (1,645 )      
Depreciation and amortization
    3,961       3,674       13,897       9,991       8,597       8,069       7,947  
Interest expense, net of interest income
    11,765       10,841       45,090       26,680       21,581       27,339       24,587  
                                                         
EBITDA
    23,758       21,218       88,528       57,561       51,120       19,817       33,240  
Discontinued operations, net of tax(a)
                      (14,740 )     (2,789 )     (1,966 )     (2,851 )
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax(b)
                      1,628             12,261        
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge(c)
    33       21       197       165       926       1,006        
Reversal of charge related to decertification of a facility(d)
                                  (2,734 )      
Gain on sale of assets(e)
                      (980 )                  
Write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt(f)
                      16,626       7,858       4,111        
Reorganization expenses(g)
                      1,007       1,444       12,964       12,304  
Expenses related to the Transactions(h)
                      16,511                    
                                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 23,791     $ 21,239     $ 88,725     $ 77,778     $ 58,559     $ 45,459     $ 42,693  
                                                         
 
Notes
 
(a) In March 2005, we sold our California-based institutional pharmacy business and, therefore, the results of operations of our California-based pharmacy business have been classified as discontinued operations. As our pharmacy business has been sold, these amounts are no longer part of our core operating business.
 
(b) In 2005, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle as a result of our adoption of FIN No. 47. In 2003, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle as a result of our adoption of SFAS No. 150, which requires that financial instruments issued in the form of shares that are mandatorily redeemable be classified as liabilities. While these


55



Table of Contents

items are required under GAAP, they are not reflective of the operating income and losses of our underlying business.
 
(c) Changes in fair value of an interest rate hedge are unrelated to our core operating activities and we believe that adjusting for these amounts allows us to focus on actual operating costs at our facilities.
 
(d) In 2003, we reversed a charge recorded in 2000 related to a facility decertification from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. We appealed the decertification decision and in November 2002 reached a settlement for a recertification, resulting in the recovery of previously uncompensated care expenses in the amount of approximately $2.7 million. We believe our reversal of this charge is appropriate as the amount relates to a charge previously recorded in 2000. Even though the reversal is appropriate under GAAP, this amount is not reflective our of true operating income for 2003.
 
(e) While gains or losses on sales of assets are required under GAAP, these amounts are also not reflective of income and losses of our underlying business.
 
(f) Reflects deferred financing costs that were expensed in connection with the prepayment of previously outstanding debt, and deferred financing costs that were expensed upon prepayment of our second lien senior secured term loan in connection with the Transactions. Write-offs for deferred financing costs are the result of distinct capital structure decisions made by our management and are unrelated to our day-to-day operations.
 
(g) Represents expenses incurred in connection with our Chapter 11 reorganization. We believe that reorganization expenses will be immaterial in 2007 and, upon acceptance of our final petition by the bankruptcy court, which we expect will occur in 2007, we will no longer incur reorganization expenses. As a result, we do not believe that these expenses are reflective of the performance of our core operating business.
 
(h) Represents (1) $0.2 million in fees paid by us in connection with the Transactions for valuation services and an acquisition audit; (2) our forgiveness in connection with the completion of the Transactions of a $2.5 million note issued to us in March 1998 by our then-Chairman of the Board, William Scott; (3) a $4.8 million bonus award expense incurred in December 2005 upon the completion of the Transactions pursuant to Trigger Event cash bonus agreements between us and our Chief Financial Officer, John King, and our Executive Vice President and President Ancillary Subsidiaries, Mark Wortley, in order to compensate them similarly to the economic benefit received by other executive officers who had previously purchased restricted stock; and (4) non-cash stock compensation charges of $9.0 million incurred in connection with restricted stock granted to certain of our senior executives. As these expenses relate solely to the Transactions, we do not expect to incur these types of expenses in the future.


56



Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is intended to assist in understanding and assessing the trends and significant changes in our results of operations and financial condition. Historical results may not indicate future performance. Our forward-looking statements reflect our current views about future events, are based on assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of risks associated with reliance on forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause differences between actual results and those contemplated by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors.” Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Business Overview
 
We are a provider of integrated long-term healthcare services through our skilled nursing facilities and rehabilitation therapy business. We also provide other related healthcare services, including assisted living care and hospice care. We focus on providing high-quality care to our patients and we have a strong reputation for treating patients who require a high level of skilled nursing care and extensive rehabilitation therapy, whom we refer to as high-acuity patients. As of April 1, 2007 we owned or leased 64 skilled nursing facilities and 13 assisted living facilities, together comprising approximately 8,900 licensed beds. We currently own approximately 75% of our facilities, which are located in California, Texas, Kansas, Missouri and Nevada and are generally clustered in large urban or suburban markets. For the first three months of 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, our skilled nursing facilities, including our integrated rehabilitation therapy services at these facilities, generated approximately 84.4% and 85.5%, respectively, of our revenue, with the remainder generated by our other related healthcare services.
 
In the first three months of 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, our revenue was $144.7 million and $531.7 million, respectively. To increase our revenue we focus on improving our skilled mix, which is the percentage of our patient population that is eligible to receive Medicare and managed care reimbursements. Medicare and managed care payors typically provide higher reimbursement than other payors because patients in these programs typically require a greater level of care and service. We have increased our skilled mix from 20.6% for 2004 to 25.3% for the first three months of 2007. Our high skilled mix also results in a high quality mix, which is our percentage of non-Medicaid revenues. We have increased our quality mix from 61.4% in 2004 to 70.5% for the first three months of 2007. In the first three months of 2007, our net income was $4.7 million, our EBITDA was $23.8 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $23.8 million. In 2006, our net income was $17.3 million, our EBITDA was $88.5 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $88.7 million. We define EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, provide a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) (the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP), and discuss our uses of, and the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in footnote 2 to “Prospectus Summary — Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.”
 
We operate our business in two reportable operating segments: long-term care services, which includes the operation of skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most significant portion of our business, and ancillary services, which include our rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses. The “other” category includes general and administrative items and eliminations.


57



Table of Contents

Historical Overview
 
The Transactions
 
In December 2005, Onex, certain members of our management and Baylor Health Care System, together the rollover investors, and other associates and affiliates of Onex purchased our business in a merger for $645.7 million. Onex, its affiliates and associates, and the rollover investors funded the purchase price, related transaction costs and an increase of cash on our balance sheet with equity contributions of approximately $222.9 million, the issuance and sale of $200.0 million principal amount of our 11% senior subordinated notes and the incurrence and assumption of $259.4 million in term loan debt. Immediately after the merger, Onex and its affiliates and associates, on the one hand, and the rollover investors, on the other hand, held approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of our outstanding capital stock, not including restricted stock issued to management at the time of the Transactions.
 
As a result of the merger, our assets and liabilities were adjusted to their estimated fair value as of the closing of the merger. The excess of total purchase price over the fair value of our tangible and identifiable intangible assets was allocated to goodwill in the amount of approximately $396.0 million, which is subject to an annual impairment test. We refer to the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, the equity contributions, the financings and use of proceeds of the financings, collectively, as the “Transactions.” We describe the Transactions in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — The Transactions.”
 
Acquisitions, Divestitures and Development Activities
 
From the beginning of 2004 through December 31, 2006, we have acquired the real estate or a leasehold interest or entered into long-term leases for 22 skilled nursing and assisted living facilities across four states. During this time period, we also sold one skilled nursing facility and one assisted living facility.
 
In 2004, we entered into a capital lease with a purchase option for a skilled nursing facility in Fullerton, California with 59 beds, along with an operating lease for a new 190 bed skilled nursing facility in Summerlin, Nevada, near Las Vegas, Nevada. In December 2004, we acquired seven skilled nursing facilities and eight assisted living facilities in Kansas, which we refer to as the Vintage Park group of facilities, for $42.0 million in cash, our largest acquisition to date, and assumed operation of these facilities on January 1, 2005. As of December 31, 2006, the Vintage Park group of facilities had 838 licensed beds.
 
In 2005, we sold an assisted living facility in California with 230 licensed beds and a skilled nursing facility in Texas with 119 licensed beds, for an aggregate sales price of $4.6 million in cash.
 
On March 1, 2006, we purchased two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled nursing and residential care facility in Missouri for $31.0 million in cash; on June 16, 2006, we purchased a long-term leasehold interest in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for $2.7 million in cash and on December 15, 2006, we purchased a skilled nursing facility in Missouri for $8.5 million in cash. These facilities added approximately 666 beds to our operations.
 
On February 1, 2007, we purchased the land, building and related improvements of one of our leased skilled nursing facilities in California for $4.3 million in cash. Changing this leased facility into an owned facility resulted in no net change in the number of beds.
 
In March of 2007 we completed construction on an assisted living facility in Ottawa, Kansas for a total cost of approximately $2.8 million. This facility added 47 beds to our operations.
 
On April 1, 2007, we purchased the owned real property, tangible assets, intellectual property and related rights and licenses of three skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri for $30.1 million in cash. We also assumed certain liabilities under associated operating contracts. The transaction added approximately 426 beds and 24 unlicensed apartments to our operations. The acquisition was financed by draw downs of $30.1 million on our revolving credit facility.


58



Table of Contents

 
New Facilities Under Development
 
We are currently developing three skilled nursing facilities in the Dallas/Fort Worth greater metropolitan area. We expect the total costs for development to be between $38 million and $43 million and that all of the facilities will be completed by April 2009. Upon completion we expect these facilities to add in aggregate approximately 360 to 410 beds to our operations.
 
We are also developing an assisted living facility in the greater Kansas City area. We estimate that the costs for this project will be approximately $4.4 million. We expect this facility to be completed in September 2008 and to add approximately 40 to 50 new beds to our operations.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
On March 31, 2005, we completed the disposition of our California pharmacy business, which comprised two institutional pharmacies in southern California, in a sale to Kindred Pharmacy Services for approximately $31.5 million in cash. We continue to hold our joint venture interest in an institutional pharmacy in Austin, Texas. Our consolidated statements of operations reflect our California pharmacy business, which we sold in March 2005, as discontinued operations.
 
The following table sets forth selected financial data of our discontinued operations.
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    2005   2004
    (In thousands)
 
Revenue
  $ 13,109     $ 50,068  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    14,740       2,789  
 
There were no discontinued operations in the three months ended March 31, 2007 and in the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Reorganization under Chapter 11
 
On October 2, 2001, we and 19 of our subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, Los Angeles Division, or the bankruptcy court. On November 28, 2001, our remaining three subsidiaries also filed voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11. From the date we filed the petition with the bankruptcy court through December 31, 2005, we incurred reorganization expenses totaling approximately $32.5 million. There were no material reorganization expenses in 2006.
 
Upon emerging from bankruptcy on August 19, 2003, we repaid or restructured all of our indebtedness in full, paying all accrued interest expenses and issuing 5.0% of our common stock to holders of our then outstanding 111/4% senior subordinated notes.
 
The financial difficulties that led to our filing under Chapter 11 were caused by a combination of industry and company specific factors. Effective in 1997, the federal government fundamentally changed the reimbursement system for skilled nursing operators, which had a significant adverse effect on the cash flows of many providers, including ours. Soon thereafter, we also began to experience significant industry-wide increases in our labor costs and professional liability and other insurance costs that adversely affected our operating results.
 
In late 2000, one of our facilities was temporarily decertified from the Medicare and Medicaid programs for alleged regulatory compliance reasons, causing a significant loss and delay in receipt of revenue at this facility. During this time, we were also subject to an unrelated significant adverse professional liability judgment. These events occurred as the amortization of principal payments on our then outstanding senior debt substantially increased. To preserve resources for our operations, we discontinued amortization payments on our senior debt and interest payments on our subordinated debt and began to negotiate with our lenders to restructure our balance sheet. Early in the fourth quarter of 2001, before we


59



Table of Contents

could reach an agreement with our lenders, the plaintiff in our professional liability litigation placed a lien on our assets, including our cash. With our ability to operate severely restricted, we filed for protection under Chapter 11. We were ultimately able to settle the professional liability claim for an amount that was fully covered by insurance proceeds.
 
Following our petition for protection under Chapter 11, we and our subsidiaries continued to operate our businesses as debtors-in-possession, subject to the jurisdiction of the bankruptcy court through August 19, 2003. While in bankruptcy we retained a new management team that:
 
  •  emphasized quality of care;
 
  •  recruited experienced facility level management and nursing staff;
 
  •  accelerated revenue growth by improving census and payor mix by focusing on higher acuity patients;
 
  •  managed corporate and facility level operating expenses by streamlining support processes and eliminating redundant costs;
 
  •  expanded our corporate infrastructure by establishing a risk management team, legal department and human resources department; and
 
  •  implemented a new information technology system to provide rapid data delivery for management decision making.
 
Key Performance Indicators
 
We manage our business by monitoring certain key performance indicators that affect our revenue and profitability. The most important key performance indicators for our business are:
 
  •  Skilled mix — the number of Medicare and non-Medicaid managed care patient days at our skilled nursing facilities divided by the total number of patient days at our skilled nursing facilities for any given period.
 
  •  EBITDA — net income (loss) before depreciation, amortization and interest expenses and the provision for income taxes. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA means EBITDA as adjusted for non-core operating items. See footnote 2 to “Prospectus Summary — Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” for an explanation of the adjustments and a description of our uses of, and the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
 
  •  Average daily rates — revenue per patient per day for Medicare or managed care, Medicaid and private pay and other, calculated as total revenues for Medicare or managed care, Medicaid and private pay and other at our skilled nursing facilities divided by actual patient days for that revenue source for any given period.
 
  •  Quality mix — the amount of non-Medicaid revenue from each of our business units as a percentage of total revenue. In most states, Medicaid is the least attractive payor source, as rates are generally the lowest of all payor types.
 
  •  Occupancy percentage — the average daily ratio during a measurement period of the total number of residents occupying a bed in a skilled nursing facility to the number of available beds in the skilled nursing facility. During any measurement period, the number of licensed beds in a skilled nursing facility that are actually available to us may be less than the actual licensed bed capacity due to, among other things, bed decertifications.
 
  •  Percentage of facilities owned — the number of skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities that we own as a percentage of the total number of facilities. We believe that our success is influenced by the level of ownership of the facilities we operate.


60



Table of Contents

 
  •  Average daily number of patients — the total number of patients at our skilled nursing facilities in a period divided by the number of days in that period.
 
  •  Number of facilities and licensed beds — the total number of skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities that we own or operate and the total number of licensed beds associated with these facilities.
 
The following table summarizes our key performance indicators, along with other statistics, for each of the dates or periods indicated (unaudited):
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
 
Occupancy statistics (skilled nursing facilities):
                                       
Available beds in service at end of period
    7,459       7,229       7,467       6,848       6,293 (1)
Available patient days
    668,208       627,069       2,637,154       2,529,782       2,282,681  
Actual patient days
    574,957       545,063       2,270,552       2,155,183       2,012,097  
Occupancy percentage
    86.0 %     86.9 %     86.1 %     85.2 %(2)     88.1 %
Skilled mix
    25.3 %     24.4 %     23.5 %     22.4 %     20.6 %
Percentage of Medicare days in the upper nine RUG categories(3)
    37.6 %     30.3 %     33.0 %            
Average daily number of patients
    6,388       6,056       6,221       5,905       5,498  
EBITDA(4) (in thousands)
  $ 23,758     $ 21,218     $ 88,528     $ 57,561     $ 51,120  
Adjusted EBITDA(4) (in thousands)
  $ 23,791     $ 21,239     $ 88,725     $ 77,778     $ 58,559  
Revenue per patient day (skilled nursing facilities)
                                       
Medicare
  $ 481     $ 441     $ 459     $ 434     $ 394  
Managed care
    351       344       348       343       326  
Medicaid
    126       122       124       117       109  
Private and other
    151       143       144       134       127  
Weighted average for all
    212       198       200       187       167  
Revenue from:
                                       
Medicare
    38.2 %     36.9 %     36.0 %     36.3 %     35.8 %
Managed care and private pay
    32.3       31.3       32.0       30.2       25.6  
                                         
Quality mix
    70.5       68.2       68.0       66.5       61.4  
Medicaid
    29.5       31.8       32.0       33.5       38.6  
                                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                         
 


61



Table of Contents

                                         
    As of March 31,     As of December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
Facilities:
                                       
Skilled nursing facilities (at end of period):
                                       
Owned
           44 (5)            42                43                39                33  
Leased
    17       17       18       17       17  
                                         
Total skilled nursing facilities
    61 (5)     59       61       56       50  
                                         
Total licensed beds
    7,578 (5)     7,326       7,648       6,937       6,580  
Assisted living facilities (at end of period):
                                       
Owned
    11       10       10       10       2  
Leased
    2       2       2       2       3  
                                         
Total assisted living facilities
    13       12       12       12       5  
                                         
Total licensed beds
    913 (5)     869       794       822       700  
Total facilities (at end of period)
    74 (5)     71       73       68       55  
Percentage owned facilities (at end of period)
    74.3 %(5)     73.2 %     72.6 %     72.1 %     63.6 %
 
 
(1) Excludes the Vintage Park group of facilities that we acquired on December 31, 2004 and began operations on January 1, 2005, and our Summerlin, Nevada facility for which we acquired an operating lease on September 30, 2004 and that was under construction for the remainder of 2004.
 
(2) Occupancy percentage was 86.6% excluding Summerlin, Nevada, which was in start-up phase in 2005.
 
(3) As of January 1, 2006, the resource utilization group, or RUG, categories were expanded from 44 to 53. This measures the percentage of our Medicare days that were generated by patients for whom we are reimbursed under one of the nine highest paying RUG categories.
 
(4) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income before depreciation, amortization and interest expenses (net of interest income and other) and the provision for (benefit from) income taxes. See footnote 2 to “Prospectus Summary — Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” for a description of our use of, and the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. See footnote 2 to “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation to net income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP.
 
(5) Effective April 1, 2007, the number of owned skilled nursing facilities increased to 47 from 44, the total number of skilled nursing facilities increased to 64 from 61, the total number of skilled nursing facility beds increased to 7,986 from 7,578, the total number of assisted living beds increased to 931 from 913, the total number of facilities increased to 77 from 74 and the percentage owned facilities increased to 75.3% from 74.3%.

62



Table of Contents

 
Revenue
 
Revenue by Service Offering
 
In our long-term care services segment we derive the majority of our revenue by providing skilled nursing care and integrated rehabilitation therapy services to residents in our network of skilled nursing facilities. In our ancillary services segment we derive revenue by providing related healthcare services, including our rehabilitation therapy services provided to third-party facilities and hospice care. The following table shows the percentage of our total revenue generated by each of these segments for the periods presented:
 
                                         
    Percentage
 
    Total Revenue  
          Year Ended
 
    Three months Ended March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
 
Long-term care services segment:
                                       
Skilled nursing facilities
    84.4 %     86.2 %     85.5 %     86.8 %     90.8 %
Assisted living facilities
    2.7       3.0       2.9       3.5       2.0  
                                         
Total long-term care services segment
    87.1       89.2       88.4       90.3       92.8  
Ancillary services segment:
                                       
Third-party rehabilitation therapy services
    11.7       10.1       10.6       9.2       7.1  
Hospice
    1.1       0.7       0.9       0.4        
                                         
Total ancillary services segment
    12.8       10.8       11.5       9.6       7.1  
Other:
    0.1             0.1       0.1       0.1  
                                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                         
 
Although our total revenue derived from skilled nursing facilities generally continues to increase, the percentage of total revenue that is derived from skilled nursing facilities has declined as revenue growth in our ancillary services segment has occurred at a faster rate. We expect this trend to continue in the near-term as we continue to enhance and expand our offerings in our ancillary services segment.
 
Sources of Revenue
 
Long-term care services segment
 
Skilled Nursing Facilities.  Within our skilled nursing facilities, we generate our revenue from Medicare, Medicaid, managed care providers, insurers, private pay and other sources. We believe that our skilled mix is an important indicator of our success in attracting high-acuity patients because it represents the percentage of our patients who are reimbursed by Medicare and managed care payors, for whom we receive the most favorable reimbursement rates. Medicare and managed care payors typically do not provide reimbursement for custodial care, which is a basic level of healthcare.


63



Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our Medicare, managed care, private pay/other and Medicaid patient days for our skilled nursing facilities as a percentage of total patient days for our skilled nursing facilities and the level of skilled mix for our skilled nursing facilities:
 
                                         
    Percentage Skilled
 
    Nursing Patient Days  
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
 
Medicare
    19.5 %     19.0 %     18.0 %     17.8 %     16.8 %
Managed care
    5.8       5.4       5.5       4.6       3.8  
                                         
Skilled mix
    25.3       24.4       23.5       22.4       20.6  
Private and other
    16.2       16.2       16.6       16.2       14.0  
Medicaid
    58.5       59.4       59.9       61.4       65.4  
                                         
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                         
 
Assisted Living Facilities.  Within our assisted living facilities, we generate our revenue primarily from private pay sources, with a small portion earned from Medicaid or other state specific programs.
 
Ancillary services segment
 
Rehabilitation Therapy.  As of March 31, 2007, we provided rehabilitation therapy services to a total of 177 facilities, 61 of which were our facilities and 116 of which were unaffiliated facilities. Rehabilitation therapy revenue derived from servicing our own facilities is included in our revenue from skilled nursing facilities. Our rehabilitation therapy business receives payment for services from skilled nursing facilities based on negotiated patient per diem rates or a negotiated fee schedule based on the type of service rendered.
 
Hospice.  We established our hospice business in 2004. We derive substantially all of the revenue from our hospice business from Medicare reimbursement for hospice services.
 
Regulatory and other Governmental Actions Affecting Revenue
 
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, we derived approximately 38.2% and 29.5% of our total revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, respectively, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, we derived approximately 36.0% and 32.0% of our total revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, respectively. In addition, our rehabilitation therapy services, for which we receive payment from private payors, are significantly dependent of Medicare and Medicaid funding, as those private payors are often reimbursed by these programs.
 
Medicare.  Medicare is an exclusively federal program that primarily provides healthcare benefits to beneficiaries who are 65 years of age or older. It is a broad program of health insurance designed to help the nation’s elderly meet hospital, hospice, home health and other health care costs. Medicare coverage extends to certain persons under age 65 who qualify as disabled and those having end-stage renal disease.
 
Medicare reimburses our skilled nursing facilities under a prospective payment system, or PPS, for inpatient Medicare Part A covered services. Under the PPS, facilities are paid a predetermined amount per patient, per day, based on the anticipated costs of treating patients. The amount to be paid is determined by classifying each patient into a resource utilization group, or RUG, category that is based upon each patient’s acuity level. As of January 1, 2006, the RUG categories were expanded from 44 to 53, with increased reimbursement rates for treating higher acuity patients. The new rules also implemented a market basket increase that increased rates by 3.1% for fiscal year 2006. At the same time, Congress terminated certain temporary add on payments that were added in 1999 and 2000 as the nursing home industry came under financial pressure from prior Medicare cuts. Therefore, while Medicare payments to skilled nursing facilities were reduced by an estimated $1.02 billion


64



Table of Contents

because of the expiration of the temporary payment add-ons, this reduction was more than offset by a $510 million increase in payments resulting from the refined classification system and a $530 million increase resulting from updates to the payment rates in connection with the market basket index. While the fiscal year 2006 Medicare skilled nursing facility payment rates did not decrease payments to skilled nursing facilities, the loss of revenue associated with future changes in skilled nursing facility payments could, in the future, have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operation.
 
On February 8, 2006, the president signed into law the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, which is expected to reduce Medicare and Medicaid payments to skilled nursing facilities by $100.0 million over five years, (federal fiscal years 2006 to 2010). Under previously enacted federal law, caps on annual reimbursements for rehabilitation therapy became effective on January 1, 2006. The DRA directed CMS to create a process to allow exceptions to the therapy caps for certain medically necessary services provided after January 1, 2006 for patients with certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B. The majority of the residents in our skilled nursing facilities and patients served by our rehabilitation therapy agencies whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B have qualified for these exceptions. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 extended these exceptions through the end of 2007. Unless further extended, these exceptions will expire on December 31, 2007.
 
On February 5, 2007, the Bush Administration released its fiscal year 2008 budget proposal, with legislative and administrative proposals that would reduce Medicare spending by $5.3 billion in fiscal year 2008 and $75.9 billion over five years. The budget would, among other things, freeze payments in fiscal year 2008 to skilled nursing facilities and reduce payment updates for hospice services. Of these proposals, $4.3 billion for 2008 and $65.6 billion over five years would require legislation to be implemented. Both the DRA and the 2008 budget proposal may result in reduced Medicare funding for skilled nursing facilities and other providers. For 2007, as part of a market basket adjustment implemented for increased cost of living, Medicare payments to skilled nursing facilities increase by an average of 3.1% over prior year rates.
 
On April 30, 2007 CMS issued a proposal ruled that would update 2008 per diem payment rates for skilled nursing facilities by 3.3%, and revise and rebase the skilled nursing facility market basket. The proposed rule would increase aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities nationwide by approximately $690 million.
 
While CMS has proposed a market basket increase of 3.3 percent in its proposed rule, the president’s budget recommendation, includes a proposal for zero percent update to the skilled nursing facility market basket. To become effective, the proposed rule would require legislation enacted by Congress.
 
Historically, adjustments to the reimbursement under Medicare have had a significant effect on our revenue. For a discussion of historic adjustments and recent changes to the Medicare program and related reimbursement rates see “Business — Sources of Reimbursement” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates or changes in the rules governing the Medicare program could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.”
 
Medicaid.  Medicaid is a state administered medical assistance program for the indigent, operated by the individual states with the financial participation of the federal government. Each state has relatively broad discretion in establishing its Medicaid reimbursement formulas and coverage of service, which must be approved by the federal government in accordance with federal guidelines. All states in which we operate cover long-term care services for individuals who are Medicaid eligible and qualify for institutional care. Medicaid payments are made directly to providers, who must accept the Medicaid reimbursement level as payment in full for services rendered. Rapidly increasing Medicaid spending, combined with slow state revenue growth, has led many states to institute measures aimed at controlling spending growth. Given that Medicaid outlays are a significant component of state budgets, we expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid outlays for skilled nursing facilities in the states in which we operate. In addition, the DRA limited the circumstances under which an individual may become financially eligible for Medicaid and nursing home services paid for by Medicaid. The following summarizes the Medicaid regime in the principal states in which we operate.


65



Table of Contents

  •  California.  In 2005, under State Assembly Bill 1629, California Medicaid, known as Medi-Cal, switched from a prospective payment system to a prospective cost-based system for free-standing nursing facilities that is facility specific based upon the cost of providing care at that facility. State Assembly Bill 1629 included both a rate increase, as well as a quality assurance fee that is a provider tax. The provider tax is a mechanism for states to obtain additional federal funding for the state’s Medicaid program. State Assembly Bill 1629 also effected a retroactive cost of living adjustment to its existing average reimbursement rate for the 2004/2005 rate year. As a result, we received a $5.8 million retroactive cost of living adjustment in August 2005, which related to services we had provided in 2004 and 2005. State Assembly Bill 1629 is scheduled to expire, with its prospective cost-based system and quality assurance fee becoming inoperative, on July 31, 2008, unless a later enacted statute extends this date.
 
  •  Texas.  Texas has a prospective cost based system that is facility specific based upon patient acuity mix for that facility.
 
  •  Kansas/Missouri.  The Kansas and Missouri Medicaid reimbursement systems are prospective cost based and are case mix adjusted for resident activity levels.
 
  •  Nevada.  Nevada’s reimbursement system is prospective cost based, adjusted for patient acuity mix and designed to cover all costs except those currently associated with property, return on equity, and certain ancillaries. Property cost is reimbursed at a prospective rate for each facility.
 
For additional information on the Medicaid program in the states in which we currently operate see “Business — Sources of Reimbursement.”
 
The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has established a Medicaid advisory commission charged with recommending ways in which Congress can restructure the program. The commission issued its report on December 29, 2006. The commission’s report included several recommendations that involved giving states greater discretion in the determination of eligibility, formulation of benefit packages, financing, and tying payment for services to quality measures. The commission also recommended to expand home and community-based care for seniors and the disabled.
 
Primary Expense Components
 
Cost of Services
 
Cost of services in our long-term care services segment primarily include salaries and benefits, supplies, purchased services, ancillary expenses such as the cost of pharmacy and therapy services provided to patients and residents, and expenses for general and professional liability insurance and other operating expenses of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities.
 
Cost of services in our ancillary services segment primarily include salaries and benefits, supplies, purchased services and expenses for general and professional liability insurances and other operating expenses of our rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses.
 
General and Administrative
 
General and administrative expenses are primarily salaries, bonuses and benefits and purchased services to operate our administrative offices. Also included in general and administrative expenses are expenses related to non-cash stock based compensation and professional fees, including accounting, financial audit and legal fees.
 
We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in the future as a result of becoming a public company. Our anticipated additional expenses include:
 
  •  increased salaries, bonuses and benefits necessary to attract and retain qualified accounting professionals as we seek to expand the size and enhance the skills of our accounting and finance staff;


66



Table of Contents

 
  •  increased professional fees as we complete the process of complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including incurring additional audit fees in connection with our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit of our assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting;
 
  •  increased costs associated with creating and developing an internal audit function, which we have not had historically;
 
  •  increased legal costs associated with reviews of our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
 
  •  the incurrence of miscellaneous costs, such as exchange fees, investor relations fees, filing expenses, training expenses and increased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
 
We currently estimate that our general and administrative expenses will increase by approximately $1.2 to $1.5 million per year as a result of being a public company. In addition, we estimate that we will have approximately $0.8 to $1.0 million in added general and administrative expenses in 2007, primarily related to the process of complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
 
Restricted Stock Issued Prior to the Transactions.  Non-cash stock based compensation primarily relates to grants of our restricted stock. Effective March 8, 2004, we entered into restricted stock and employment agreements with four executive officers, Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch, Rapp and our former Chief Financial Officer. Pursuant to these agreements we sold 70,661 shares of restricted and non-voting common stock (as governed by our then effective certificate of incorporation) to these executives for a purchase price of $0.05 per share, the then fair market value of the shares. Of these shares, 4,930 shares owned by our former Chief Financial Officer were cancelled in September 2004 upon the termination of his service with us.
 
These shares of common stock were restricted by certain vesting requirements, our right to repurchase the shares and restrictions on the sale or transfer of such shares. These shares were subject to vesting, among other things, as follows:
 
  •  Subject to the executive’s continuing service with us, the shares would vest in full upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event, which was defined as any asset sale, initial public offering or stock sale (each, a “liquidity event”), providing a terminal equity value of us in excess of $100.0 million. The consummation of the Transactions constituted a valid Trigger Event; and
 
  •  If a Trigger Event had not occurred by the end of the original term of the executive’s employment agreement and such executive was still employed by us, 50% of his shares would vest if he had complied with the confidentiality and non-solicitation obligations in his employment agreement and we had achieved EBITDA in any one fiscal year of over $60.0 million.
 
We used the intrinsic value method in accordance with the Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25 Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, or APB No. 25, to account for non-cash stock-based compensation associated with the restricted stock. Under this method, we did not recognize compensation expense upon the issuance of the restricted stock because the per share purchase price paid by each executive for the restricted shares was equal to the then fair market value per share. We were required to recognize non-cash stock-based compensation expense in the period that the number of shares subject to vesting became probable and determinable, calculated as the difference between the fair value of such shares as estimated by our management at the end of the applicable period and the price paid for such shares by the executive. We amortized the deferred non-cash stock-based compensation over the probable vesting period, beginning with the date of issuance of the restricted stock.
 
In 2004, we determined that it was probable that 50% of the restricted shares would vest at the end of the original term of each executive’s employment agreement. For 2004, we recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense totaling $1.2 million, representing the difference between the estimated aggregate market value of our restricted stock as determined by our management on December 31, 2004 and the aggregate price paid for such restricted shares by the executives. We recorded related amortization of non-cash stock-based compensation expense equal to $0.8 million in 2005 and $0.3 million in 2004.


67



Table of Contents

Upon completion of the Transactions, the remainder of the restricted shares fully vested and we recorded $9.0 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense, determined as the difference between the per share price paid in the merger and $0.05 per share (the per share price paid by the executives), multiplied by the number of restricted shares that were not previously determined to be probable to vest.
 
Cash Bonus Payments.  In April 2005, we entered into Trigger Event cash bonus agreements with our Chief Financial Officer and our Executive Vice President and President, Ancillary Services, to compensate them similarly to the economic benefit received by our other executive officers that were entitled to receive benefits under their respective restricted stock agreements upon the consummation of certain liquidity events. Subject to each of their continued employment through the closing of a Trigger Event, including the closing of the Transactions, these agreements entitled the officers to a cash bonus on the date of such closing equal to the product of (a) Skilled Healthcare Group’s terminal equity value determined as of the Trigger Event, plus aggregate cash dividends paid by Skilled Healthcare Group prior to such Trigger Event, multiplied by (b) the executive’s then effective ownership percentage. Upon the closing of the Transactions, pursuant to these agreements, our Chief Financial Officer and our Executive Vice President and President, Ancillary Services, received a cash payment of $3.3 million, and $1.1 million, respectively.
 
Restricted Stock Issued in Connection with or Following the Transactions. Effective December 27, 2005, we entered into restricted stock agreements with our executive officers, Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch, King, Rapp and Wortley, under our Restricted Stock Plan, as amended, in connection with each of our executive officers’ employment agreements. We awarded 1,129,924 shares of restricted common stock to these executive officers and 123,585 shares of restricted common stock to other employees. We did not obtain contemporaneous valuations from an unrelated valuation specialist on this date, but determined that the fair market value of each share of restricted common stock granted on December 27, 2005 was $0.20, the same price paid for our common stock by third parties in the Transactions. In January 2006, we sold 5,070 shares of common stock and ten shares of class A preferred stock to a third party at a price of $0.20 per share of common stock and $9,900 per share of class A preferred stock. In March 2006, we issued 35,310 shares of restricted common stock to our Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Susan Whittle, in connection with the commencement of her employment with us, and in April 2006, we issued 35,310 shares of restricted common stock to our Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer, Peter Reynolds, in connection with the commencement of his employment with us. We did not obtain contemporaneous valuations from an unrelated valuation specialist in connection with these grants primarily because of the close proximity in timing of these grants to the Transactions, as well as the sale of common stock in January 2006, and the ability to perform a contemporaneous review of changes in key milestones and performance indicators for this short period. Contemporaneously with these grants, we estimated that the fair value of a share of common stock continued to be $0.20 by reviewing and analyzing key milestones and changes in the performance metrics of our business (including revenue, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, skilled mix, occupancy percentage and average daily rates) from January 2006, the last sale of our common stock to a third party, through the date of each grant and changes in our expected future performance over this time period. Based on this review, we estimated that the value of a share of common stock and a share of class A preferred stock had not changed.
 
The shares of common stock awarded to our officers in December 2005, March 2006 and April 2006 are restricted by certain vesting requirements, our right to repurchase the shares and restrictions on the sale or transfer of such shares. 25% of the restricted shares vested on the day of grant. The remaining shares will vest 25% on each of the subsequent three anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the employee’s continuing employment with us or any of our subsidiaries. In addition, all restricted shares will vest upon certain change in control transactions. The recognition and measurements of restricted stock expense was accounted for under APB No. 25, prior to January 1, 2006 and under SFAS No. 123 (revised), Share Based Payments, or SFAS No. 123R, subsequent to January 1, 2006. Accordingly, we recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense equal to 25% of the estimated fair value of the shares granted on the date of grant and record related amortization of non-cash stock-based compensation expense ratably over the vesting period of the shares, unless the vesting is accelerated as described above.


68



Table of Contents

In connection with the issuance of the restricted stock at and immediately following the Transactions, we recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $0.1 million in 2005. The remainder of the $9.9 million non-cash stock-based compensation expense recorded in 2005 resulted from the accelerated vesting of previously issued restricted stock that was cashed out in the Transactions as discussed above. In connection with the grant of shares to our executives in March 2006 and April 2006 the non-cash stock-based compensation expense recorded was inconsequential.
 
In July 2006 our management determined to explore the possibility of completing a public offering of our common stock. After consulting with the lead underwriters in this offering, we estimated the fair value of our common stock by applying a 15% discount to an estimated equity value of our company, which was determined by reviewing and comparing earnings multiples of publicly-traded companies in our industry.
 
We determined that a 15% discount was appropriate because:
 
  •  the valuation in a public offering reflected a valuation of freely-tradable common stock to be issued in the offering, whereas our then outstanding securities reflected illiquid ownership in a private company;
 
  •  there is a risk that we will be unable to achieve our projected financial forecasts of operating results and cash flows, which could significantly reduce our equity value; and
 
  •  there is a risk that we might not achieve a liquidity event, such as the completion of this offering or a sale of our company, at all.
 
On August 30, 2006, we granted an aggregate of 15 shares of preferred stock and 7,605 shares of common stock to certain of our non-employee directors. We did not obtain a contemporaneous valuation from an unrelated valuation specialist in connection with these grants primarily because we had recently completed a valuation of our business in consultation with the underwriters in this offering. We used our determination of the estimated equity value of the company in July 2006, to contemporaneously estimate that the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant was $7.81. The increase in the estimated fair value of the company is considered to be related to overall market increases in the industry and consistent favorable operating performance. We also determined that the fair market value of a share of preferred stock was equal to its liquidation preference of $9,900. The shares granted to our non-employee directors were fully vested upon grant, and we recognized stock compensation expense equal to the full value of the shares as of that date. We accordingly recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million in connection with the grant of shares to certain of our non-employee directors.
 
Since the grant of shares made to non-employee directors in August 2006, we have continued to revise and update our projected financial performance. Based on these increases in our projections and based upon EBITDA multiples implied by trading values of public companies in our industry, we and the underwriters in this offering established the offering price range for this offering.
 
Based on the offering price of $15.50 per common share, which is the offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of the restricted stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007 was $20.5 million, of which $10.1 million was related to vested restricted stock and $10.4 million was related to unvested restricted stock.
 
Determining the fair value of our stock requires making complex and subjective judgments. There is inherent uncertainty in making these estimates. Although it is reasonable to expect that the completion of this offering will add value to the shares because they will have increased liquidity and marketability, the amount of the additional value cannot be measured with precision or certainty.
 
Performance Based Incentive Compensation Plan.  Our performance based incentive compensation plan for each of our operating segments provides for cash bonus payments that are intended to reflect the achievement of key operating measures, including quality outcomes, customer satisfaction, cash collections, efficient resource utilization and operating budget goals. We accrue bonus expense based on the ratable achievement of these operating measures.


69



Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization relates to the ratable write-off of assets such as our owned buildings and equipment over their assigned useful lives as a result of wear and tear due to usage. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
 
     
Buildings and improvements
  15-40 years
Leasehold improvements
  Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful
life, generally 5-10 years
Furniture and equipment
  3-10 years
 
Rent Cost of Sales
 
Rent consists of the straight-line recognition of lease amounts payable to third-party owners of skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities that we operate but do not own. Rent does not include inter-company rents paid between wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
Dividend Accretion on Class A Convertible Preferred Stock
 
Dividends accrue daily on our class A preferred stock at a rate of 8% per annum on the sum of the original purchase price and the accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon. In the first three months of 2007 and during 2006, dividend accretion on our convertible preferred stock was $4.8 million and $18.4 million, respectively. Upon completion of this offering, our class A preferred stock, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, will be converted into shares of our class B common stock.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis we re-evaluate our judgments and estimates, including those related to doubtful accounts, income taxes and loss contingencies. We base our estimates and judgments on our historical experience, knowledge of current conditions and our belief of what could occur in the future considering available information, including assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these policies.
 
The following represents a summary of our critical accounting policies, defined as those policies that we believe: (a) are the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and (b) require management’s most subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.
 
Revenue recognition
 
Our revenue is derived primarily from our skilled nursing facilities, which includes our integrated rehabilitation therapy services at these facilities, with the remainder generated by our other related healthcare services. These services consist of our rehabilitation therapy services provided to third-party facilities, assisted living facilities and hospice care. For the first three months of 2007 and during 2006, approximately 67.7% and 68.0%, respectively, of our revenue was received from funds provided under Medicare and state Medicaid assistance programs. We also receive revenue from managed care providers and private pay patients. We record our revenue from these governmental and managed care programs on an accrual basis as services are performed at their estimated net realizable value under these programs. Our revenue from governmental and managed care programs is subject to audit and retroactive adjustment by governmental and third-party


70



Table of Contents

agencies. Retroactive adjustments that are likely to result from future audits by third-party payors are accrued on an estimated basis in the period the related services are performed. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, any changes to these governmental revenue estimates are recorded in the period the change or adjustment becomes known based on final settlements. Because of the complexity of the laws and regulations governing Medicare and state Medicaid assistance programs, our estimates may potentially change by a material amount. We record our revenue from private pay patients on an accrual basis as services are performed. If, as of March 31, 2007, we were to experience a decrease of 1% in our revenue estimates, our revenue would decrease by $1.4 million.
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from non-payment of patient accounts receivable and third-party billings and notes receivable from customers. In evaluating the collectibility of accounts receivable, we consider a number of factors, including the age of the accounts, changes in collection trends, the composition of patient accounts by payor the status of ongoing disputes with third-party payors and general industry conditions. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. Our receivables from Medicare and Medicaid payor programs represent our only significant concentration of credit risk. We do not believe there are significant credit risks associated with these governmental programs. If, at March 31, 2007, we were to recognize an increase of 10% in the allowance for our doubtful accounts, our total current assets would decrease by $0.9 million, or 0.7% with a corresponding statement of operations expense of the same amount.
 
Patient liability risks
 
Our professional liability and general liability reserve includes amounts for patient care related claims and incurred but not reported claims. Professional liability and general liability costs for the long-term care industry have become increasingly expensive and difficult to estimate. The amount of our reserves is determined based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. The estimation process requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this monitoring and our assumptions about emerging trends, we, along with an independent actuary, develop information about the size of ultimate claims based on our historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected costs to settle unpaid claims. Although we believe that our reserves are adequate, it is possible that this liability will require a material adjustment in the future. For example, an adverse professional liability judgment partially contributed to our predecessor company’s bankruptcy filing under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in October 2001. If, at March 31, 2007, we were to recognize an increase of 10.0% in the reserve for professional liability and general liability, our total liabilities would be increased by $3.7 million, or 0.6% with a corresponding statement of operations expense of the same amount.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets
 
We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived assets other than goodwill, primarily consisting of our investments in real estate, for impairment indicators. If indicators of impairment are present, we evaluate the carrying value of the related real estate investments in relation to the future discounted cash flows of the underlying operations to assess recoverability of the assets. Measurement of the amount of the impairment, if any, may be based on independent appraisals, established market values of comparable assets or estimates of future cash flows expected. The estimates of these future cash flows are based on assumptions and projections believed by management to be reasonable and supportable. They require management’s subjective judgments and take into account assumptions about revenue and expense growth rates. These assumptions may vary by type of long-lived asset. As of March 31, 2007, none of our long-lived assets were impaired.


71



Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
As of March 31, 2007, the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets was approximately $446.3 million. This goodwill and intangible assets results primarily from the excess of the purchase price over the net identifiable assets in the Transactions. In connection with the Transactions, we recorded goodwill of approximately $396.0 million and recorded other intangible assets of approximately $32.5 million.
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations accounted for as purchases. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and other Intangible Assets, or SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized, but instead is subject to impairment tests performed at least annually, or between annual testing upon the occurrence of an event or change in circumstances that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. For goodwill, the test is performed at the reporting unit level as defined by SFAS No. 142 as discussed below. If we find that the carrying value of goodwill is to be impaired, we must reduce the carrying value to fair value. We believe that our determination not to recognize an impairment loss on our long-lived assets and goodwill is a critical accounting estimate because this determination is susceptible to change, dependent upon events that are remote in time and may or may not occur and because recognizing an impairment loss could result in a material reduction of the assets reported on our consolidated balance sheet.
 
Determination of Reporting Units
 
We consider the following three businesses to be reporting units for the purpose of testing our goodwill for impairment under SFAS No. 142:
 
  •  long-term care services, which includes our operation of skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most significant portion of our business,
 
  •  rehabilitation therapy, which provides physical, occupational and speech therapy in our facilities and unaffiliated facilities, and
 
  •  hospice care, which was established in 2004 and provides hospice care in Texas and California.
 
The goodwill that resulted from the Transactions as of December 27, 2005 was allocated to the long-term care services operating segment and the ancillary services operating segment based on the relative fair value of the assets on the date of the Transactions. Within the ancillary services operating segment all of the goodwill was allocated to the rehabilitation therapy reporting unit and no goodwill was allocated to the hospice care reporting unit due to the start-up nature of the business and cumulative net losses before depreciation, amortization, interest expense (net) and provision for (benefit from) income taxes attributable to that segment. In addition, no synergies were expected to arise as a result of the Transactions which might provide a different basis for allocation of goodwill to reporting units.
 
Goodwill Impairment Testing
 
We test goodwill for impairment annually on October 1, or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of its reporting units, including goodwill, may exceed their fair values. As a result of our testing, we did not record any impairment charges in 2006 or 2005. We test goodwill using a present value technique by comparing the present value of estimates of future cash flows of our reporting units to the carrying amounts of the applicable goodwill. We are not aware of any indicators of potential impairment as of March 31, 2007.
 
Deferred Financing Costs
 
Deferred financing costs are costs related to fees and expenses associated with our issuances of debt. The deferred financing costs at March 31, 2007 substantially relate to our 11% senior subordinated notes and our first lien secured credit agreement and are being amortized over the maturity period using an effective-interest method for term debt and the straight-line method for first lien revolving credit facility. At March 31, 2007, deferred financing costs, net of amortization, were approximately $15.8 million. In connection with the Transactions, we expensed approximately $2.3 million of deferred financing costs related to our previously outstanding second lien senior secured term loan, which was repaid in connection


72



Table of Contents

with the Transactions, and capitalized approximately $11.4 million of fees and expenses related to the Transactions.
 
Income Taxes
 
We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, or SFAS No. 109. We determine deferred tax assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date based upon the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.
 
Our temporary differences are primarily attributable to purchase accounting, accrued professional liability expenses, asset impairment charges associated with our 2001 write-down of asset values under SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets Disposed Of, or SFAS No. 121, accelerated tax depreciation, our provision for doubtful accounts and accrued compensatory benefits.
 
We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and available carryback potential and unless we believe that recovery is more likely than not, we establish a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We make our judgments regarding deferred tax assets and the associated valuation allowance, based on among other things, expected future reversals of taxable temporary differences, available carryback potential, tax planning strategies and forecasts of future income. We periodically review the adequacy of the valuation allowance and recognize these benefits if a reassessment indicates that it is more likely than not that these benefits will be realized.
 
Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. While we believe that our tax return positions are supportable, there are certain positions that may not be sustained upon review by tax authorities. At March 31, 2007 and at December 31, 2006, we have provided for $13.5 million and $11.7 million, respectively, of accruals for uncertain tax positions. The current portion of the accrual for uncertain tax positions is recorded as a component of taxes payable and the non-current portion of the accrual for uncertain tax positions is recorded as a component of other long-term liabilities at March 31, 2007. The accrual for uncertain tax positions is recorded as a component of taxes payable at December 31, 2006. While we believe that adequate accruals have been made for such positions, the final resolution of those matters may be materially different than the amounts provided for in our historical income tax provisions and accruals.
 
In 2001, due to the uncertainty regarding whether our deferred tax assets would be realized, we established a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets. In 2001 and 2003, we incurred net losses and accordingly our net deferred tax assets increased to $32.7 million as of December 31, 2003. Due to our bankruptcy and our financial performance in 2001, 2002 and 2003, we continued to apply a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. We were profitable in 2004 and were able to utilize all of our tax net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, we reduced the valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets by $6.2 million but maintained a valuation allowance of $26.5 million at December 31, 2004 against our remaining deferred net tax assets. In 2005, due to continuing operating profitability, the gain on the sale of our two California-based institutional pharmacies, available carryback potential and identified tax strategies, we determined that it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize substantially all of our net deferred tax assets. Therefore, during 2005 we offset our income tax expense with a reduction in our valuation allowance of $25.2 million. At December 31, 2006, we retained a valuation allowance for certain state credit carryforwards of $1.3 million.
 
We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN No. 48, on January 1, 2007. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of


73



Table of Contents

a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption of FIN No. 48, we recorded a $1.5 million increase in goodwill and taxes payable as of January 1, 2007. As of January 1, 2007 (unaudited), the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit is $11.1 million (unaudited). If reversed, the entire decrease in the unrecognized benefit amount would result in a reduction to the balance of goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of us by Onex.
 
We recognize interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in the “Provision for income taxes” line item of the consolidated statements of operations. As of January 1, 2007, we had accrued approximately $2.7 million in interest and penalties, net of approximately $0.6 million of tax benefit, related to unrecognized tax benefits. A substantial portion of the accrued interest and penalties relate to periods prior to the acquisition of us by Onex. If reversed, approximately $2.1 million of the reversal of interest and penalties would result in a reduction to goodwill.
 
We and our subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states’ jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2002. During the first quarter of 2007, we agreed to an adjustment related to depreciation claimed on our 2003 federal tax return and are awaiting assessment. As a result, we anticipate that there is a reasonable possibility that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by $1.8 million due to the settlement of 2003 federal tax depreciation matters during 2007. In addition, due to normal closures of the statue of limitations, we anticipate that there is a reasonable possibility that the amount of unrecognized state tax benefits will decrease by approximately $0.4 million within the next 12 months.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, or SFAS No. 144, addresses the accounting for and disclosure of long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale. Under SFAS No. 144, when a long-lived asset or group of assets meets defined criteria, the long-lived assets are measured and reported at the lower of their carrying value or fair value less costs to sell, and are classified as held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the related operations of the long-lived assets are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations with all comparable periods reclassified. Our consolidated statements of operations have been reclassified to reflect our California pharmacy business, which we sold in March 2005, as discontinued operations.
 
Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations
 
We adopted FIN No. 47, effective December 31, 2005 and recorded a liability of $5.0 million, of which $1.6 million was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax benefit. Substantially all of the impact of adopting FIN No. 47 relates to estimated costs to remove asbestos that is contained within our facilities.
 
We have determined that a conditional asset retirement obligation exists for asbestos remediation. Though not a current health hazard in our facilities, upon renovation we may be required to take the appropriate remediation procedures in compliance with state law to remove the asbestos. The removal of asbestos-containing materials includes primarily floor and ceiling tiles from our pre-1980 constructed facilities. The fair value of the conditional asset retirement obligation was determined as the present value of the estimated future cost of remediation based on an estimated expected date of remediation. This computation is based on a number of assumptions which may change in the future based on the availability of new information, technology changes, changes in costs of remediation, and other factors.
 
The determination of the asset retirement obligation is based upon a number of assumptions that incorporate our knowledge of the facilities, the asset life of the floor and ceiling tiles, the estimated timeframes for periodic renovations which would involve floor and ceiling tiles, the current cost for remediation of asbestos and the current technology at hand to accomplish the remediation work. These


74



Table of Contents

assumptions to determine the asset retirement obligation may be imprecise or be subject to changes in the future. Any change in the assumptions can impact the value of the determined liability and impact our future earnings. If we were to experience a 5% increase in our estimated future cost of remediation, our recorded liability at March 31, 2007 of $5.1 million would increase by $0.3 million.
 
Operating Leases
 
We account for operating leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and FASB Technical Bulletin 85-3, Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases. Accordingly, rent expense under our facilities’ and administrative offices operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the original term of each facility’s and administrative office’s leases, inclusive of predetermined rent escalations or modifications and including any lease renewal options.
 
Recent Accounting Standards
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, or SFAS No. 157. SFAS No. 157 addresses differences in the definition of fair value and guidance in applying the definition of fair value in the many accounting pronouncements that require fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 emphasizes that (1) fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability for sale or transfer and (2) fair value is not entity-specific but based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Finally, SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchy of fair value assumptions that distinguishes between independent market participant assumptions and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not expect that SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, or SFAS No. 159. SFAS No. 159 expands opportunities to use fair value measurement in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have not determined whether we will early adopt SFAS No. 159 or choose to measure any eligible financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Management is in the process of evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 159 on us, if any.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth details of our revenue and earnings as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
    Year Ended
 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
 
Revenue
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of services (exclusive of rent cost of sales and depreciation and amortization shown below)
    74.1       73.7       74.3       75.0       75.8  
Rent cost of sales
    1.9       2.0       1.8       2.1       2.1  
General and administrative
    8.0       7.6       7.5       9.5       6.8  
Depreciation and amortization
    2.7       2.9       2.6       2.2       2.3  
                                         
      86.7       86.2       86.2       88.8       87.0  
                                         


75



Table of Contents

                                         
    Three Months Ended
    Year Ended
 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
 
Other income (expenses):
                                       
Interest expense
    (8.4 )     (9.0 )     (8.8 )     (6.0 )     (6.0 )
Interest income and other
    0.2       0.3       0.2       0.2       0.2  
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge
                            (0.2 )
Equity in earnings of joint venture
    0.4       0.3       0.4       0.4       0.5  
Write-off of deferred financing costs
                          (3.6 )     (2.1 )
Forgiveness of stockholder loan
                      (0.5 )      
Reorganization expenses
                          (0.2 )     (0.4 )
Gain on sale of assets
                      0.2        
                                         
Total other income (expenses), net
    (7.8 )     (8.4 )     (8.2 )     (9.5 )     (8.0 )
                                         
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes, discontinued operations and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    5.5       5.4       5.6       1.7       5.0  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    2.3       2.1       2.3       (2.8 )     1.2  
                                         
Income before discontinued operations and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    3.2       3.3       3.3       4.5       3.8  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                      3.2       0.7  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax
                      (0.4 )      
                                         
Net income
    3.2 %     3.3 %     3.3 %     7.3 %     4.5 %
                                         
EBITDA margin(1)
    16.4 %     16.9 %     16.7 %     12.4 %     13.8 %
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)
    16.4 %     17.0 %     16.7 %     16.8 %     15.8 %
 
 
(1) See footnote 2 to “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” for a calculation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and a description of our uses of, and the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2006
 
Revenue.  Revenue increased $19.5 million, or 15.6%, to $144.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $125.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006.
 
Revenue in our long-term care services segment, comprising skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, increased $14.3 million, or 12.8%, to $126.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $111.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in long-term care services segment revenue resulted from a $14.1 million, or 13.1%, increase in skilled nursing facilities revenue, and a $0.2 million, or 4.9%, increase in assisted living facilities revenue. Of the increase in skilled nursing facilities revenue, $8.2 million resulted from increased reimbursement rates from Medicare, Medicaid, managed care and private pay sources, as well as a higher patient acuity mix and $5.9 million resulted from increased occupancy. Our average daily Medicare rate increased 9.1% to $481 in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $441 in the three months ended March 31, 2006 as a result of market increases provided under the Medicare program, as well as a shift to higher-acuity Medicare patients. Our average daily Medicaid rate increased 3.3% to $126 in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $122 in the three months ended March 31, 2006, primarily due to increased Medicaid rates in California and Texas. Our private pay and other rates increased by approximately 5.6% in the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006. Our managed care rates increased by approximately 2.0% in the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006. Our skilled mix increased to 25.3% in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 24.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 as we continued marketing our capabilities to referral sources to attract high-acuity patients to our facilities and recent regulatory changes limited the type of patient that can be admitted to certain

76



Table of Contents

higher-cost post-acute care facilities. Our average daily number of patients increased by 332, or 5.5%, to 6,388 in the three months ended March 31, 2007, from 6,056 in the three months ended March 31, 2006, due to our acquisition of three healthcare facilities in Missouri on March 1, 2006, one healthcare facility in Nevada on June 16, 2006, and one healthcare facility in Missouri on December 15, 2006. These acquisitions contributed 449 average daily patients, partially offset by a decline in occupancy levels at our existing facilities, primarily in Medicaid.
 
Revenue in our ancillary services segment increased $5.1 million, or 37.8%, to $18.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007, compared to $13.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in our ancillary services segment revenue resulted from a $4.3 million, or 33.8%, increase in our rehabilitation therapy services revenue and a $0.8 million, or 99.5%, increase in our hospice business revenue. Of the $4.3 million increase in rehabilitation therapy services revenue, $2.3 million resulted from an increase in the number of rehabilitation therapy contracts with third-party facilities and $2.0 million resulted from increased services under existing third-party contracts. Increased services under existing third-party contracts primarily resulted from increases in volume at the facilities and, to a lesser extent, the timing of contract execution during the periods, with some contracts entered into during the first quarter of 2006 being in effect for the full first quarter of 2007.
 
Cost of Services Expenses.  Our cost of services expenses increased $14.9 million, or 16.1%, to $107.2 million, or 74.1% of revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $92.3 million, or 73.7% of revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
 
Cost of services expenses for our long-term care services segment increased $11.3 million, or 13.3% to $96.4 million, or 76.5% of revenue, in three months ended March 31, 2007 from $85.1 million, or 76.2% of revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
 
The increase in long-term care services segment cost of services expenses resulted from an $11.2 million, or 13.6%, increase in cost of services expenses at our skilled nursing facilities and a $0.1 million, or 4.0% increase in cost of services expenses at our assisted living facilities.
 
Of the increase in cost of services expenses at our skilled nursing facilities, $5.9 million resulted from operating costs per patient day increasing $12 to $163 in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $151 in the three months ended March 31, 2006 and $5.3 million resulted from increased occupancy. The $5.9 million increase in operating costs as a result of increased operating costs per patient day primarily resulted from increased labor costs of $2.3 million, due to an average hourly rate increase of 4.9% and increased staffing, primarily in the nursing area, to respond to increased acuity levels, an increase in ancillary expenses such as pharmacy and therapy costs due to an increase in the mix of higher acuity patients of $2.6 million and increases in other expenses, such as supplies, food, taxes and licenses, insurance and utilities of $1.0 million, due to increased purchasing costs. The increase in occupancy resulted in increased operating costs of $5.3 million, in which the average daily number of patients increased by 332 to 6,388 in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 6,056 in the three months ended March 31, 2006, due to our 2006 acquisitions of four healthcare facilities in Missouri and one healthcare facility in Nevada that contributed 449 average daily patients, partially offset by a decline in occupancy levels at our other existing facilities, primarily in Medicaid.
 
Cost of services expenses in our ancillary services segment, prior to any intercompany eliminations, increased $5.6 million, or 28.6%, to $25.2 million, or 76.5% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $19.6 million, or 75.8% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in ancillary services segment cost of services expenses resulted from a $4.9 million, or 26.1%, increase in cost of services expenses related to our rehabilitation therapy services business to $23.7 million, or 75.6% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $18.8 million, or 74.9% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in the three months ended March 31, 2006, and a $0.7 million, or 87.5%, increase in cost of services expenses related to our hospice business. The increase in cost of services expenses in our rehabilitation therapy services business primarily resulted from


77



Table of Contents

the increased activity under third-party rehabilitation therapy contracts discussed above. The increase in hospice operating costs is related to the increase in hospice revenue of 99.5%.
 
Rent Cost of Sales.  Rent cost of sales increased by $0.2 million, or 9.9%, to $2.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $2.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase was primarily caused by the June 2006 acquisition of a leased healthcare facility in Nevada, partially offset by the February 2007 acquisition of a previously leased facility.
 
General and Administrative Services Expenses.  Our general and administrative services expenses increased $1.9 million, or 20.2%, to $11.5 million, or 8.0% of revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $9.6 million, or 7.6% of revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in our general and administrative expenses resulted from increased compensation and benefits of $1.3 million as we added corporate administrative service personnel. Professional fees also increased $0.9 million in 2007, primarily in the areas of accounting and audit services and legal fees incurred in preparation of becoming a public reporting company. Other expenses decreased $0.3 million.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.3 million, or 7.8%, to $4.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $3.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase primarily resulted from increased depreciation related to our March and December 2006 acquisitions of four healthcare facilities in Missouri and one healthcare facility in Nevada in June 2006.
 
Interest Expense, net of interest income and other.  Interest expense, net of interest income and other, increased by $1.0 million, or 8.5%, to $11.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $10.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in our interest expense was due to the average debt for the three months ended March 31, 2007 increasing by $15.2 million to $478.2 million from $463.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and the average interest rate on our debt increased to 9.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 8.9% for the year ago period. Debt increased primarily as a result of borrowings made to fund acquisitions. The increase in the average interest rate was the result of an increase in the interest rate on our term and revolving debt, which is adjustable rate debt. The increase in average debt outstanding resulted in an increase in interest expense of $0.5 million and the increase in average interest rate resulted in an increase in interest expense of $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the year ago period. The balance of the increase is the result of penalty interest on the 2014 Notes for the notes not being publicly registered.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.  Provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $3.4 million, or 42.1% of earnings before income tax, an increase of $0.8 million from taxes of $2.6 million, or 38.8% of earnings before income tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in our tax rate was primarily the result of recording interest expense on our tax contingency reserves incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2007 in accordance with FIN 48.
 
EBITDA.  EBITDA increased by $2.6 million, or 12.0%, to $23.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $21.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The $2.6 million increase was primarily related to the $19.5 million increase in revenue discussed above, offset by the $14.9 million increase in cost of services expenses discussed above, the $0.3 million increase in rent cost of sales discussed above, the $1.9 million increase in general and administrative services expenses discussed above, as well as a $0.2 million decrease in other items.
 
EBITDA for our long-term care services segment increased by $2.2 million, or 11.9%, to $20.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $18.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The $2.2 million increase was primarily related to the $14.3 million increase in revenue in our long-term care services segment discussed above, offset by the $11.3 million increase in cost of services in our long-term care services segment expenses discussed above, and an increase in rent cost of sales of $0.8 million, primarily due to additional facilities.
 
EBITDA for our ancillary services segment increased by $1.1 million, or 26.7%, to $5.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $4.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The


78



Table of Contents

$1.1 million increase was primarily related to the $5.1 million increase in our ancillary services segment revenue discussed above, as well as a $2.6 million increase in intercompany revenue, primarily related to an increase in the volume of rehabilitation therapy services provided to our skilled nursing facilities, offset by the $5.6 million increase in cost of services in our ancillary services segment expenses discussed above, and a $1.0 million increase in general and administrative services expenses.
 
Net Income.  Net income increased by approximately $0.6 million, or 13.5%, to $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The $0.6 million increase was related to the $2.6 million increase in EBITDA discussed above, offset by the $1.0 million increase in interest expense, net of interest income, discussed above, the increase in provision for income taxes of $0.8 million discussed above and the increase in depreciation and amortization of $0.3 million discussed above. The most material factors that contributed to the fact that net income was relatively unchanged in the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006 were the increases in EBITDA, partially offset by the increases in interest expense, net of interest income and provision for income taxes.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
Revenue.  Revenue increased $68.9 million, or 14.9%, to $531.7 million in 2006 from $462.8 million in 2005.
 
Revenue in our long-term care services segment increased $51.8 million, or 12.4%, to $469.8 million in 2006 from $418.0 million in 2005. The increase in long-term care services segment revenue resulted from a $52.3 million, or a 13.0%, increase in our skilled nursing facilities revenue, partially offset by a $0.6 million, or 3.8%, decrease in our assisted living facilities revenue. Of the increase in skilled nursing facilities revenue, $36.9 million resulted from increased reimbursement rates from Medicare, Medicaid, managed care and private pay sources, as well as a higher patient acuity mix and $21.2 million of the increase in skilled nursing facilities revenue resulted from increased occupancy. Revenue in 2005 reflects $5.8 million of retroactive cost of living adjustments under California State Assembly Bill 1629 implemented in August 2005, which related to services we provided in 2004 and 2005. This retroactive cost of living adjustment did not recur in 2006 and we do not expect that it will recur in future periods. Our average daily Medicare rate increased 5.8% to $459 in 2006 from $434 in 2005 as a result of market basket increases provided under the Medicare program, as well as a shift to higher-acuity Medicare patients. Our average daily Medicaid rate increased 6.0% to $124 in 2006 from $117 per day in 2005, primarily due to increased Medicaid rates in California and Texas. Our managed care and private and other rates increased by approximately 1.5% and 7.5% respectively in 2006 compared to 2005. Our skilled mix increased to 23.5% in 2006 from 22.4% in 2005 as we continued marketing our capabilities to referral sources to attract high-acuity patients to our facilities and recent regulatory changes limited the type of patient that can be admitted to certain higher-cost post-acute care facilities. Our average daily number of patients increased by 316, or 5.4%, to 6,221 in 2006 from 5,905 in 2005, primarily due to our acquisition of three facilities in Missouri and one healthcare facility in Nevada in the first quarter of 2006 that contributed 334 average daily patients, partially offset by a decline in occupancy levels, primarily in Medicaid.
 
Revenue in our ancillary services segment increased $16.9 million, or 37.9%, to $61.4 million in 2006 compared to $44.5 million in 2005. The increase in our ancillary services segment revenue resulted from a $14.0 million, or 32.8%, increase in rehabilitation therapy services revenue and a $2.9 million or a 154.1% increase in our hospice business revenue. Of the $14.0 million increase in rehabilitation therapy services revenue, $12.5 million resulted from an increase in the number of rehabilitation therapy contracts with third-party facilities and $1.5 million resulted from increased services under existing third-party contracts. Increased services under existing third-party contracts, primarily resulted from increases in volume at the facilities and, to a lesser extent, the timing of contract execution during the periods, with most contracts entered into during 2005 being in effect for all of 2006.
 
Cost of Services Expenses.  Our cost of services expenses increased $47.7 million, or 13.7% to $394.9 million, or 74.3% of revenue, in 2006 from $347.2 million, or 75.0% of revenue, in 2005.


79



Table of Contents

 
Cost of services expenses for our long-term care services segment increased $36.1 million, or 11.1%, to $360.8 million, or 76.8% of revenue, in 2006 from $324.7 million, or 77.7% of revenue, in 2005.
 
The increase in long-term care services segment operating expense resulted from a $36.9 million, or 11.8%, increase in cost of services expenses at our skilled nursing facilities offset by a $0.8 million, or 7.0%, decrease in cost of services expenses at our assisted living facilities.
 
Of the increase in cost of services expenses at our skilled nursing facilities, $20.1 million resulted from operating costs per patient day increasing $8, or 5.5%, to $154 per day in 2006 from $146 per day in 2005, and $16.8 million resulted from increased occupancy. The $20.1 million increase in operating costs as a result of increased operating costs per patient day primarily resulted from a $11.1 million increase in labor costs as a result of a 5.5% increase in average hourly rates and increased staffing, primarily in the nursing area, to respond to the increased mix of high-acuity patients, a $5.4 million increase in ancillary expenses, such as pharmacy and therapy costs, due to an increase in the mix of higher acuity patients, a $0.6 million increase due to implementation in August 2005 of a provider tax on skilled nursing facilities in California as a result of State Assembly Bill 1629, and a $5.2 million increase in other expenses, such as supplies, food, taxes and licenses, insurance and utilities, due to increased purchasing costs. Offsetting these increases was a decrease in insurance expenses of $2.2 million.
 
The average daily number of patients increased 316 to 6,221 in 2006 from 5,905 in 2005. This increase was primarily due to our acquisition of three facilities in Missouri and one healthcare facility in Nevada that contributed 334 average daily patients, partially offset by a decline in occupancy levels at our other existing facilities, primarily in Medicaid patients.
 
Cost of services expenses in our ancillary services segment, prior to any intercompany eliminations, increased $19.1 million, or 29.0%, to $85.1 million, or 75.5% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in 2006 from $66.0 million, or 75.2% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in 2005. The increase in our ancillary services segment operating expenses resulted from a $16.7 million, or 26.0%, increase in operating expenses related to our rehabilitation therapy services to $80.6 million, or 74.6% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in 2006 from $63.9 million, or 74.5% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in 2005, and a $2.5 million, or a 125.1%, increase in operating expenses related to our hospice business. The increased operating expenses related to our rehabilitation therapy business were incurred to support the increased rehabilitation therapy services revenue resulting from the increased activity under rehabilitation therapy contracts discussed above. The operating expenses related in our hospice business resulted from the increase in hospice revenue of 154.1%.
 
Rent cost of sales.  Rent cost of sales increased by $0.2 million, or 2.2% to $10.0 million in 2006 from $9.8 million in 2005.
 
General and Administrative Services Expenses.  Our general and administrative services expenses decreased $3.9 million, or 8.9%, to $39.9 million, or 7.5% of revenue, in 2006 from $43.8 million, or 9.5% of revenue in 2005. Of the $3.9 million decrease, $13.8 million was related to bonus and non-cash stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2005 upon completion of the Transactions, of which $9.0 million was a charge for the value of restricted stock that became determinable upon completion of the Transactions and $4.8 million was due to bonuses in connection with the achievement of pre-established terms that were satisfied by the successful conclusion of the Transactions. In addition, non-cash stock-based compensation expense unrelated to the Transactions decreased $0.5 million to $0.3 million in 2006 from $0.8 million in 2005. Offsetting these decreases were $4.4 million in increased compensation and benefits as we added administrative service personnel, $4.0 million in increased professional fees, primarily in the areas of accounting and audit services and legal fees incurred in preparation for becoming a public reporting company, and $2.0 million in other increased expenses.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization increased by $3.9 million, or 39.1%, to $13.9 million in 2006 from $10.0 million in 2005. This increase primarily resulted from amortization of intangible assets that were recorded as part of the Transaction.


80



Table of Contents

 
Interest Expense, net of interest income and other.  Interest expense, net of interest income, increased by $18.4 million, or 69.0%, to $45.1 million in 2006 from $26.7 million in 2005. This increase resulted from an increased debt balance incurred during 2005 and in December 2005 in connection with the Transactions. The net proceeds of the increase in debt was used primarily to fund a $108.6 million dividend paid to our stockholders, redeem our then outstanding class A preferred stock in June 2005 for $15.7 million, pay a portion of the purchase price in connection with the Transactions, and pre-fund our Missouri acquisition.
 
Write-off of deferred financing costs.  Write-off of deferred financing costs was $16.6 million in 2005. There was no corresponding amount in 2006. The write-off of the deferred financing costs in 2005 resulted from the write-off of capitalized deferred financing cots associated with the refinancing in June 2005 of our then-existing first lien senior secured credit facility and second lien senior secured credit facility, as well as the write-off of capitalized deferred financing costs associated with the Transactions in December 2005.
 
Forgiveness of stockholder loan.  The $2.5 million forgiveness of stockholder loan expense in 2005 represents the principal amount of a note issued to us in March 1998 by William Scott, a member of our board of directors, that we forgave in connection with the completion of the Transactions. There was no corresponding amount in 2006.
 
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.  In 2006, we recognized tax expense of $12.2 million of which $11.5 million related to the tax provision on operating income and $0.7 million related to adjustments made to tax reserves. The benefit from income taxes from continuing operations was $13.0 million in 2005, due primarily to the approximately $25.2 million reversal of significantly all of the remaining valuation allowance previously provided, partially offset by the effect of non-deductible stock-based compensation associated with restricted stock and prior year reorganization expenses of approximately $12.2 million.
 
Discontinued operations, net of tax.  Discontinued operations, net of tax was $14.7 million in 2005. There were no comparable amounts in 2006. In March 2005, we sold our California based institutional pharmacy business to Kindred Pharmacy Services and the results of operations for these assets have accordingly been classified as discontinued operations. The gain on the sale of the pharmacy business is included in 2005.
 
EBITDA.  EBITDA increased by $30.9 million, or 53.8%, to $88.5 million in 2006 from $57.6 million in 2005. The $30.9 million increase was primarily related to the $68.9 million increase in revenues discussed above, offset by the $47.7 million increase in cost of services expenses discussed above, the $0.2 million increase in rent cost of sales discussed above, net of a $3.9 million decrease in general and administrative services expenses discussed above and $6.0 million in net decreases in expense related to other items. The $6.0 million in net decreases in expense related to other items was primarily related to $16.6 million write-off of deferred financing costs in 2005 and $2.5 million forgiveness of stockholder loan expense in 2005, offset by $14.7 million in discontinued operations, net of tax, in 2005. Each of these items had no corresponding amounts in 2006.
 
EBITDA for our long-term care services segment increased by $10.9 million, or 16.9%, to $75.2 million in 2006 from $64.3 million in 2005. The $10.9 million increase was primarily related to the $51.8 million increase in revenues in our long-term care services segment discussed above, offset by the $36.1 million increase in cost of services in our long-term care services segment expenses discussed above, a $3.9 million gain on sale of assets in 2005 which did not reoccur in 2006 and an increase in rent cost of sales of $0.9 million.
 
EBITDA for our ancillary services segment increased by $4.0 million, or 27.2%, to $18.8 million in 2006 from $14.8 million in 2005. The $4.0 million increase was primarily related to the $18.1 million increase in revenues in our ancillary services segment discussed above, as well as a $7.0 million increase in intercompany revenues, primarily related to an increase in the volume of rehabilitation therapy services provided to our skilled nursing facilities, offset by the $19.1 million increase in cost of services expenses discussed above, a $1.8 million increase in general and administrative services expenses and an increase in rent cost of sales of $0.2 million.


81



Table of Contents

 
Net Income.  Net income decreased by $16.6 million, or 48.9%, to $17.3 million in 2006 from $33.9 million in 2005. The $16.6 million decrease was related to the $30.9 million increase in EBITDA discussed above, offset by the $18.4 million increase in interest expense, net of interest income discussed above, the increase in income tax expense of $25.2 million discussed above and the increase in depreciation and amortization of $3.9 million discussed above. The most material factors that contributed to the decline in net income were the increases in income tax and interest expense, net of interest income.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
Revenue.  Revenue increased $91.5 million, or 24.7%, to $462.8 million in 2005 from $371.3 million in 2004.
 
Revenue in our long-term care services segment increased $73.6 million, or 21.4%, to $418.0 million in 2005 from $344.4 million in 2004. The increase in long-term care services segment revenue resulted from a $65.0 million, or 19.3%, increase in our skilled nursing facilities revenue and an $8.6 million, or 115.9%, increase in our assisted living facilities revenue. Of the increase in skilled nursing facilities revenue, $41.0 million resulted from increased reimbursement rates from Medicare, Medicaid, managed care and private pay sources, as well as a higher patient acuity mix. The remaining $24.0 million of the increase in skilled nursing facilities revenue resulted from increased occupancy. Our average daily Medicare rate increased 10.2% to $434 in 2005 from $394 in 2004 as a result of increased reimbursement rates and a shift to higher-acuity Medicare patients. Our average daily Medicaid rate increased 7.3% to $117 in 2005 from $109 per day in 2004, primarily due to our recognition in August 2005 of increased revenue in connection with a retroactive cost of living increase provided for under the Medi-Cal reimbursement system, which related to services we provided in 2004 and 2005. Our managed care and private and other rates increased by approximately 5.2% and 5.0% respectively in 2005 compared to 2004. Our skilled mix increased to 22.4% in 2005 from 20.6% in 2004 as we continued marketing our capabilities to referral sources to attract high-acuity patients to our facilities and recent regulatory changes limited the type of patient that can be admitted to certain higher-cost post-acute care facilities. Our average daily number of patients increased by 407, or 7.4%, to 5,905 in 2005 from 5,498 in 2004, primarily associated with our acquisition of the Vintage Park group of facilities at the end of 2004 and the development of our Summerlin, Nevada facility start-up. The increase in revenue in our assisted living facilities resulted from an increase in the average daily number of patients, primarily due to our acquisition of the Vintage Park group of facilities on December 31, 2004.
 
Revenue in our ancillary services segment increased $18.0 million, or 68.2%, to $44.5 million in 2005 compared to $26.5 million in 2004. The increase in our ancillary services segment revenue resulted from a $16.2 million, or 61.2%, increase in rehabilitation therapy services revenue and a $1.8 million increase in our hospice business revenue. We initiated our hospice business in 2005 and accordingly did not generate hospice revenue in 2004. Of the $16.2 million increase in rehabilitation therapy services revenue, $9.4 million resulted from an increase in the number of rehabilitation therapy contracts with third-party facilities and $6.8 million resulted from increased services under existing third-party contracts. Increased services under existing third-party contracts, primarily resulted from increases in volume at the facilities and, to a lesser extent, the timing of contract execution during the periods, with most contracts entered into during 2004 being in effect for all of 2005.
 
Cost of Services.  Our cost of services increased $65.8 million, or 23.4% to $347.2 million, or 75.0% of revenue, in 2005 from $281.4 million, or 75.8% of revenue, in 2004.
 
Cost of services for our long-term care services segment increased $57.2 million, or 21.4%, to $324.7 million, or 77.7% of revenue, in 2005 from $267.5 million, or 77.7% of revenue, in 2004.
 
The increase in long-term care services segment cost of services resulted from a $52.1 million, or 19.9%, increase in cost of services at our skilled nursing facilities and a $5.1 million, or 83.1%, increase in cost of services at our assisted living facilities.


82



Table of Contents

Of the increase in cost of services at our skilled nursing facilities, $33.5 million resulted from operating cost per patient day increasing $16, or 12.3%, to $146 per day in 2005 from $130 per day in 2004, and $18.6 million resulted from increased occupancy. The $33.5 million increase in operating costs primarily resulted from a $12.4 million increase in ancillary expenses, such as pharmacy and therapy costs, due to an increase in the mix of higher acuity patients, a $7.8 million increase in labor costs as a result of a 4.9% increase in average hourly rates and increased staffing, primarily in the nursing area, to respond to the increased mix of high-acuity patients, a $5.6 million increase due to implementation in August 2005 of a provider tax on skilled nursing facilities in California as a result of State Assembly Bill 1629, and a $7.7 million increase in other expenses, such as supplies, food, taxes and licenses, insurance and utilities, due to increased purchasing costs.
 
The average daily number of patients increased 407 to 5,905 in 2005 from 5,498 in 2004. This increase was due to our acquisition of seven facilities as of December 31, 2004, partially offset by the divestiture of one facility, and the increase in the census at our existing facilities.
 
The $5.1 million increase in our assisted living facilities cost of services resulted from an increase in the average daily number of patients, primarily due to our acquisition of the Vintage Park group of facilities on December 31, 2004.
 
Cost of services in our ancillary services segment, prior to any intercompany eliminations, increased $21.7 million, or 49.0%, to $66.0 million, or 75.2% of revenue, in 2005 from $44.3 million, or 78.0% of revenue, in 2004. The increase in our ancillary services segment cost of services resulted from a $20.1 million, or 45.9%, increase in operating expenses related to our rehabilitation therapy services to $63.9 million, or 74.5% of revenue, in 2005 from $43.8 million, or 77.2% of revenue, in 2004, and a $1.6 million increase in operating expenses related to our hospice business. The increased operating expenses related to our rehabilitation therapy business were incurred to support the increased rehabilitation therapy services revenue resulting from the increased activity under rehabilitation therapy contracts discussed above. The increased operating expenses related to our hospice business resulted from the initiation of our hospice business in early 2005.
 
Rent Cost of Sales  Rent cost of sales increased by $1.9 million, or 24.5%, to $9.8 million in 2005 from $7.9 million in 2004, of which $1.3 million was related to rent expense associated with our Summerlin, Nevada facility acquired in late 2004 and $0.6 million was related to rent increases at two facilities in late 2004 and one facility in early 2005 upon renewal of expiring lease contracts.
 
General and Administrative Services Expenses.  Our general and administrative services expenses increased $18.7 million, or 74.1%, to $43.8 million, or 9.5% of revenue, in 2005 from $25.1 million, or 6.8% of revenue, in 2004. This increase was primarily related to the payment of cash bonuses in connection with the completion of the Transactions and non-cash stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2005. We expensed bonuses of $4.8 million in connection with the achievement of pre-established terms that were satisfied by the successful conclusion of the Transactions. We also incurred $9.8 million in non-cash stock-based compensation. This increase was due to a charge of $9.0 million for the value of restricted stock that became determinable upon the completion of the Transactions and $0.8 million expensed in 2005 prior to the completion of the Transactions, and was the remaining amortization of non-cash stock-based compensation recorded in 2004 that resulted from the vesting of restricted stock upon exceeding the minimum EBITDA trigger. The remaining $4.1 million increase in general and administrative expense in 2005 as compared to 2004 resulted from a $2.4 million increase in selling and administrative services in our therapy business unit to acquire and support new business relations and increased compensation and benefits of $1.3 million for additional regional long-term care overhead personnel to support our growth into new markets. The remainder of the increase is due to higher professional fees paid, primarily for information technology consulting.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization increased by $1.4 million, or 16.2%, to $10.0 million in 2005 from $8.6 million in 2004. This increase primarily resulted from increased depreciation in connection with our acquisition of the Vintage Park group of facilities on December 31, 2004 and increased capital expenditures that we made in 2005 in connection with our Express Recoverytm units.


83



Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income and Other.  Interest expense, net of interest income, increased by $5.1 million, or 23.6%, to $26.7 million in 2005 from $21.6 million in 2004, primarily due to an increase in the principal amount of outstanding debt, the net proceeds of which were used to fund a $108.6 million dividend paid to our stockholders in June 2005.
 
Write-off of Deferred Financing Costs.  Write-off of deferred financing costs increased by $8.7 million to $16.6 million in 2005 from $7.9 million in 2004, primarily due to the write-off of deferred financing costs that we had capitalized in connection with the repayment of our $110.0 million second lien senior secured term loan in December 2005 as part of the Transactions.
 
Forgiveness of Stockholder Loan.  The $2.5 million forgiveness of stockholder loan expense in 2005 represents the principal amount of a note issued to us in March 1998 by William Scott, a member of our board of directors, that we forgave in connection with the completion of the Transactions. There was no corresponding amount in 2004.
 
Gain on Sale of Assets.  The $1.0 million gain on the sale of assets in 2005 resulted from our sale of an owned 119 bed skilled nursing facility in Texas and a leased 230 bed assisted living facility in California.
 
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.  The benefit from income taxes from continuing operations was $13.0 million in 2005, due primarily to the approximately $25.2 million reversal of significantly all of the remaining valuation allowance previously provided, partially offset by non-cash stock-based compensation associated with restricted stock and prior year reorganization expenses of approximately $12.2 million. The provision for income taxes from continuing operations was $4.4 million in 2004, due primarily to the reversal of a portion of the valuation allowance attributable to the utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards in 2004 of $6.2 million, offset by charges for prior year reorganization expenses, dividends on our previously outstanding class A preferred shares and the provision for taxes on continuing operations, which combined to total approximately $10.6 million.
 
Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax.  Discontinued operations, net of tax increased by $11.9 million to $14.7 million in 2005, compared to $2.8 million in 2004. In March 2005, we sold our California based institutional pharmacy business to Kindred Pharmacy Services for approximately $31.5 million in cash, and used the proceeds of the sale to repay then outstanding indebtedness. The results of operations for these assets have been classified as discontinued operations and are not included in the results of operations for 2005 or 2004. The gain on the sale of the pharmacy business is included in 2005.
 
Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle.  In 2005, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $1.6 million, net of tax, as a result of our adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations.
 
EBITDA.  EBITDA increased by $6.5 million, or 12.6%, to $57.6 million in 2005 from $51.1 million in 2004. The $6.5 million increase was primarily related to the $91.5 million increase in revenues discussed above, offset by the $65.8 million increase in cost of services expenses discussed above, the $1.9 million increase in rent cost of sales discussed above, the $18.7 million increase in general and administrative services expenses discussed above and $1.4 million in net decreases in expense related to other items.
 
EBITDA for our long-term care services segment increased by $16.4 million, or 34.2%, to $64.3 million in 2005 from $47.9 million in 2004. The $16.4 million increase was primarily related to the $73.6 million increase in revenues in our long-term care services segment discussed above, offset by the $57.2 million increase in cost of services expenses in our long-term care services segment discussed above and an increase in rent cost of services of $3.9 million, primarily related to the increases in rent cost of sales discussed above. In addition, there was a $3.9 million gain on sale of assets in 2005.
 
EBITDA for our ancillary services segment increased by $6.8 million, or 85.5%, to $14.8 million in 2005 from $8.0 million in 2004. The $6.8 million increase was primarily related to the $18.0 million increase in revenues in our ancillary services segment discussed above, as well as a $12.9 million increase in intercompany revenues, primarily related to an increase in the volume of rehabilitation therapy services provided to our skilled nursing facilities, offset by the $21.7 million increase in cost of services expenses in


84



Table of Contents

our ancillary services segment discussed above and a $2.5 million increase in general and administrative services expenses.
 
Net Income.  Net income increased by $17.4 million, or 105.4%, to $33.9 million in 2005 from $16.5 million in 2004. The $17.4 million increase was related to the $6.5 million increase in EBITDA discussed above and the decrease in income tax expense of $17.4 million discussed above, offset by the $5.1 million increase in interest expense, net of interest income discussed above and the increase in depreciation and amortization of $1.4 million discussed above. The most material factor that contributed to the increase in net income was the decrease in income tax expense.
 
Quarterly Data
 
The following is a summary of our unaudited quarterly results from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
                                                                         
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
    December 31,
    September 30,
    June 30,
    March 31,
    December 31,
    September 30,
    June 30,
    March 31,
 
    2007     2006     2006     2006     2006     2005     2005     2005     2005  
    Successor     Successor     Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor     Predecessor     Predecessor     Predecessor  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
                                                                       
Revenue
  $ 144,655     $ 139,904     $ 135,396     $ 131,171     $ 125,186     $ 120,212     $ 122,206     $ 111,493     $ 108,936  
Expenses:
                                                                       
Cost of services (exclusive of rent cost of sales and depreciation and amortization shown below)
    107,213       102,500       101,695       98,430       92,311       89,391       91,307       83,491       83,039  
Rent cost of sales
    2,694       2,570       2,704       2,302       2,451       2,518       2,491       2,403       2,403  
General and administrative
    11,497       10,916       10,092       9,298       9,566       21,799       6,971       7,489       7,525  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,961       3,458       3,192       3,573       3,674       2,564       2,461       2,807       2,159  
                                                                         
      125,365       119,444       117,683       113,603       108,002       116,272       103,230       96,190       95,126  
                                                                         
Other income (expenses):
                                                                       
Interest expense
    (12,092 )     (11,754 )     (11,693 )     (11,612 )     (11,227 )     (8,592 )     (7,914 )     (5,760 )     (5,363 )
Interest income and other
    327       314       254       242       386       411       176       211       151  
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge
    (33 )     (26 )     (227 )     77       (21 )     (29 )     16       (217 )     65  
Equity in earnings of joint venture
    540       509       502       511       381       425       449       516       397  
Write-off of deferred financing costs
                                  (5,605 )           (11,021 )      
Forgiveness of stockholder loan
                                  (2,540 )                  
Reorganization expenses
                                  (453 )     (97 )     (279 )     (178 )
Gain on sale of assets
                                  980                    
                                                                         
Total other income (expenses), net
    (11,258 )     (10,957 )     (11,164 )     (10,782 )     (10,481 )     (15,403 )     (7,370 )     (16,550 )     (4,928 )
                                                                         
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    8,032       9,503       6,549       6,786       6,703       (11,463 )     11,606       (1,247 )     8,882  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    3,378       3,944       2,588       3,071       2,601       (6,644 )     3,875       (2,904 )     (7,375 )
                                                                         
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    4,654       5,559       3,961       3,715       4,102       (4,819 )     7,731       1,657       16,257  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                                  (48 )     (50 )     2,269       12,569  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax
                                  (1,628 )                  
                                                                         
Net income (loss)
    4,654       5,559       3,961       3,715       4,102       (6,495 )     7,681       3,926       28,826  
Accretion on preferred stock
    (4,772 )     (4,781 )     (4,684 )     (4,540 )     (4,401 )     (242 )           (243 )     (259 )
                                                                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
  $ (118 )   $ 778     $ (723 )   $ (825 )   $ (299 )   $ (6,737 )   $ 7,681     $ 3,683     $ 28,567  
                                                                         


85



Table of Contents

                                                                         
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
    December 31,
    September 30,
    June 30,
    March 31,
    December 31,
    September 30,
    June 30,
    March 31,
 
    2007     2006     2006     2006     2006     2005     2005     2005     2005  
    Successor     Successor     Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor     Predecessor     Predecessor     Predecessor  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Net (loss) income per share data:
                                                                       
(Loss) income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (4.23 )   $ 6.12     $ 1.15     $ 13.05  
Discontinued operations per common share, basic
                                  (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.84       10.25  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, basic
                                  (1.36 )                  
                                                                         
Net (loss) income per common share, basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (5.63 )   $ 6.08     $ 2.99     $ 23.30  
                                                                         
Net (loss) income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.06     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (4.23 )   $ 5.92     $ 1.08     $ 12.22  
Discontinued operations per common share, diluted
                                  (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.73       9.60  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, diluted
                                    (1.36 )                  
                                                                         
Net (loss) income per common share, diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.06     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (5.63 )   $ 5.88     $ 2.81     $ 21.82  
                                                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    11,959,116       11,652,888       11,635,650       11,634,129       11,618,412       1,195,966       1,263,830       1,229,867       1,226,144  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    11,959,116       12,002,718       11,635,650       11,634,129       11,618,412       1,195,966       1,306,745       1,308,666       1,309,354  
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
The following table presents selected data from our consolidated statement of cash flows:
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 2,653     $ 3,583     $ 34,415     $ 15,004     $ 48,358  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (50,101 )     (37,405 )     (74,376 )     (223,785 )     (45,230 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    45,005       (664 )     5,644       241,253       (1,132 )
Net (decrease) increase in cash and equivalents
    (2,443 )     (34,486 )     (34,317 )     32,472       1,996  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    2,821       37,138       37,138       4,666       2,670  
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 378     $ 2,652     $ 2,821     $ 37,138     $ 4,666  
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2006
 
Net cash provided by operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007, was $2.7 million compared to $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, a decrease of $0.9 million. Of the decrease in net cash provided by operations, $1.2 million was due to a decrease in the net income before non-cash items to $8.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $9.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, which was offset by a $0.2 million decrease in cash used by the change in operating assets and liabilities to a $5.5 million use of cash for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from a $5.7 million use of cash for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

86



Table of Contents

 
The $0.2 million increase in cash used by the change in operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of:
 
  •  a $17.6 million decrease in cash from the change in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, to a $12.6 million use of cash in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from a $5.0 million provision of cash in the three months ended March 31, 2006, due to a reclassification of $11.1 million from accrued income tax contingencies to other long-term liabilities as a result of our adoption of the provisions of FIN No. 48, with the remaining $6.5 million due to timing of payments; and
 
  •  a $1.3 million increase in the use of cash resulting from the change in other current assets to a use of cash of $0.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from a $0.5 million provision of cash in the three months ended March 31, 2006;
 
Offset by:
 
  •  an $11.1 million increase in cash from the change in other long-term liabilities, to an $11.2 million provision of cash in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $0.1 million provision of cash in the three months ended March 31, 2006, due to the reclassification of $11.1 million from accrued income tax contingencies to other long-term liabilities as a result of our adoption of the provisions of FIN No. 48; and
 
  •  a $8.4 million decrease in the use of cash resulting from the change in accounts receivable to a $3.3 million use of cash in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from an $11.7 million use of cash in the three months ended March 31, 2006; the use of cash of $11.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006 was primarily related to the March 1, 2006 acquisition of three healthcare facilities in Missouri, with no corresponding acquisition in cash in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
 
Investing activities used $50.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to $37.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The primary use of funds in the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $30.0 million placed in escrow to fund the April 1, 2007 purchase of three facilities in Missouri, $4.3 million to purchase the land, building, and related improvements of one of our leased skilled nursing facilities in California, as well as $6.4 million in capital expenditures, including $1.9 million of capital expenditures for developments, primarily associated with our Express Recoverytm units. Additionally, $6.3 million was used to pay our former stockholders for amounts paid to the Internal Revenue Service in excess of the 2006 tax amounts on our tax return for the period ended December 27, 2005 and $1.0 million was used to fund an escrow account for the satisfaction of certain tax liabilities that arose prior to the date of the Transactions. The primary use of funds in the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $31.3 million to purchase three facilities in Missouri and the leasehold of one facility in Las Vegas, Nevada, as well as $3.1 million in capital expenditures, including capital expenditures for the development of our Express Recoverytm units.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2007 totaled $45.0 million compared to net cash used in financing activities of $0.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2007 consisted of $46.5 million in net borrowings under the line of credit, offset by $0.7 million in repayments of long-term debt and $0.8 million of additions to deferred financing fees. Cash used in the three months ended March 31, 2006 consisted primarily of repayments of long-term debt of $0.7 million, partially offset by $0.1 million provided by the issuance of stock.
 
Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
 
Net cash provided by operations in 2006 was $34.4 million compared to $15.0 million in 2005, an increase of $19.4 million. The increase in net cash provided by operations resulted from a $0.7 million increase in income before non-cash items to $33.6 million in 2006 from $34.3 million in 2005, a $19.1 million decrease in cash used by the change in operating assets and liabilities to a $0.8 million


87



Table of Contents

provision of cash in 2006 from a $18.3 million use of cash in 2005, and a $1.0 million decrease in reorganization costs that did not recur in 2006.
 
The $19.1 million decrease in cash used by the change in operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of the following:
 
  •  $24.9 million was due to a decrease in cash used by the change in other current assets, primarily prepaids and income taxes receivable to a $12.3 million provision of cash in 2006 from a $12.6 million use of cash in 2005 primarily due to the offset of a $9.4 million income tax receivable from 2005 against tax payments in 2006 as well lower prepaids in 2006 compared to 2005 primarily due to timing of payments; and
 
  •  $3.6 million decrease in cash provided by the change in insurance liability risks to a $1.6 million provision of cash in 2006 from a $5.2 million provision of cash in 2005.
 
Investing activities used $74.4 million in 2006 compared to $223.8 million in 2005. The primary use of funds in 2006 was $43.0 million to purchase a total of four facilities in Missouri and the leasehold of one facility in Las Vegas, Nevada, as well as $22.3 million in capital expenditures, including $11.2 million of capital expenditures for developments, primarily associated with our Express Recoverytm units. The primary use of funds in 2005 was $253.4 million in cash distributed related to the Transactions and capital expenditures for property and equipment of $11.2 million, of which $2.5 million of capital expenditures were primarily associated with our Express Recoverytm units. Partially offsetting these uses of funds in 2005 were $41.1 million in cash proceeds related to the sale of our California Pharmacy business, as well as an assisted living facility in California and a skilled nursing facility in Texas.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities in 2006 was $5.6 million compared to $241.3 million in 2005. In 2006, net cash provided by financing activities reflected our borrowing of $8.5 million under the revolving credit facility that is part of our first lien credit agreement, partially offset by $2.9 million of required principal payments we made to reduce debt. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2005 totaled $241.3 million, consisting of $533.3 million in sources of cash and $292.0 million in uses of cash.
 
Sources of cash consisted of the following:
 
  •  $211.3 million of equity investments made in us associated with the Transactions;
 
  •  $123.1 million received from a refinancing of debt in July 2005;
 
  •  $198.7 million received from the issuance of our 11% senior subordinated notes in December, 2005;
 
  •  $0.1 million received from the exercise of stock options and warrants; and
 
  •  $0.1 million in proceeds received from the sale of an interest rate hedge.
 
Uses of cash consisted of the following:
 
  •  $110.0 million to fully pay-off our second lien term loan;
 
  •  $108.6 million to pay a special dividend to our stockholders;
 
  •  $28.3 million incurred in deferred financing costs, purchase of an interest rate hedge and early termination fees associated with our new debt issuances;
 
  •  $15.7 million to fully redeem our class A preferred stock in accordance with our new senior debt structure;
 
  •  $15.0 million to reduce the outstanding balance under our revolver; and
 
  •  $14.4 million in repayments on long-term debt and capital leases.


88



Table of Contents

 
Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
 
Net cash provided by operations for 2005 was $15.0 million compared to $48.4 million in 2004, a decrease of $33.4 million. Of the decrease in net cash provided by operations, $4.8 million was due to a decrease in the net income before non-cash items to $34.3 million in 2005 from $39.1 million in 2004 and $29.4 million was due to an increase in cash used by the change in operating assets and liabilities to a $18.3 million use of cash in 2005 from a $11.1 million provision of cash in 2004. Offsetting these items was a decrease of $0.8 million in cash paid for reorganization costs to $1.0 million in 2005 compared to $1.8 million in 2004.
 
The $29.4 million increase in cash used by the change in operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of the following:
 
  •  $21.1 million was due to an increase in accounts receivable, net, to a $28.2 million use of cash in 2005 from a $7.1 million use of cash in 2004, primarily due to increases in accounts receivable in 2005 related to the $5.8 million of retroactive cost of living revenue adjustments under California State Assembly Bill 1629, increases in our Hallmark rehabilitation business and the acquisition of the Vintage Park group of facilities and the Summerlin, Nevada facility, and
 
  •  $10.7 million was due to an increase in cash used by the change in other current assets, primarily prepaids and income taxes receivable, to a $12.6 million use of cash in 2005 from a $1.9 million use of cash in 2004, and
 
  •  $6.1 million was due to a decrease in cash provided by insurance liability risks to $5.2 million in 2005 from $11.3 million in 2004 , primarily related to the timing difference between when amounts are accrued and subsequent claims payments associated with those accruals, offset by an
 
  •  $8.2 million increase in cash provided by the increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities to a $13.9 million provision of cash in 2005 from a $5.7 million provision of cash in 2004.
 
Net cash used in investing activities in 2005 was $223.8 million compared to $45.2 million in 2004. The primary use of funds in 2005 was $253.4 million to purchase the then outstanding equity interests of our former stockholders as well as $11.2 million in capital expenditures (including $2.5 million of capital expenditures for the development of twelve Express Recoverytm units) somewhat offset by the gross proceeds of $41.1 million associated with the sale of our two California-based institutional pharmacies as well as two other long-term care facilities. Net cash used in investing activities in 2004 was $45.2 million primarily associated with routine capital expenditures for property and equipment of $8.2 million, of which $1.1 million of capital expenditures were primarily associated with our development of nine Express Recoverytm units. The primary use of funds in 2004 was associated with our purchase of the Vintage Park group of assets for $42.7 million in total consideration.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities in 2005 totaled $241.3 million, consisting of $533.3 million in sources of cash and $292.0 million in uses of cash.
 
Sources of cash consisted of the following:
 
  •  $211.3 million of equity investments made in us associated with the Transactions;
 
  •  $123.1 million received from a refinancing of debt in July 2005;
 
  •  $198.7 million received from the issuance of our 11% senior subordinated notes in December, 2005;
 
  •  $0.1 million received from the exercise of stock options and warrants; and
 
  •  $0.1 million in proceeds received from the sale of an interest rate hedge.
 
Uses of cash consisted of the following:
 
  •  $110.0 million to fully pay-off our second lien term loan;
 
  •  $108.6 million to pay a special dividend to our stockholders;


89



Table of Contents

 
  •  $28.3 million incurred in deferred financing costs, purchase of an interest rate hedge and early termination fees associated with our new debt issuances;
 
  •  $15.7 million to fully redeem our class A preferred stock in accordance with our new senior debt structure;
 
  •  $15.0 million to reduce the outstanding balance under our revolver; and
 
  •  $14.4 million in repayments on long-term debt and capital leases.
 
Net cash used in financing activities in 2004 totaled $1.1 million, consisting of the following uses of cash, offset by the proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of approximately $279.0 million and $1.4 million in proceeds from sale of interest rate hedge:
 
  •  $228.9 million for repayments of our long-term debt due to the refinancing of our debt capital structure;
 
  •  $23.3 million to reduce our term debt;
 
  •  $15.0 million dividend payment made to our class A preferred stockholders; and
 
  •  $14.3 million incurred in deferred financing costs, the purchase of an interest note hedge and fees paid for the early extinguishment of debt associated with our new debt issuance.
 
Cash flows from Discontinued Operations
 
Cash flows from discontinued operations are combined with cash flows from continuing operations within each cash flows statement category. In 2005 and 2004, cash flows from discontinued operations in operating activities were approximately $0.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively. There were no cash flows from discontinued operations in the first three months of 2007 or in 2006. Cash flows related to discontinued operations used in investing activities were for additions to property and equipment and were less than $0.1 million in 2005 and 2004. There were no cash flows from financing activities related to discontinued operations in the first three months of 2007 or in 2006, 2005 or 2004. Our future liquidity and capital resources are not expected to be materially affected by the absence of cash flows from discontinued operations because we expect these cash flows to be replaced by increased operating cash flows from our continuing operations. For example, net cash flows provided by operating activities for 2006 were $34.4 million, compared to $15.0 million for 2005.
 
Principal Debt Obligations
 
Historically, our primary sources of liquidity were cash flow generated by our operations and borrowings under our credit facilities, mezzanine loans, term loans and senior subordinated notes. Following the Transactions, our primary sources of liquidity have been our cash on hand, our cash flow from operations and availability under the revolving portion of our first lien secured credit facility, which is subject to our satisfaction of certain financial covenants therein. Following the Transactions, our primary liquidity requirements are for debt service on our first lien senior secured term loan and our 11% senior subordinated notes, capital expenditures and working capital.
 
We are significantly leveraged. As of March 31, 2007, we had $514.9 million in aggregate indebtedness outstanding, consisting of $198.9 million principal amount of 11% senior subordinated notes (net of the original issue discount of $1.1 million), a $255.5 million first lien senior secured term loan that matures on June 15, 2012, $55.0 million principal amount under our $75.0 million revolving credit facility that matures on June 15, 2010, capital leases and other debt of approximately $5.5 million and $4.2 million in outstanding letters of credit against our revolving credit facility (leaving approximately $15.8 million of additional borrowing capacity under our revolver). For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, our interest expense, net of interest income, was $11.8 million and $10.8 million, respectively. For 2006, 2005 and 2004, our interest expense, net of interest income, was $45.1 million, $26.7 million and $21.6 million respectively. We are in compliance with our debt covenants as of March 31, 2007.


90



Table of Contents

On December 27, 2005, concurrent with the consummation of the Transactions, we repaid in full our $110.0 million second lien senior secured term loan. We also amended and restated our first lien senior secured credit facility, to provide for up to $334.4 million of financing, consisting of a $259.4 million term loan with a maturity of June 15, 2012 and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity of June 15, 2010. We amended this facility on January 31, 2007, reducing our interest rates for the term loan and making other minor revisions, with no change to the amount of the financing available under the facility. We received a further increase in the amount available to be borrowed under the revolving credit facility to $100.0 million on May 11, 2007. The revolving credit facility also includes a subfacility for letters of credit and a swing line subfacility. The full amount of the loans under the revolving credit facility are due on the maturity date of the revolving credit facility. Amounts borrowed under the term loan are due in quarterly installments of $0.7 million at the end of each calendar quarter with the remaining principal amount due on the maturity date for the term loan.
 
The term loans revolving under the first lien senior secured credit facility bear interest on the outstanding unpaid principal amount at a rate equal to an applicable margin (as described below) plus, at our option, either
 
  •  a base rate determined by reference to the higher of the prime rate announced by Credit Suisse and the federal funds rate plus one-half of 1.0%; or
 
  •  a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate.
 
Prior to January 31, 2007, for term loans the applicable margin was 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.75% for Eurodollar rate loans. For revolving loans the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.00% to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans, in each case based on our consolidated leverage ratio. Loans under the swing line subfacility will bear interest at the rate applicable to base rate loans under the revolving credit facility. For the first three months of 2007, the average interest rate applicable to term loans and Eurodollar rate loans was 9.50% and 7.8%, respectively. For 2006, the average interest rate applicable to term loans and Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.9% and 7.9%, respectively. For the first three months of 2007, the average interest rate applicable to revolving loans was 8.7%. For 2006, the average interest rate applicable to revolving loans was 9.6%. Effective January 31, 2007, the applicable margin for term loans is 1.25% for base rate loans and 2.25% for eurodollar rate loans. Our first term loan matures on June 15, 2012 and our revolving credit facility matures on June 15, 2010.
 
Immediately prior to the Transactions, we had outstanding:
 
  •  our $259.4 million first lien senior secured term loan and a $50.0 million unused first lien senior secured revolving credit facility that matured on June 15, 2010;
 
  •  a $110.0 million second lien senior secured term loan; and
 
  •  capital leases and other debt of approximately $5.9 million.
 
On June 15, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our existing first lien senior secured credit facility and our second lien senior secured credit facility to increase the term loan and revolving loan portions of those facilities to $259.4 million and $110.0 million, respectively.
 
On July 22, 2004, we entered into our first lien senior secured credit facility and our second lien senior secured credit facility. The first lien senior secured credit facility initially provided for a senior secured term loan of $140.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $35.0 million. We did not draw down any amounts under the revolving credit facility. The second lien senior secured credit facility initially provided for a senior secured term loan of $100.0 million and an additional term loan of $30.0 million. We used the proceeds from these loans to pay all of the principal and accrued interest on our then outstanding debt that we had incurred upon emerging from bankruptcy.


91



Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures
 
On March 1, 2006, we acquired three facilities that provide skilled nursing and residential care and are located in close proximity to one of our existing markets. We financed the $31.0 million purchase price with cash retained on our balance sheet following the completion of the Transactions. On June 16, 2006, we purchased a long-term leasehold interest in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for $2.7 million in cash. On December 15, 2006, we purchased a skilled nursing facility in Missouri for $8.5 million in cash. On February 1, 2007, we purchased the land, building and related improvements of one of our leased skilled nursing facilities in California for $4.3 million in cash. On April 1, 2007, we purchased the owned real property, tangible assets, intellectual property and related rights and licenses of three skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri for a $30.1 million in cash, including $0.1 million in transaction expenses. We financed these transactions primarily through borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
 
We intend to invest in the maintenance and general upkeep of our facilities on an ongoing basis. We expect to spend on average per annum approximately $400 per licensed bed for each of our skilled nursing facilities and $400 per unit at each of our assisted living facilities. We also expect to perform renovations of our existing facilities every five to ten years to remain competitive. Combined, we expect that these activities will amount to between $8.0 million to $12.0 million in capital expenditures per annum on our existing facilities. We also expect to build additional Express Recoverytm units at a cost per location of between $400,000 and $600,000. We are in the process of developing an additional 12 Express Recoverytm units that will be completed in the next 12 months. Finally, we may also invest in expansions of our existing facilities and the acquisition or development of new facilities. We currently anticipate that we will incur capital expenditures in 2007 of approximately $41 million, comprised of $19.7 million for developments, $12.2 million for routine capital expenditures and $9.1 million to build out additional Express Recoverytm units. We currently anticipate that our future annual capital expenditures for the years 2008 through 2010 will be within a range of approximately $15 million to $20 million, primarily comprised of routine capital expenditures, including maintenance and upkeep of our existing facilities.
 
Liquidity
 
Based upon our current level of operations, we believe that cash generated from operations, cash on hand and borrowings available to us will be adequate to meet our anticipated debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital needs through December 31, 2007 and for the foreseeable future, unless we are unable to refinance our debt as it comes due or we determine to increase our anticipated capital expenditures for acquisitions or otherwise. Our $100.0 million revolving credit facility matures in 2010, our $259.4 million first lien term loan matures in 2012 and our $200 million 11% senior subordinated notes mature in 2014. It is likely that some portion of, or the entire total of, the amounts owed under each indebtedness will need to be refinanced upon maturity. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available under our senior secured credit facilities, or otherwise, to enable us to grow our business, service our indebtedness, including our first lien secured credit facilities and our 11% senior subordinated notes, or make anticipated capital expenditures. Both our first lien senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our 11% senior subordinated notes contain covenants that restrict our ability to incur additional debt and, in the case of the 11% senior subordinated notes, issue preferred stock. For example, our senior secured credit facility contains covenants requiring minimum interest coverage ratios, maximum leverage ratios and maximum annual capital expenditures. These limitations may restrict our ability to make capital expenditures or service our existing debt, to the extent cash generated from operations is not sufficient for these purposes.
 
We intend to use all of the net proceeds of this offering to pay down our existing indebtedness, including portions of our first lien revolving credit facility and our 11% senior subordinated notes. We do not plan to use any of the net proceeds for working capital purposes or otherwise in the operation of our business. Our outstanding indebtedness as of March 31, 2007 was $514.9 million. On a pro forma basis, after application of the net proceeds of approximately $116.8 million from this offering, we would have had approximately $409.7 million of indebtedness outstanding as of March 31, 2007. In addition, assuming we had repaid $105.1 million of indebtedness as of January 1, 2006, our interest expense for 2006 would have


92



Table of Contents

been reduced by approximately $10.5 million. Assuming we had repaid $105.1 million of indebtedness as of January 1, 2007, our interest expense for the first three months of 2007 would have been reduced by approximately $2.6 million. After the offering we are still able to incur additional indebtedness. In the event we incurred substantial additional indebtedness following the application of the proceeds from this offering, the interest expense associated with that additional debt could offset any savings in interest expense that we plan to achieve as a result of the application of the proceeds of this offering.
 
One element of our business strategy is to selectively pursue acquisitions and strategic alliances. Any acquisitions or strategic alliances may result in the incurrence of, or assumption by us, of additional indebtedness. We continually assess our capital needs and may seek additional financing, including debt or equity, as considered necessary to fund capital expenditures and potential acquisitions or for other corporate purposes. Our future operating performance, ability to service or refinance our 11% senior subordinated notes and ability to service and extend or refinance our senior secured credit facilities will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
 
Other Factors Affecting Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Medical and Professional Malpractice and Workers’ Compensation Insurance.  In recent years, physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers have become subject to an increasing number of legal actions alleging malpractice, product liability or related legal theories. Many of these actions involve large claims and significant defense costs. To protect ourselves from the cost of these claims, we maintain professional liability and general liability as well as workers’ compensation insurance in amounts and with deductibles that we believe to be sufficient for our operations. Historically, unfavorable pricing and availability trends emerged in the professional liability and workers’ compensation insurance market and the insurance market in general that caused the cost of these liability coverages to generally increase dramatically. Many insurance underwriters became more selective in the insurance limits and types of coverage they would provide as a result of rising settlement costs and the significant failures of some nationally known insurance underwriters. As a result, we experienced substantial changes in our professional insurance program beginning in 2001. Specifically, we were required to assume substantial self-insured retentions for our professional liability claims. A self-insured retention is a minimum amount of damages and expenses (including legal fees) that we must pay for each claim. We use actuarial methods to estimate the value of the losses that may occur within this self-insured retention level and we are required under our workers’ compensation insurance agreements to post a letter of credit or set aside cash in trust funds to securitize the estimated losses that we will assume. Because of the high retention levels, we cannot predict with absolute certainty the actual amount of the losses we will assume and pay.
 
We estimate our professional liability and general liability reserve on a quarterly basis and our workers’ compensation reserve on a semi-annual basis, based upon actuarial analysis using the most recent trends of claims, settlements and other relevant data from our own and our industry’s loss history. Based upon this analysis, at March 31, 2007, we had reserved $36.5 million for known or unknown or potential uninsured professional liability and general liability and $11.0 million for workers’ compensation claims. We have estimated that we may incur approximately $16.0 million for professional and general liability claims and $3.2 million for workers’ compensation claims, for a total of approximately $19.2 million to be payable within twelve months, however there are no set payment schedules and we cannot assure you that the payment amount within the next twelve months will not be significantly larger. To the extent that subsequent claims information varies from loss estimates, the liabilities will be adjusted to reflect current loss data. There can be no assurance that in the future malpractice or workers’ compensation insurance will be available at a reasonable price or that we will not have to further increase our levels of self-insurance.
 
Inflation.  We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from the Medicare program. We also derive revenue from state Medicaid and similar reimbursement programs. Payments under these programs generally provide for reimbursement levels that are adjusted for inflation annually based upon the state’s fiscal year for the Medicaid programs and in each October for the Medicare program. However, we cannot


93



Table of Contents

assure you that these adjustments will continue in the future and, if received, will reflect the actual increase in our costs for providing healthcare services.
 
Labor and supply expenses make up a substantial portion of our cost of services. Those expenses can be subject to increase in periods of rising inflation and when labor shortages occur in the marketplace. To date, we have generally been able to implement cost control measures or obtain increases in reimbursement sufficient to offset increases in these expenses. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in offsetting future cost increases.
 
Seasonality.  Our business experiences a slight change in seasonal occupancy that is not material. In addition, revenue has typically increased in the fourth quarter of a year on a sequential basis due to annual increases in Medicare and Medicaid rates that typically have been implemented during that quarter.
 
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have no off balance sheet arrangements.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations, as of December 31, 2006 (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Less Than
                More Than
 
    Total     1 Yr.     1-3 Yrs.     3-5 Yrs.     5 Yrs.  
 
Senior subordinated notes
  $ 365,000     $ 22,000     $ 44,000     $ 44,000     $ 255,000  
Amended senior secured credit facility
    356,235       22,348       42,035       41,131       250,721  
Capital lease obligations
    4,214       367       2,766       436       645  
Other long-term debt obligations
    2,697       341       681       681       994  
Operating lease obligations(1)
    84,344       9,842       19,250       16,300       38,952  
                                         
    $ 812,490     $ 54,898     $ 108,732     $ 102,548     $ 546,312  
                                         
 
 
(1) We lease some of our facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. The leases generally provide for our payment of property taxes, insurance and repairs, and have rent escalation clauses, principally based upon the Consumer Price Index or other fixed annual adjustments. The amounts shown reflect the future minimum rental payments under these leases.
 
(2) As of March 31, 2007 we had $55.0 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility, an increase of $46.5 million from December 31, 2006.
 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
In the normal course of business, our operations are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates. We routinely monitor our risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates and consider the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge these exposures. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes nor do we enter into energy or commodity contracts.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We are exposed to interest rate changes primarily as a result of our credit facility and long-term debt used to maintain liquidity and fund capital expenditures and operations. Our interest rate risk management objective is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to provide more predictability to our overall borrowing costs. To achieve our objectives, we borrow primarily at fixed rates, although we use our line of credit for short-term borrowing purposes. In accordance with the requirements


94



Table of Contents

under our first lien secured credit facility, we have entered into a three year interest rate cap agreement expiring in August 2008 for principle in the amount of $148.0 million. This provides us the right at any time during the contract period to exchange the 90 day LIBOR then in effect for a 6.0% capped rate. Additionally, we do not believe that the interest rate risk represented by our floating rate debt is material as of March 31, 2007 in relation to total assets of $881.6 million.
 
At March 31, 2007, we had $310.5 million of debt subject to variable rates of interest. A change of 1.0% in short-term interest rates would result in a change to our interest expense of $3.1 million annually. At March 31, 2007, we had $0.4 million of cash and equivalents that are affected by market rates of interest. A change of 1.0% in the rate of interest would result in a change to our interest income of less than $0.1 million annually.
 
Our interest rate risk is monitored using a variety of techniques. The table below presents the principal amounts, weighted average interest rates, fair values and other terms required by year of expected maturity to evaluate the expected cash flows and sensitivity to interest rate changes (dollars in thousands).
 
                                                                 
                                              Fair
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     Thereafter     Total     Value  
 
Fixed-rate debt(1)
  $ 210     $ 224     $ 239     $ 255     $ 272     $ 200,904     $ 202,104     $ 222,104  
Average interest rate
    11.0 %     11.0 %     11.0 %     11.0 %     11.0 %     11.0 %                
Variable-rate debt
  $ 2,600     $ 2,600     $ 2,600     $ 11,100     $ 2,600     $ 243,100     $ 264,600     $ 264,600  
Average interest rate(2)
    7.5 %     7.1 %     7.1 %     7.2 %     7.3 %     7.3 %                
 
 
(1) Excludes unamortized original issue discount of $1.2 million on our $200 million senior subordinated notes.
 
(2) Based on a forward LIBOR rate estimate.
 
The table incorporates only those exposures that exist as of December 31, 2006, and does not consider those exposures or positions which could arise after that date. Moreover, because firm commitments are not presented in the table above, the information presented therein has limited predictive value. As a result, our interest rate fluctuations will depend on the exposures that arise during the period and interest rates.


95



Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We are a provider of integrated long-term healthcare services through our skilled nursing facilities and rehabilitation therapy business. We also provide other related healthcare services, including assisted living care and hospice care. We focus on providing high-quality care to our patients, and we have a strong reputation for treating patients who require a high level of skilled nursing care and extensive rehabilitation therapy, whom we refer to as high-acuity patients. As of April 1, 2007 we owned or leased 64 skilled nursing facilities and 13 assisted living facilities, together comprising approximately 8,900 licensed beds. We currently own approximately 75% of our facilities, which are located in California, Texas, Kansas, Missouri and Nevada and are generally clustered in large urban or suburban markets. For the first three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, our skilled nursing facilities, including our integrated rehabilitation therapy services at these facilities, generated approximately 84.4% and 85.5%, respectively, of our revenue, with the remainder generated by our other related healthcare services.
 
In the first three months of 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, our revenue was $144.7 million and $531.7 million, respectively. To increase our revenue we focus on improving our skilled mix, which is the percentage of our patient population that is eligible to receive Medicare and managed care reimbursements. Medicare and managed care payors typically provide higher reimbursement than other payors because patients in these programs typically require a greater level of care and service. We have increased our skilled mix from 20.6% for 2004 to 25.3% for the first three months of 2007. Our high skilled mix also results in a high quality mix, which is our percentage of non-Medicaid revenue. We have increased our quality mix from 61.4% for 2004 to 70.5% for the first three months of 2007. For the first three months of 2007, our net income was $4.7 million, our EBITDA was $23.8 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $23.8 million. In 2006, our net income was $17.3 million, our EBITDA was $88.5 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $88.7 million. We define EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, provide a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), and discuss our uses of, and the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in footnote 2 to “Summary — Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.”
 
Industry and Market Opportunity
 
We operate in the approximately $120 billion United States nursing home market through the operation of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities. The nursing home market is highly fragmented and, according to the American Health Care Association, comprises approximately 16,000 facilities with approximately 1.7 million licensed beds as of December 2006. As of December 31, 2005, the five largest long-term healthcare companies combined controlled approximately 10% of these facilities. We believe the key underlying trends within the industry are favorable, as described below.
 
  •  Demand driven by aging population and increased life expectancies.  We believe that demand for long-term healthcare services will continue to grow due to an aging population and increased life expectancies. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the number of Americans aged 65 or older is expected to increase from approximately 37 million in 2005 to approximately 40 million in 2010 and approximately 47 million in 2015, representing average annual growth from 2005 of 1.9% and 2.5%, respectively. The number of Americans aged 85 and over is forecasted to more than double from 4.2 million in 2000 to 9.6 million by 2030.
 
  •  Shift of patient care to lower cost alternatives.  We expect that the growth of the elderly population in the United States will continue to cause healthcare costs to increase at a faster rate than the available funding from government-sponsored healthcare programs. In response, the federal government has adopted cost containment measures that encourage the treatment of patients in more cost effective settings such as skilled nursing facilities, for which the staffing requirements and associated costs are often significantly lower than at short or long-term acute-care hospitals, in-patient rehabilitation facilities or other post-acute care settings. Recent regulatory changes have created


96



Table of Contents

  incentives for these facilities to minimize patient lengths of stay and placed limits on the type of patient that can be admitted to these facilities, thereby increasing the demand for skilled nursing care. At the same time, the government has increased Medicare funding to skilled nursing facilities for the treatment of high-acuity patients to a level at which we believe these providers can deliver effective clinical outcomes. As a result, we believe that many high-acuity patients that would have been previously treated in these facilities are increasingly being cared for in skilled nursing facilities.
 
  •  Supply/Demand imbalance.  According to the AARP Public Policy Institute, the 65 or older population in California and Texas is expected to grow from 2002 to 2020 by 79.5% and 74.6%, respectively, compared to the national average growth of 58.4% over this same period. We expect that this growth in the elderly population will result in increased demand for services provided by long-term healthcare facilities in the United States, including skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities and in-patient rehabilitation facilities. Despite potential growth in demand for long-term healthcare services, there has been a decline in the number of nursing facility beds. According to the American Health Care Association, the total number of nursing facility beds in the United States has declined from approximately 1.8 million in December 2001 to approximately 1.7 million in December 2006, we believe in part due to the migration of lower-acuity patients to alternative sources of long-term care. This supply/demand imbalance is also highlighted in our key states, with the number of nursing facility beds in California declining from 2001 to 2006 by 5.9% and remaining relatively flat in Texas over such period.
 
  •  Medicare reimbursement.  Medicare is a federal program and provides certain healthcare benefits to beneficiaries who are 65 years of age or older, blind, disabled or qualify for the End Stage Renal Disease Program. Since 1999, Medicare has reimbursed our skilled nursing facilities at a predetermined rate, based on the anticipated costs of treating patients. Under this system, reimbursement rates are determined by classifying each patient into a resource utilization group, or RUG, category that is based upon each patient’s acuity level. Between 1999 and 2003, Congress enacted a series of temporary supplemental payments and adjustments to respond to financial pressures placed on the nursing home industry. Effective January 1, 2006, the last of the previously established temporary payments applicable to our patient population expired. At that time, the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services increased the number of RUG categories from 44 to 53 and refined the reimbursement rates for the existing RUG categories in order to better align the respective payments with patient acuity levels. These nine new RUG categories generally apply to higher acuity patients and the higher reimbursement rates for those RUGs have been adopted to better account for the higher costs of those patients. As part of a market basket adjustment implemented for increased cost of living, Medicare payments to skilled nursing facilities increased by an average of 3.1% for 2006 and will also increase by an average of 3.1% for 2007.
 
On
April 30, 2007 CMS issued a proposed rule that would update 2008 per diem payment rates for skilled nursing facilities by 3.3%, and revise and rebase the skilled nursing facility market basket. The proposed rule would increase aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities nationwide by approximately $690 million.
 
While CMS has proposed a market basket increase of 3.3 percent in its proposed rule, the president’s budget recommendation includes a proposal for zero percent update to the skilled nursing facility market basket. To become effective, the proposed rule would require legislation enacted by Congress.
 
On February 8, 2006, the president signed into law the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, which contained provisions that are expected to reduce net Medicare and Medicaid payments to skilled nursing facilities by $100.0 million over five years (federal fiscal years 2006 through 2010). Under previously enacted federal law, caps on annual reimbursement for rehabilitation therapy became effective on January 1, 2006. The DRA provides for exceptions to those caps for patients with certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B and provided through the end of 2006. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 extended the


97



Table of Contents

  exceptions through the end of 2007. The majority of the residents in our skilled nursing facilities and patients served by our rehabilitation therapy programs whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B have qualified for these exceptions to these reimbursement caps. Unless further extended, these exceptions will expire on December 31, 2007.
 
In addition, on February 5, 2007, the Bush Administration released its fiscal year 2008 budget proposal, which would reduce Medicare spending by $5.3 billion in fiscal year 2008 and $75.9 billion over five years. The budget would freeze payments in fiscal year 2008 to skilled nursing facilities and reduce payment updates for hospice services. The president also proposes to eliminate bad debt reimbursement for unpaid beneficiary cost sharing over four years for all providers, including skilled nursing facilities. Medicare currently pays 70% of unpaid beneficiary co-payments and deductibles to skilled nursing facilities. Of these proposals, $4.3 billion for 2008 and $65.6 billion over five years would require legislation to be implemented. For a more detailed description of these proposed provisions, see “ — Sources of Reimbursement.”
 
  •  Medicaid reimbursement.  Medicaid is a state-administered medical assistance program for the indigent, operated by individual states with the financial participation of the federal government. All states in which we operate cover long-term care services for individuals who are Medicaid eligible and qualify for institutional care. Medicaid reimbursement rates are generally lower than reimbursement provided by Medicare. Rapidly increasing Medicaid spending, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led many states to institute measures aimed at controlling spending growth. Given that Medicaid outlays are a significant component of state budgets, we expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid outlays for skilled nursing facilities in the states in which we operate. The president’s budget for fiscal year 2008 includes proposals to cut a total of $25.7 billion in federal financial participation in Medicaid over the next five years. If this proposal is adopted, states which previously received higher federal matching payments would have less funding available, in which case Medicaid rates in these states may be reduced to levels that are below our operating costs. In addition, the DRA limited the circumstances under which an individual may become financially eligible for nursing home services under Medicaid. While Medicaid spending varies by state, we believe the states in which we operate generally provide a favorable operating environment.
 
     The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has established a Medicaid advisory commission charged with recommending ways in which Congress can restructure the program. The commission issued its report on December 29, 2006. The commission’s report included several recommendations that involved giving states greater discretion in the determination of eligibility, formulation of benefit packages, financing, and tying payment for services to quality measures. The commission also recommended to expand home and community-based care for seniors and the disabled.
 
  •  Tort reform.  In response to the growing cost of medical malpractice claims, many states, including California and Texas, have implemented tort reform measures capping non-economic damages in many cases and limiting certain punitive damages. These caps both limit exposure to claims and serve to expedite resolution of claims.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe the following strengths serve as a foundation for our strategy:
 
  •  High-quality patient care and integrated service offerings.  Through our dedicated and well-trained employees, attractive facility environment and broad service offering, we believe that we provide high-quality, cost-effective care to our patients. We believe that our integrated skilled nursing care and rehabilitation therapy service offerings are particularly attractive to high-acuity patients. These patients require more intensive and medically complex care, which typically results in higher reimbursement rates. We enhanced our position as a select provider to high-acuity patients by introducing our Express Recoverytm program, which uses a dedicated unit within a skilled nursing


98



Table of Contents

  facility to deliver a comprehensive rehabilitation regime to high-acuity patients. We have increased our skilled mix from 20.6% for 2004 to 25.3% for the first three months of 2007.
 
  •  Strong reputation in local markets.  We believe we have a strong reputation for high-quality care and successful clinical outcomes in our local markets. We believe this reputation has enabled us to build strong relationships with managed care payors, as well as referral sources such as hospitals and specialty physicians that frequently refer high-acuity patients to us.
 
  •  Concentrated network in attractive markets.  Approximately 67% of our skilled nursing facilities are located in urban or suburban markets. These markets are typically more heavily penetrated by specialty physicians, large medical centers and managed care payors, which are all key sources of referrals for high-acuity patients. Many of our facilities are located in close proximity to large medical centers and specialty physician groups, allowing us to develop relationships with these key referral sources and increase the number of high-acuity patients referred to us. We believe that managed care payors typically prefer a regional network of facilities such as ours because they prefer to contract with a limited number of providers. In addition, our clustered facility locations have enabled us to achieve lower operating costs through the flexible sharing of therapists and nurses among facilities, reduced third-party contract labor and the placement of experienced managers in close proximity to our facilities.
 
  •  Successful integration of acquisitions.  Between August 1, 2003 and April 1, 2007, we have acquired or entered into long-term leases for 30 skilled nursing and assisted living facilities across four states. Immediately following the closing of an acquisition, we transition the acquired facilities to the same management platform we use to support our existing facilities, which includes centralized business services as well as common information systems, processes and standard operating procedures, including risk management. We have successfully integrated these facilities and have experienced average facility level margin improvement of 2.6% and an increase in skilled mix of 2.4% for the 22 of these facilities acquired before 2006 as measured by the first three full months immediately following each acquisition relative to the comparative period one year later.
 
  •  Significant facility ownership.  As of April 1, 2007, we owned approximately 75% of our facilities. Ownership provides us with greater operating and financial flexibility than leasing because it provides longer term control over facility operations, mitigates our exposure to increasing rent expense and allows us to respond more quickly and efficiently to changes in market demand through facility renovations and modifications.
 
  •  Strong and experienced management team.  Our senior management team has an average of more than 23 years of healthcare industry experience and has made significant financial and operating improvements to our business since joining us in 2002. By establishing our focus on key performance metrics and creating a culture of accountability across all of our facilities, our senior management team has developed a framework for monitoring and improving quality of care and profitability. Our senior management team has been the motivating force in the development of innovative programs to attract high-acuity patients, such as our Express Recoverytm program. After the completion of this offering, our senior management team will beneficially own approximately 5.7% of our outstanding common stock.
 
Our Strategy
 
The primary elements of our business strategy are to:
 
  •  Focus on high-acuity patients.  We focus on attracting high-acuity patients, for whom we are reimbursed at higher rates. We believe that we can continue to leverage our integrated service offering and our reputation for providing high-quality care to expand our referral network and increase the number of high-acuity patients referred to us. In addition, we intend to introduce our Express Recoverytm program in more of our facilities and to develop other innovative programs to better serve high-acuity patients. As of March 31, 2007, we have 24 Express Recoverytm units at our facilities.


99



Table of Contents

 
  •  Expand our rehabilitation and other related healthcare businesses.  We intend to continue to grow our rehabilitation therapy and hospice care businesses by expanding their use in both our own and in third-party facilities and by adding new third-party contracts. We have increased our third-party rehabilitation revenue 34.1%, to $16.9 million in the first three months of 2007 from $12.6 million in the first three months of 2006. We have increased our third-party rehabilitation revenue 35.7% to $57.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We believe that by continuing to grow these businesses and adding to our portfolio of related healthcare services, we will be able to capture a greater share of healthcare expenditures in our key markets.
 
  •  Drive revenue growth organically and through acquisitions and development.  We pursue organic revenue growth by expanding our referral network, increasing our service offerings to high-acuity patients and expanding our other related healthcare services offerings. We regularly evaluate strategic acquisitions and new development opportunities in attractive markets, particularly in the western region of the United States, that allow us to build relationships with additional referral sources, such as hospitals, specialty physicians and managed care organizations, or achieve operational efficiencies. For example, we currently are advancing plans to develop three skilled nursing facilities on or near the Baylor campus.
 
  •  Monitor performance measures to increase operating efficiency.  We focus on reducing operating costs by maximizing the efficient use of our labor resources and managing our insurance and professional and general liability and workers’ compensation expenses. We have had success with these initiatives in part by implementing systems to monitor closely key metrics that measure our performance in such areas as quality of care, occupancy, payor mix, labor utilization and turnover and insurance claims. We believe that by continuing to monitor our performance closely we will be able to reduce our use of outsourced services and our overtime compensation and proactively address potential sources of medical malpractice and workers’ compensation exposure, all of which would enable us to improve our operating results.
 
  •  Attract and retain talented and qualified employees. We seek to hire and retain talented and qualified employees, including our administrative and management personnel. We also seek to leverage our employees’ capabilities through our culture, quality of care training and incentive programs in order to enhance our ability to provide quality clinical and rehabilitation services.
 
Recent Acquisitions and Development Activities
 
On April 1, 2007, we purchased the owned real property, tangible assets, intellectual property and related rights and licenses of three skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri for $30.1 million in cash, including $0.1 million in transaction expenses. We also assumed certain liabilities under related operating contracts. The transaction added approximately 426 beds and 24 unlicensed apartments to our operations. The acquisition was financed by draw downs of $30.1 million on our revolving credit facility.
 
In March of 2007 we completed construction on an assisted living facility in Ottawa, Kansas for a total cost of approximately $2.8 million. This facility added 47 beds to our operations.
 
On February 1, 2007, we purchased the land, building and related improvements of one of our leased skilled nursing facilities in California for $4.3 million in cash. Changing this leased facility into an owned facility resulted in no net change in the number of beds.
 
On December 15, 2006, we purchased a skilled nursing facility in Missouri for $8.5 million in cash; on June 16, 2006, we purchased a long-term leasehold interest in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for $2.7 million in cash and on March 1, 2006, we purchased two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled nursing and residential care facility in Missouri for $31.0 million in cash. These facilities added approximately 666 beds to our operations.
 
In December 2005, Onex, certain members of our management and Baylor Healthcare System, together the rollover investors, and other associates of Onex purchased our predecessor company in a


100



Table of Contents

merger for $645.7 million. Onex and the rollover investors funded the purchase price, related transaction costs and an increase of cash on our predecessor company’s balance sheet with equity contributions of approximately $222.9 million, the issuance and sale of $200.0 million principal amount of our 11% senior subordinated notes and the incurrence and assumption of $259.4 million in term loan debt. Immediately after the Transactions, Onex and its associates, on the one hand, and the rollover investors, on the other hand, held approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of our predecessor company’s outstanding capital stock, not including restricted stock issued to management at the time of the Transactions.
 
We refer to the Onex merger, the equity contributions, the financings and use of proceeds therefrom and related transactions, collectively, as the “Transactions.” We describe the Transactions in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — The Transactions.”
 
In February 2007, we effected the merger of our predecessor company, which was our wholly-owned subsidiary, with and into us. We were the surviving company in the merger and changed our name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. As a result of this merger we assumed all of the rights and obligations of our predecessor company, including obligations under its 11% senior subordinated notes.
 
New Facilities Under Development
 
We are currently developing three skilled nursing facilities in the Dallas/Fort Worth greater metropolitan area. We expect the total costs for development to be between $38 million and $43 million and that all of the facilities will be completed by April 2009. Upon completion we expect these facilities to add in aggregate approximately 360 to 410 beds to our operations.
 
We are also developing an assisted living facility in the greater Kansas City area. We estimate that the costs for this project will be approximately $4.4 million. We expect this facility to be completed in September 2008 and to add approximately 40 to 50 new beds to our operations.
 
Operations
 
Our services focus primarily on the medical and physical issues facing elderly high-acuity patients and are provided through our skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities, integrated and third party rehabilitation therapy business and hospice.
 
We have two reportable operating segments — long-term care services, which includes the operation of skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most significant portion of our business, and ancillary services — which includes our integrated and third party rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses.
 
Long-Term Care Services Segment
 
Skilled Nursing Facilities
 
As of March 31, 2007, we provided skilled nursing care at 61 regionally clustered facilities, having 7,578 licensed beds, in California, Texas, Kansas, Missouri and Nevada. On April 1, 2007, we acquired three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri, increasing our total to 64 facilities with 7,986 licensed beds. We have developed programs for, and actively market our services to, high-acuity patients, who are typically admitted to our facilities as they recover from strokes, other neurological conditions, cardiovascular and respiratory ailments, single joint replacements and other muscular or skeletal disorders.
 
We use interdisciplinary teams of experienced medical professionals, including therapists, to provide services prescribed by physicians. These teams include registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, certified nursing assistants and other professionals who provide individualized comprehensive nursing care 24 hours a day. Many of our skilled nursing facilities are equipped to provide specialty care, such as chemotherapy, dialysis, enteral/parenteral nutrition, tracheotomy care, and ventilator care. We also provide standard services to each of our skilled nursing patients, including room and board, special nutritional programs, social services, recreational activities and related healthcare and other services.


101



Table of Contents

 
In December 2004, we introduced our Express Recoverytm program, which uses a dedicated unit within a skilled nursing facility to deliver a comprehensive rehabilitation regimen to high-acuity patients. Each Express Recoverytm unit is staffed separately from the rest of the skilled nursing facility and can typically be entered without using the main facility entrance, permitting residents to bypass portions of the facility dedicated to the traditional nursing home patient. Each Express Recoverytm unit typically has 12 to 36 beds and provides skilled nursing care and rehabilitation therapy for patients recovering from conditions such as joint replacement surgery, and cardiac and respiratory ailments. Since introducing our Express Recoverytm program at several of our skilled nursing facilities, our skilled mix at these facilities has increased, resulting in higher reimbursement rates. As of March 31, 2007, we operated 24 Express Recoverytm units with 644 beds and plan to complete the development of 12 additional Express Recoverytm units with approximately 360 beds by the end of 2007.
 
Assisted Living Facilities
 
We complement our skilled nursing care business by providing assisted living services at 13 facilities with 913 licensed beds, as of March 31, 2007. Our assisted living facilities provide residential accommodations, activities, meals, security, housekeeping and assistance in the activities of daily living to seniors who are independent or who require some support, but not the level of nursing care provided in a skilled nursing facility.
 
Ancillary Services Segment
 
Rehabilitation Therapy Services
 
As of March 31, 2007, we provided physical, occupational and speech therapy services to each of our 61 skilled nursing facilities and to approximately 116 third-party facilities through our Hallmark Rehabilitation subsidiary. We provide rehabilitation therapy services at our skilled nursing facilities as part of an integrated service offering in connection with our skilled nursing care. We believe that an integrated approach to treating high-acuity patients enhances our ability to achieve successful patient outcomes and enables us to identify and treat patients who can benefit from our rehabilitation therapy services. We believe hospitals and physician groups refer high-acuity patients to our skilled nursing facilities because they recognize the value of an integrated approach to providing skilled nursing care and rehabilitation therapy services.
 
We believe that we have also established a strong reputation as a premium provider of rehabilitation therapy services to third-party skilled nursing operators in our local markets, with a recognized ability to provide these services to high-acuity patients. Our partnership approach to providing rehabilitation therapy services for third-party operators is in contrast to a low-cost strategy and emphasizes high-quality treatment and successful clinical outcomes. As of March 31, 2007, we employed approximately 1,082 full-time equivalent employees in our rehabilitation therapy business, primarily therapists.
 
Hospice Care
 
We provide hospice services in California and Texas through our Hospice Care of the West business. Hospice services focus on the physical, spiritual and psychosocial needs of both terminally ill individuals and their families and consist of palliative and clinical care, education and counseling. Our Hospice Care of the West business received licensure in California and Texas at the end of 2004.
 
Our Local Referral Network
 
As of March 31, 2007, our sales and marketing team of nine regionally-based professionals support our facility-based personnel who are responsible for marketing our high-acuity capabilities. These marketing efforts involve developing new referral relationships and managing existing relationships within our local network. Our facility-based personnel actively call on hospitals, hospital discharge planners, primary care physicians and various community organizations as well as specialty physicians, such as orthopedic surgeons, pulmonologists, neurologists and other medical specialties because these providers frequently treat patients that require comprehensive therapy or other medically complex services that we provide.


102



Table of Contents

We also have established strategic alliances with medical centers in our local markets, including Baylor Health Care System in Dallas, Texas, St. Joseph’s Hospital in Orange County, California and White Memorial in Los Angeles, California. We believe that forming alliances with leading medical centers improves our ability to attract high-acuity patients to our facilities because we believe that an association with such a medical center typically enhances our reputation for providing high-quality care. As part of these alliances, the medical centers formally evaluate and provide input with respect to our quality of care. We believe these alliances provide us with significantly greater exposure to physicians and discharge staff at these medical centers, strengthening our relationships and reputation with these valuable referral sources. These medical centers may also seek to discharge their patients more rapidly into a facility where the patient will continue to receive high-quality care. As part of the affiliation, we typically commit to admit a contractually negotiated number of charity care patients from the hospital system into our skilled nursing facility and adopt coordinated quality assurance practices.
 
Payment Sources
 
We derive revenue primarily from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, managed care payors and from private pay patients. Medicaid typically covers patients that require standard room and board services and provides reimbursement rates that are generally lower than rates earned from other sources. We use our skilled mix as a measure of the quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. Skilled mix is the average daily number of Medicare and managed care patients we serve at our skilled nursing facilities divided by the average daily number of total patients we serve at our skilled nursing facilities. We monitor our quality mix, which is the percentage of non-Medicaid revenue from each of our businesses, to measure the level of more attractive reimbursements that we receive across each of our business units. We believe that our focus on attracting and providing integrated care for high-acuity patients has had a positive effect on our skilled mix and quality mix.
 
The following table sets forth our Medicare, managed care, private pay/other and Medicaid patient days for our skilled nursing facilities as a percentage of total patient days for our skilled nursing facilities and the level of skilled mix for our skilled nursing facilities:
 
                                         
    Percentage Skilled Nursing Patient Days  
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
 
Medicare
    19.5 %     19.0 %     18.0 %     17.8 %     16.8 %
Managed care
    5.8       5.4       5.5       4.6       3.8  
                                         
Skilled mix
    25.3       24.4       23.5       22.4       20.6  
Private and other
    16.2       16.2       16.6       16.2       14.0  
Medicaid
    58.5       59.4       59.9       61.4       65.4  
                                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                         
 
The following table sets forth our Medicare, managed care and private pay and Medicaid sources of revenue by percentage of total revenue and the level of quality mix for our company:
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,        
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004        
 
Medicare
    38.2 %     36.9 %     36.0 %     36.3 %     35.8 %        
Managed care and private pay
    32.3       31.3       32.0       30.2       25.6          
                                                 
Quality mix
    70.5       68.2       68.0       66.5       61.4          
Medicaid
    29.5       31.8       32.0       33.5       38.6          
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %        
                                                 


103



Table of Contents

Sources of Reimbursement
 
We receive a majority of our revenue from Medicare and Medicaid. The Medicare and Medicaid programs generated approximately 38.2% and 29.5%, respectively, of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2007, and 36.0% and 32.0%, respectively, of our revenue for 2006. Changes in the reimbursement rates or the system governing reimbursement for these programs directly affect our business. In addition, our rehabilitation therapy services, for which we typically receive payment from private payors, are significantly dependent on Medicare and Medicaid funding, as those private payors are often reimbursed by these programs. In recent years, federal and state governments have enacted changes to these programs in response to increasing healthcare costs and budgetary constraints See “Risk Factors — Reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates or changes in the rules governing the Medicare program could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.” Our ability to remain certified as a Medicare and Medicaid provider depends on our ability to comply with existing and newly enacted laws or new interpretations of existing laws related to these programs. See “ — Government Regulation.”
 
Medicare.  Medicare is a federal program and provides certain healthcare benefits to beneficiaries who are 65 years of age or older, blind, disabled or qualify for the End Stage Renal Disease Program. Medicare provides health insurance benefits in two primary parts:
 
  •  Part A.  Hospital insurance, which provides reimbursement for inpatient services for hospitals, skilled nursing facilities and certain other healthcare providers and patients requiring daily professional skilled nursing and other rehabilitative care. Coverage in a skilled nursing facility is limited for a period up to 100 days, if medically necessary, after the individual has qualified for Medicare coverage by a three-day hospital stay. Medicare pays for the first 20 days of stay in a skilled nursing facility in full and the next 80 days above a daily coinsurance amount. Covered services include supervised nursing care, room and board, social services, pharmaceuticals and supplies as well as physical, speech and occupational therapies and other necessary services provided by nursing facilities. Medicare Part A also covers hospice care.
 
  •  Part B.  Supplemental Medicare insurance, which requires the beneficiary to pay monthly premiums, covers physician services, limited drug coverage and other outpatient services, such as physical, occupational and speech therapy services, enteral nutrition, certain medical items and X-ray services received outside of a Part A covered inpatient stay.
 
To achieve and maintain Medicare certification, a healthcare provider must meet the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, “Conditions of Participation” on an ongoing basis, as determined in the facility survey conducted by the state in which such provider is located.
 
Medicare pays for inpatient nursing facility services under the Medicare prospective payment system, or PPS. The prospective payment for each beneficiary is based upon the acuity of care needed by the beneficiary. Acuity is determined by an assessment of the patient. Based on this assessment, the patient is assigned to one of the resource utilization grouping categories, or RUGs. Each RUG category corresponds to a fixed per diem rate of reimbursement. Under the PPS, the amount paid to the provider for an episode of care is not directly related to the provider’s charges or costs of providing that care. CMS adjusts Medicare rates for the RUGs on an annual basis usually on October 1 of each year, and may increase the RUG rates based upon an inflation factor referred to as the “market basket.” A market basket has been generated in each of the eight years since the Medicare PPS became effective in 1998, at an average annual rate of 3.0%. The market basket increase was 3.1% for 2006 and will also be 3.1% for 2007. Until 2006, our facilities received reimbursement for 100% of their Medicare bad debts. As of the beginning of 2006, Medicare reimbursement for skilled nursing facility bad debt was reduced to 70.0%, consistent with the rate paid to hospitals, except for the bad debt attributable to beneficiaries who are entitled to receive Medicare Part A and/or Part B and are eligible to receive some form of Medicaid benefit, referred to as dual-eligible beneficiaries. We do not anticipate a substantial impact from this legislation.
 
On August 4, 2005, CMS issued a final Medicare payment rule for skilled nursing facilities, that became effective on January 1, 2006. The final rule refined the existing RUG categories and added nine


104



Table of Contents

new RUG categories for skilled nursing facility residents who qualify for more extensive services. We believe these RUG changes more accurately pay skilled nursing facilities for the care of residents with medically complex conditions. Additionally, effective January 1, 2006, temporary add-on payments available in prior years expired. We cannot predict whether there will be additional refinement of RUG categories in the future, however CMS has announced that it is engaged in demonstration projects and data collection efforts for purposes of developing future refinements.
 
Beginning January 1, 2006, the Medicare Modernization Act of December 2003, or MMA, implemented a major expansion of the Medicare program through the introduction of a prescription drug benefit under new Medicare Part D. Medicare beneficiaries who elect Part D coverage and are dual eligible beneficiaries, are enrolled automatically in Part D and have their outpatient prescription drug costs covered by this new Medicare benefit, subject to certain limitations. Most of the nursing facility residents we serve whose drug costs are currently covered by state Medicaid programs are dual eligible beneficiaries. Accordingly, Medicaid is no longer a significant payor for the prescription pharmacy services provided to these residents. Medicaid will continue as a significant payor for over the counter medications. For more information please refer to “— Reimbursement for Institutional Pharmacy Services, Including Medical Supplies.”
 
Section 4541 of the Balanced Budget Act, or BBA, requires CMS to impose financial limitations or caps on outpatient physical, speech-language and occupational therapy services by all providers, other than hospital outpatient departments. The law requires a combined cap for physical therapy and speech-language pathology, and a separate cap for occupational therapy, reimbursed under Part B. Due to a series of moratoria enacted subsequent to the BBA, the caps were only in effect in 1999 and for a few months in 2003. With the expiration of the most recent moratorium, the caps were reinstated on January 1, 2006 at $1,740 for the physical therapy and speech therapy cap and $1,740 for the occupational therapy cap. Each of these caps increased to $1,780 effective January 1, 2007. CMS, as directed by DRA, established an outpatient therapy caps exception process that is effective retroactively to January 1, 2006 for services rendered through the end of 2006. Congress extended these exceptions through the end of 2007. The exception process allows for two types of exceptions to caps for medically necessary services: (1) automatic exceptions; and (2) manual exceptions. Certain diagnoses qualify for an automatic exception to the therapy caps if the condition or complexity has a direct and significant impact on the need for course of therapy being provided and the additional treatment is medically necessary. Manual exceptions require submission of a written request by the beneficiary or provider and medical review by the Medicare fiscal intermediary. If the patient does not have a condition that allows automatic exception, but is believed to require medically necessary services exceeding the caps, the skilled nursing facility may fax a letter requesting up to 15 treatment days of service beyond the cap. Unless further extended, these exceptions to the therapy caps will expire on December 31, 2007.
 
In addition, on February 5, 2007, the Bush Administration released its fiscal year 2008 budget proposal, which would reduce Medicare spending by $5.3 billion in fiscal year 2008 and $75.9 billion over five years. The budget would, among other things, freeze payments in fiscal year 2008 to skilled nursing facilities. Thereafter, the payment update for these providers would be market basket minus 0.65%. The budget also proposes to reduce payment updates for hospice services by 0.65% annually, beginning in 2008. To enhance the long-term financing of the Medicare program, the budget also proposes automatic reductions in provider updates if general revenue is projected to exceed 45.0% of total Medicare financing. Of these proposals, $4.3 billion for 2008 and $65.6 billion over five years would require legislation to be implemented. Nonetheless, Congress may yet consider these and other proposals in the future that would further restrict Medicare funding for skilled nursing facilities and other providers.
 
CMS’s annual update notice also discusses several initiatives, including plans to: (1) develop an integrated system of post-acute care payment, to make payments for similar services consistent regardless of where the service is delivered; (2) encourage the increased use of health information technology to improve both quality and efficiency in the delivery of post-acute care; (3) assist beneficiaries in their need to be better informed health care consumers by making information about health care pricing and quality accessible and understandable; and (4) accelerate the progress already being made in improving quality of life for nursing home residents. The president’s 2008 budget proposes to implement site-neutral post hospital payments to


105



Table of Contents

limit incentives for five conditions commonly treated in both skilled nursing facilities and impatient rehabilitation facilities. It is too early to assess the impact, if any, that these proposals would have on us.
 
On April 30, 2007 CMS issued a proposed rule that would update 2008 per diem payment rates for skilled nursing facilities by 3.3%, and revise and rebase the skilled nursing facility market basket. The proposed rule would increase aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities nationwide by approximately $690 million.
 
While CMS has proposed a market basket increase of 3.3 percent in its proposed rule, the president’s budget recommendation includes a proposal for zero percent update to the skilled nursing facility market basket. To become effective, the proposed rule would require legislation enacted by Congress.
 
Medicaid.  Medicaid is a state-administered program financed by state funds and matching federal funds, providing health insurance coverage for certain persons in financial need, regardless of age, and that may supplement Medicare benefits for financially needy persons aged 65 and older.
 
Under Medicaid, most state expenditures for medical assistance are matched by the federal government. The federal medical assistance percentage, which is the percentage of Medicaid expenses paid by the federal government, will range from 50% to 76%, depending on the state in which the program is administered, for fiscal year 2007. For federal fiscal year 2007 in the states in which we currently operate, between 50% and 62% of Medicaid funds will be provided by the federal government. The president’s 2008 budget proposal would limit federal matching to 50%. If this proposal is adopted, states which previously received higher federal matching payments would have less funding available, in which case Medicaid rates in these states may be reduced to levels that are below our operating costs.
 
To generate funds to pay for the increasing costs of the Medicaid program, many states utilize financial arrangements such as provider taxes. Under the provider tax arrangements, states collect taxes from health care providers and then return the revenue to hospitals as a Medicaid expenditure, whereby states can then claim additional federal matching funds.
 
To curb these types of Medicaid funding arrangements by the states, Congress placed restrictions on states’ use of provider tax and donation programs as a source of state matching funds. Under the Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and Provider-Specific Tax Amendments of 1991 the federal matching funds available to a state were reduced by the total amount of health care related taxes that the state imposed, unless certain requirements are met. The federal matching funds are not reduced if the state taxes are broad-based and not applied specifically to Medicaid reimbursed services, and providers are at risk for the amount of tax assessed and not guaranteed to receive reimbursement for the tax assessed through the applicable state Medicaid program.
 
Under current law, taxes imposed on providers may not exceed 6.0% of total revenue and must be applied uniformly across all health care providers in the same class. Beginning January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2011 that maximum will be reduced to 5.5%. At this time we cannot estimate what effect, if any, the reduction will have on our operations.
 
The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, limits the ability of individuals to become eligible for Medicaid by increasing from three years to five years the time period, known as the “look back period,” in which the transfer of assets by an individual for less than fair market value will render the individual ineligible for Medicaid benefits for nursing home care. Under the DRA, a person that transferred assets for less than fair market value during the look-back period will be ineligible for Medicaid for so long as they would have been able to fund their cost of care absent the transfer or until the transfer would no longer have been made during the look-back period. This period is referred to as the penalty period. The DRA also changes the calculation for determining when the penalty period begins and prohibits states from ignoring small asset transfers and certain other asset transfer mechanisms. Medicaid reimbursement formulas are established by each state with the approval of the federal government in accordance with federal guidelines.
 
The Medicaid program generally permits states to develop their own standards for the establishment of rates and varies in certain respects from state to state. The law requires each state to use a public process for establishing proposed rates whereby the methodology and justification of rates used are available for


106



Table of Contents

public review and comment. The states in which we operate currently use cost-based or price-based reimbursement systems. Under cost-based reimbursement systems, the facility is reimbursed for the reasonable direct and indirect allowable costs it incurred in a base year in providing routine resident care services as defined by the program. The reimbursements received under a cost-based reimbursement system are updated each year for inflation. In certain states, efficiency incentives are provided and facilities may be subject to cost ceilings. Reasonable costs normally include certain allowances for administrative and general costs, as well as the cost of capital or investment in the facility, which may be transformed into a fair rental or cost of capital charge for property and equipment.
 
The reimbursement formulas employed by the state may be categorized as prospective or retrospective in nature. Under a prospective cost-based system, per diem rates are established based upon the historical cost of providing services (usually during a prior base year) adjusted to reflect factors such as inflation and any additional services required. Many of the prospective payment systems under which we operate contain an acuity measurement system, which adjusts rates based on the care needs of the resident. Retrospective systems operate similar to the pre-PPS Medicare program where skilled nursing facilities are paid on an interim basis for services provided, subject to adjustments based on allowable costs, which are generally submitted on an annual basis.
 
Each state has relatively broad discretion in the reimbursement methodology and amounts paid for services. In 2005, California switched from a prospective payment system to a prospective cost-based system for free-standing nursing facilities that reflects the costs and staffing levels associated with quality of care for residents at these facilities. Also in 2005, California effected a retroactive cost of living adjustment to its existing average Medi-Cal reimbursement rate for the 2004/2005 rate year. California levies a tax on skilled nursing facilities in the amount of $7.79 per patient day. The law under which this tax is levied is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2008, unless a later enacted statute extends this date. In August 2006, we received an increase of approximately 2.32% in Medi-Cal rates effective for the fiscal year ending June 2007.
 
In Texas, skilled nursing facility services are reimbursed at per diem rates determined for 11 patient acuity mix classes of service. Costs are projected from the historical cost period to the prospective rate period and account for economic changes and changes in occupancy and utilization. On March 24, 2006, the Texas state legislature approved an administrative increase in Texas Medicaid rates of approximately 11.75%, to be made retroactively effective to January 1, 2006.
 
In Kansas, skilled nursing facilities are paid prospectively determined daily rates determined using a prospective facility specific rate setting system. The rate is determined for base year cost data submitted by the provider and adjusted for case mix. Certain costs are adjusted for inflation annually based on a market basket index. In July 2006 we received a rate increase of approximately 0.7% effective for the fiscal year ending June 2007.
 
In Missouri, skilled nursing facilities are reimbursed based on a cost-based rate determined on a base year cost updated for inflation or pursuant to a patient care median. The current base year is 2001. Missouri levies a tax on skilled nursing facilities in the amount of $8.42 per patient day, plus a small redistribution fee based on the additional funds raised by the provider tax. The tax is collected via an automatic deduction from the Medicaid remittance advice. In July 2006, we received a rate increase of approximately 2.7% effective for the fiscal year ending June 2007.
 
In Nevada, free-standing skilled nursing facilities are paid a prospective per diem rate that is adjusted for patient acuity mix and designed to cover all costs except those currently associated with property, return on equity, and certain ancillaries. Property cost is reimbursed at prospective rate for each facility. Nevada levies a tax on skilled nursing facilities in the amount of $14.12 per non-Medicare patient day, which is collected one month in arrears. The rate in effect for the period beginning October 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was approximately 0.85% lower than the same period last year.
 
The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has established a Medicaid Advisory Commission charged with recommending ways Congress can reduce Medicaid spending growth and restructure the program. The commission issued its report on December 31, 2006. The commission’s report included several


107



Table of Contents

recommendations that involved giving states greater discretion in the determination of eligibility, formulation of benefit packages, financing and tying payment for services to quality measures. The commission also recommended expanding home and community-based care for seniors and the disabled.
 
Managed Care.  Our managed care patients consist of individuals who are insured by a third-party entity, typically called a senior HMO plan, or are Medicare beneficiaries who assign their Medicare benefits to a senior HMO plan.
 
Private Pay and Other.  Private pay and other sources consist primarily of individuals or parties who directly pay for their services or are beneficiaries of the Department of Veterans Affairs or hospice beneficiaries not enrolled in Medicare.
 
Reimbursement for Specific Services
 
Reimbursement for Skilled Nursing Services.  Skilled nursing facility revenue is primarily derived from Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement, as discussed above.
 
Our skilled nursing facilities also provide Medicaid-covered services to eligible individuals consisting of nursing care, room and board and social services. In addition, states may at their option cover other services such as physical, occupational and speech therapies.
 
Reimbursement for Assisted Living Services.  Assisted living facility revenue is primarily derived from private pay residents at rates we establish based upon the services we provide and market conditions in the area of operation. In addition, Medicaid or other state specific programs in some states where we operate supplement payments for board and care services provided in assisted living facilities.
 
Reimbursement for Rehabilitation Therapy Services.  Our rehabilitation therapy services operations receive payment for services from affiliated and non-affiliated skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities that they serve. The payments are based on contracts with customers with negotiated patient per diem rates or a negotiated fee schedule based on the type of service rendered. Various federal and state laws and regulations govern reimbursement for rehabilitation therapy services to long-term care facilities and other healthcare providers participating in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs.
 
Some of our rehabilitation therapy revenues are paid by the Medicare Part B program under a fee schedule. Congress has established annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid (including deductible and coinsurance amounts) for rehabilitation therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary under Part B. The law requires a combined cap for physical therapy and speech-language pathology and a separate cap for occupational therapy. Due to a series of moratoria by Congress, the caps were only in effect in 1999 and for a few months in 2003. With the expiration of the most recent moratorium, the caps were reinstated on January 1, 2006 at $1,740 for the physical therapy/speech therapy cap and $1,740 for the occupational therapy cap. Each of these caps increased to $1,780 effective as of January 1, 2007. The Tax Relief and Healthcare Act of 2006 extended exceptions to these caps through December 31, 2007 and, unless further extended, these exceptions will expire at that time. In 2006, the exception process fell into two categories: automatic process exceptions and manual process exceptions. Beginning January 1, 2007, there is no manual process for exceptions. Automatic exceptions continue to be available for certain enumerated conditions or complexities and are allowed without a written request, provided that the conditions and complexities are documented in patient records. Deletion of the manual process for exceptions increases the responsibility of the provider for determining and documenting that services are appropriate for use of the automatic exception process. CMS anticipates that the majority of beneficiaries who require services in excess of the caps will qualify for the automatic exception.
 
The federal and state reimbursement and fraud and abuse laws and regulations are applicable to our rehabilitation therapy services operations because the services we provide to our customers, including affiliated entities, are paid under Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs. We could also be affected if we violate the laws in our arrangements with patients or referral sources. Also, if our customers fail to comply with these laws and regulations they could be subject to possible sanctions, including loss of licensure or eligibility to participate in reimbursement programs, as well as civil and criminal penalties, which


108



Table of Contents

could adversely affect our rehabilitation therapy operations, including our financial results. Our customers will also be affected by the Medicare Part B outpatient rehabilitation therapy cap discussed above.
 
Reimbursement for Hospice Services.  For a Medicare beneficiary to qualify for the Medicare hospice benefit, two physicians must certify that, in the best judgment of the physician or medical director, the beneficiary has less than six months to live, assuming the beneficiary’s disease runs its normal course. In addition, the Medicare beneficiary must affirmatively elect hospice care and waive any rights to other Medicare benefits related to his or her terminal illness. Each benefit period, a physician must re-certify that the Medicare beneficiary’s life expectancy is six months or less in order for the beneficiary to continue to qualify for and to receive the Medicare hospice benefit. The first two benefit periods are measured at 90-day intervals and subsequent benefit periods are measured at 60-day intervals. There is no limit on the number of periods that a Medicare beneficiary may be re-certified. A Medicare beneficiary may revoke his or her election at any time and begin receiving traditional Medicare benefits.
 
Medicare reimburses for hospice care using a prospective payment system. Under that system, we receive one of four predetermined daily or hourly rates based on the level of care we furnish to the beneficiary. These rates are subject to annual adjustments based on inflation and geographic wage considerations.
 
Medicare limits the reimbursement we may receive for inpatient care services. If the number of inpatient care days furnished by us to Medicare beneficiaries exceeds 20.0% of the total days of hospice care furnished by us to Medicare beneficiaries, Medicare payments to us for inpatient care days exceeding the 20.0% inpatient cap will be reduced to the routine home care rate. This determination is made annually based on the twelve-month period beginning on November 1st of each year.
 
We are required to file annual cost reports with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services for informational purposes and to submit claims based on the location where we actually furnish the hospice services. These requirements permit Medicare to adjust payment rates for regional differences in wage costs.
 
Government Regulation
 
General
 
Healthcare is an area of extensive and frequent regulatory change. We provide healthcare services through our operating subsidiaries. In order to operate nursing facilities and provide healthcare services, our subsidiaries that operate these facilities must comply with federal, state and local laws relating to licensure, delivery and adequacy of medical care, distribution of pharmaceuticals, equipment, personnel, operating policies, fire prevention, rate setting, building codes and environmental protection. Changes in the law or new interpretations of existing laws may have a significant impact on our methods and costs of doing business.
 
Governmental and other authorities periodically inspect our skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities to assure that we continue to comply with their various standards. We must pass these inspections to continue our licensing under state law, to obtain certification under the Medicare and Medicaid programs and to continue our participation in the Veterans Administration program at some facilities. We can only participate in other third-party programs if our facilities pass these inspections. In addition, government authorities inspect our record keeping and inventory control of controlled narcotics. From time to time, we, like others in the healthcare industry, may receive notices from federal and state regulatory agencies alleging that we failed to comply with applicable standards. These notices may require us to take corrective action, and may impose civil monetary penalties and other operating restrictions on us. If our skilled nursing facilities fail to comply with these directives or otherwise fail to comply substantially with licensure and certification laws, rules and regulations, we could lose our certification as a Medicare or Medicaid provider or lose our state licenses to operate the facilities.
 
Civil and Criminal Fraud and Abuse Laws and Enforcement
 
Federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws regulate both the provision of services to government program beneficiaries and the methods and requirements for submitting claims for services rendered to such beneficiaries. Under these laws, individuals and organizations can be penalized for submitting claims for


109



Table of Contents

services that are not provided, that have been inadequately provided, billed in an incorrect manner or other than as actually provided, not medically necessary, provided by an improper person, accompanied by an illegal inducement to utilize or refrain from utilizing a service or product, or billed or coded in a manner that does not otherwise comply with applicable governmental requirements. Penalties also may be imposed for violation of anti-kickback and patient referral laws.
 
Federal and state governments have a range of criminal, civil and administrative sanctions available to penalize and remediate healthcare fraud and abuse, including exclusion of the provider from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, fines, criminal and civil monetary penalties and suspension of payments and, in the case of individuals, imprisonment.
 
We have internal policies and procedures and have implemented a compliance program in order to reduce exposure for violations of these and other laws and regulations. However, because enforcement efforts presently are widespread within the industry and may vary from region to region, we cannot assure you that our compliance program will significantly reduce or eliminate exposure to civil or criminal sanctions or adverse administrative determinations.
 
Anti-Kickback Statute
 
Provisions in Title XI of the Social Security Act, commonly referred to as the Anti-Kickback Statute, prohibit the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of anything of value, directly or indirectly, in return for the referral of patients or arranging for the referral of patients, or in return for the recommendation, arrangement, purchase, lease or order of items or services that are covered by a federal healthcare program such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute is a felony, and sanctions for each violation include imprisonment of up to five years, criminal fines of up to $25,000, civil monetary penalties of up to $50,000 per act plus three times the amount claimed or three times the remuneration offered, and exclusion from federal healthcare programs (including Medicare and Medicaid). Many states have adopted similar prohibitions against kickbacks and other practices that are intended to induce referrals applicable to all payors.
 
We are required under the Medicare conditions of participation and some state licensing laws to contract with numerous healthcare providers and practitioners, including physicians, hospitals and nursing homes, and to arrange for these individuals or entities to provide services to our patients. In addition, we have contracts with other suppliers, including pharmacies, ambulance services and medical equipment companies. Some of these individuals or entities may refer, or be in a position to refer, patients to us, and we may refer, or be in a position to refer, patients to these individuals or entities. Certain safe harbor provisions have been created, and compliance with a safe harbor ensures that the contractual relationship will not be found in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute. We attempt to structure these arrangements in a manner that meets the terms of one of the safe harbor regulations. Some of these arrangements may not meet all of the requirements. However, failure to meet the safe harbor does not render the contract illegal.
 
We believe that our contracts and arrangements with providers, practitioners and suppliers should not be found to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute or similar state laws. We cannot guarantee however, that these laws will ultimately be interpreted in a manner consistent with our practices.
 
If we are found to be in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, and we could be excluded from participating in federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The occurrence of any of these events could significantly harm our business and financial condition.
 
Stark Law
 
Congress has also passed a significant prohibition against certain physician referrals of patients for healthcare services, commonly known as the Stark Law. The Stark Law prohibits a physician from making referrals for particular healthcare services (called “designated health services”) to entities with which the physician, or an immediate family member of the physician, has a financial relationship if the services are payable by Medicare or Medicaid. If any arrangement is covered by the Stark Law, the requirements of a


110



Table of Contents

Stark Law exception must be met for the physician to be able to make referrals to the entity for designated health services and for the entity to be able to bill for these services. Although the term “designed health services” does not include long-term care services, some of the services provided by our skilled nursing facilities and other related business units are classified as designated health services including physical, speech and occupational therapy, pharmacy and hospice services. The term “financial relationship” is defined very broadly to include most types of ownership or compensation relationships. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity receiving the referral from seeking payment from the patient or the Medicare and Medicaid programs for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral. If an entity is paid for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral, it may incur civil penalties and could be excluded from participating in any federal and state healthcare programs.
 
The Stark Law contains exceptions for certain physician ownership or investment interests in, and certain physician compensation arrangements with, entities. If a compensation arrangement or investment relationship between a physician, or immediate family member, and an entity satisfies all requirements for a Stark Law exception, the Stark Law will not prohibit the physician from referring patients to the entity for designated health services. The exceptions for compensation arrangements cover employment relationships, personal services contracts and space and equipment leases, among others.
 
If an entity violates the Stark Law, it could be subject to civil penalties of up to $15,000 per prohibited claim and up to $100,000 for knowingly entering into certain prohibited cross-referral schemes. The entity also may be excluded from participating in federal and state healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. If the Stark Law was found to apply to our relationships with referring physicians and no exception under the Stark Law were available, we would be required to restructure these relationships or refuse to accept referrals for designated health services from these physicians. If we were found to have submitted claims to Medicare or Medicaid for services provided pursuant to a referral prohibited by the Stark Law, we would be required to repay any amounts we received from Medicare or Medicaid for those services and could be subject to civil monetary penalties. Further, we could be excluded from participating in Medicare and Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs. If we were required to repay any amounts to Medicare or Medicaid, subjected to fines, or excluded from the Medicare and Medicaid Programs, our business and financial condition would be harmed significantly.
 
Many states have physician relationship and referral statutes that are similar to the Stark Law. These laws generally apply regardless of payor. We believe that our operations are structured to comply with applicable state laws with respect to physician relationships and referrals. However, any finding that we are not in compliance with these state laws could require us to change our operations or could subject us to penalties. This, in turn, could have a negative effect on our operations.
 
False Claims
 
Federal and state laws prohibit the submission of false claims and other acts that are considered fraudulent or abusive. The submission of claims to a federal or state healthcare program for items and services that are “not provided as claimed” may lead to the imposition of civil monetary penalties, criminal fines and imprisonment, and/or exclusion from participation in state and federally funded healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Allegations of poor quality of care can also lead to false claims suits as prosecutors allege that the provider has represented to the program that adequate care is provided and the lack of quality care causes the service to be “not provided as claimed.”
 
Under the Federal False Claims Act, actions against a provider can be initiated by the federal government or by a private party on behalf of the federal government. These private parties, whistleblowers, are often referred to as qui tam relators, and relators are entitled to share in any amounts recovered by the government. Both direct enforcement activity by the government and qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years. The use of private enforcement actions against healthcare providers has increased dramatically, in part because the relators are entitled to share in a portion of any settlement or judgment. This development has increased the risk that a healthcare company will have to defend a false claims action, pay fines or settlement amounts or be excluded from the Medicare and Medicaid programs and other federal and state healthcare programs as a result of an investigation arising out of false claims laws. Many states have


111



Table of Contents

enacted similar laws providing for imposition of civil and criminal penalties for the filing of fraudulent claims. Due to the complexity of regulations applicable to our industry, we cannot guarantee that we will not in the future be the subject of any actions under the Federal False Claims Act or similar state law.
 
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
 
The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, commonly known as HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment as well as exclusion from participation in federal and state health care programs.
 
In addition, HIPAA established uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the privacy and security of certain individually identifiable health information. Three standards have been promulgated under HIPAA with which we currently are required to comply. First, we must comply with HIPAA’s standards for electronic transactions, which establish standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures. We have been required to comply with these standards since October 16, 2003. We must also comply with the standards for the privacy of individually identifiable health information, which limit the use and disclosure of most paper and oral communications, as well as those in electronic form, regarding an individual’s past, present or future physical or mental health or condition, or relating to the provision of healthcare to the individual or payment for that healthcare, if the individual can or may be identified by such information. We were required to comply with these standards by April 14, 2003. Finally, we must comply with HIPAA’s security standards, which require us to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of all electronic protected health information that we create, receive, maintain or transmit, to protect against reasonably anticipated threats or hazards to the security of such information, and to protect such information from unauthorized use or disclosure. We were required to comply with these standards by April 21, 2005.
 
In addition, in January 2004, CMS published a rule announcing the adoption of the National Provider Identifier as the standard unique health identifier for healthcare providers to use in filing and processing healthcare claims and other transactions. This rule became effective May 23, 2005, with a compliance date of May 23, 2007. We believe that we are in material compliance with these standards. However, if our practices, policies and procedures are found not to comply with these standards, we could be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions.
 
State Privacy Laws
 
States also have laws that apply to the privacy of healthcare information. We must comply with these state privacy laws to the extent that they are more protective of healthcare information or provide additional protections not afforded by HIPAA. Where we are subject to these state laws, it may be necessary to modify our operations or procedures to comply with them, which may entail significant and costly changes for us. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable state privacy and security laws. However, if we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to additional penalties and/or sanctions.
 
Certificates of Need and Other Regulatory Matters
 
Certain states administer a certificate of need program which applies to the incurrence of capital expenditures, the offering of certain new institutional health services, the cessation of certain services and the acquisition of major medical equipment. Such legislation also stipulates requirements for such programs, including that each program both be consistent with the respective state health plan in effect pursuant to such legislation and provide for penalties to enforce program requirements. To the extent that certificates of need or other similar approvals are required for expansion of our operations, either through facility


112



Table of Contents

acquisitions, expansion or provision of new services or other changes, such expansion could be affected adversely by the failure or inability to obtain the necessary approvals, changes in the standards applicable to such approvals or possible delays and expenses associated with obtaining such approvals.
 
State Facility Operating License Requirements
 
Nursing homes, pharmacies, and hospices are required to be individually licensed or certified under applicable state law and as a condition of participation under the Medicare program. In addition, health care professionals and practitioners providing health care are required to be licensed in most states. We believe that our operating subsidiaries that provide these services have all required regulatory approvals necessary for our current operations. The failure to obtain, retain or renew any required license or could adversely affect our operations, including our financial results.
 
Rehabilitation License Requirements
 
Our rehabilitation therapy services operations are subject to various federal and state regulations, primarily regulations of individual practitioners. Therapists and other healthcare professionals employed by us are required to be individually licensed or certified under applicable state law. We take measures to ensure that therapists and other healthcare professionals are properly licensed. In addition, we require therapists and other employees to participate in continuing education programs. The failure to obtain, retain or renew any required license or certifications by therapists or other healthcare professionals could adversely affect our operations, including our financial results.
 
Regulation of our Joint Venture Institutional Pharmacy
 
Our joint venture institutional pharmacy operations, which include medical equipment and supplies, are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation relating to, among other things, operational requirements, reimbursement, documentation, licensure, certification and regulation of pharmacies, pharmacists, drug compounding and manufacture and controlled substances.
 
Institutional pharmacies are regulated under the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, which are administered by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Under the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, which is administered by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, dispensers of controlled substances must register with the Drug Enforcement Administration, file reports of inventories and transactions and provide adequate security measures. Failure to comply with such requirements could result in civil or criminal penalties. The Medicare and Medicaid programs also establish certain requirements for participation of pharmacy suppliers. Our institutional pharmacy joint venture is also subject to federal and state laws that govern financial arrangements between healthcare providers, including the Anti-Kickback Statute under “— Anti-Kickback Statute.”
 
Competition
 
Our facilities compete primarily on a local and regional basis with many long-term care providers, from national and regional chains to smaller providers owning as few as a single nursing center. We also compete with inpatient rehabilitation facilities and long-term acute care hospitals. Our ability to compete successfully varies from location to location and depends on a number of factors, which include the number of competing facilities in the local market, the types of services available, quality of care, reputation, age and appearance of each facility and the cost of care in each location with respect to private pay residents.
 
We seek to compete effectively in each market by establishing a reputation within the local community for quality of care, attractive and comfortable facilities and providing specialized healthcare with an emphasized focus on high-acuity patients. Programs targeting high-acuity patients, including our Express Recoverytm units, generally have a higher staffing level per patient than our other inpatient facilities and compete more directly with inpatient rehabilitation facilities and long-term acute-care hospitals. We believe that the average cost to a third-party payor for the treatment of our typical high-acuity patient is lower if that patient is treated in one of our facilities than if that same patient were to be treated in an inpatient rehabilitation facility or long-term acute-care hospital.


113



Table of Contents

Our other services, such as rehabilitation therapy provided to third-party facilities and hospice care also compete with local, regional, and national companies. The primary competitive factors in these businesses are similar to those for our skilled nursing care facilities and include reputation, the cost of services, the quality of clinical services, responsiveness to patient needs and the ability to provide support in other areas such as third-party reimbursement, information management and patient record-keeping.
 
Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients, maintain or increase rates or to expand our business. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we have, may have greater brand recognition and may be more established in their respective communities than we are. Competing companies may also offer newer facilities or different programs or services than us and may therefore attract our patients who are presently residents of our facilities, potential residents of our facilities, or who are otherwise receiving our healthcare services. Other competitors may accept lower margins and, therefore, may present significant price competition.
 
Although non-profit organizations continue to run approximately two-thirds of hospice programs, for-profit companies have recently began to occupy a larger share of the hospice market. Increasing public awareness of hospice services, the aging of the U.S. population and favorable reimbursement by Medicare, the primary payor, have contributed to the recent growth in the hospice care market. As more companies enter the market to provide hospice services, we will face increasing competitive pressure.
 
Labor
 
Our most significant operating cost is labor. Our labor costs consist of salaries, wages and benefits including workers’ compensation but excluding non-cash stock-based compensation expense. We seek to manage our labor costs by improving nurse staffing retention, maintaining competitive labor rates, and reducing reliance on overtime compensation and temporary nursing agency services. Labor costs accounted for approximately 64.3%, 64.0%, 63.4% and 63.3% of our operating expenses from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Risk Management
 
We have developed a risk management program designed to stabilize our insurance and professional liability costs. As part of this program, we have implemented an arbitration agreement system at each of our facilities under which, upon admission, patients are asked to execute an agreement that requires disputes to be arbitrated prior to filing a lawsuit. We believe that this has significantly reduced our liability exposure. We have also established an incident reporting process that involves monthly follow-up with our facility administrators to monitor the progress of claims and losses. We believe that our emphasis on providing high-quality care and our attention to monitoring quality of care indicators has also helped to reduce our liability exposure.
 
Insurance
 
We maintain insurance for general and professional liability, workers’ compensation and employers’ liability, employee benefits liability, property, casualty, directors and officers, surety bonds, crime, boiler and machinery, automobile, employment practices liability, earthquake and flood. We believe that our insurance programs are adequate and that our reserves appropriately reflect our exposure to potential liabilities. We do not recognize a liability in our consolidated financial statements in those instances where we have directly transferred the risk to the insurance carrier.
 
General and Professional Liability Insurance
 
In California, Texas and Nevada, we have professional and general liability insurance with an individual claim limit of $2 million per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit for all facilities in these states of $6 million. In Kansas, we have occurrence-based professional and general liability insurance with an occurrence limit of $1 million per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit of $3 million for each individual facility. In Missouri, we have claims-made-based professional and general liability insurance with an individual claim limit of $1 million per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit of $3 million for


114



Table of Contents

each individual facility. We have also purchased excess general and professional liability insurance coverage providing an additional $12 million of coverage for losses arising from any claims in excess of $3 million. We also maintain a $1 million self-insured professional and general liability retention per claim in California, Nevada and Texas. We maintain no deductibles in Kansas and Missouri.
 
Due to our self-insured retentions under our professional and general liability programs, there is no limit on the maximum number of claims or amount for which we can be liable in any policy period. We base our loss estimates on independent actuarial analyses, which determine expected liabilities on an undiscounted basis, including incurred but not reported losses, based upon the available information on a given date. It is possible, however, for the ultimate amount of losses to exceed our estimates and our insurance limits. In the event our actual liability exceeds our estimates for any given period, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
Workers’ Compensation
 
We have maintained workers’ compensation insurance as statutorily required. Most of our commercial workers’ compensation insurance purchased is loss sensitive in nature. As a result, we are responsible for adverse loss development. Additionally, we self-insure the first unaggregated $1.0 million per workers’ compensation claim in both California and Nevada.
 
In April 2004, California enacted workers’ compensation reform legislation designed to address specific problems in the workers’ compensation system and reduce workers’ compensation insurance expenses. The legislation, among other things, established an independent medical review process for resolving medical disputes, tightened standards for determining impairment ratings and capped temporary total disability payments to 104 weeks from the first payment.
 
We have elected to not carry workers’ compensation insurance in Texas and we may be liable for negligence claims that are asserted against us by our employees.
 
We purchase guaranteed cost policies for Kansas and Missouri. There are no deductibles associated with these programs.
 
Tort Reform
 
In September 2003, Texas tort law was reformed to impose a $250,000 cap on the noneconomic damages, such as pain and suffering, that claimants can recover in a malpractice lawsuit against a single health care institution and an aggregate $500,000 cap on the amount of such damages that claimants can recover in malpractice lawsuits against more than one health care institution. The law also provides a $1.4 million cap, subject to future adjustment for inflation, on recovery, including punitive damages, in wrongful death and survivor actions on a healthcare liability claim.
 
In California, tort reform laws since 1975 have imposed a $250,000 cap on the noneconomic damages, such as pain and suffering, that claimants can recover in an action for injury against a healthcare provider based on negligence. California law also provides for additional remedies and recovery of attorney fees for certain claims of elder or dependant adult abuse or neglect, although non-economic damages in medical malpractice cases are capped. California does not provide a cap on actual, provable damages in such claims or claims for fraud, oppression or malice.
 
Nevada tort law was reformed in August 2002 to impose a $350,000 cap on non economic damages for medical malpractice or dental malpractice. Punitive damages may only be awarded in tort actions for fraud, oppression, or malice, and are limited to the greater of $300,000 or three times compensatory damages.
 
In 2005, Missouri amended its tort law to impose a $350,000 cap on non economic damages and to limit awards for punitive damages to the greater of $500,000 or five times the net amount of the judgment.
 
Kansas currently limits damages awarded for pain and suffering, and all other non economic damages, to $250,000. Kansas also limits the award of punitive damages to the lesser of a defendant’s highest annual gross income for the prior five years or $5 million. However, to the extent any gain from misconduct exceeds these limits, the court may alternatively award damages of up to 1.5 times the amount of such gain.


115



Table of Contents

Environmental Matters
 
We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. As a healthcare provider, we face regulatory requirements in areas of air and water quality control, medical and low-level radioactive waste management and disposal, asbestos management, response to mold and lead-based paint in our facilities and employee safety.
 
In our role as owner and/or operator of our facilities, we also may be required to investigate and remediate hazardous substances that are located on the property, including any such substances that may have migrated off, or discharged or transported from the property. Part of our operations involves the handling, use, storage, transportation, disposal and/or discharge of hazardous, infectious, toxic, flammable and other hazardous materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants. These activities may result in damage to individuals, property or the environment; may interrupt operations and/or increase costs; may result in legal liability, damages, injunctions or fines; may result in investigations, administrative proceedings, penalties or other governmental agency actions; and may not be covered by insurance. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety requirements. However, we cannot assure you that we will not encounter environmental liabilities in the future, and such liabilities may result in material adverse consequences to our operations or financial condition.
 
Customers
 
No individual customer or client accounts for a significant portion of our revenue. We do not expect that the loss of a single customer or client would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are involved in legal proceedings and regulatory enforcement investigations regarding facility surveys from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. We do not believe the outcome of these proceedings and investigations will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Employees
 
As of March 31, 2007, we employed approximately 6,980 full-time-equivalent employees, and operated under five collective bargaining agreements with a union covering approximately 315 full-time employees at five of our facilities located in California. We generally consider our relationships with our employees to be satisfactory.
 
Properties
 
As of April 1, 2007, we operated 77 skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, of which we owned 58 facilities and leased 19 facilities. As of April 1, 2007, our operated facilities had a total of 8,917 licensed beds.


116



Table of Contents

 
The following table provides information by state as of April 1, 2007 regarding the skilled nursing and assisted living facilities we owned and leased.
 
                                                         
    Owned Facilities     Leased Facilities     Total Facilities        
          Licensed
          Licensed
          Licensed
       
    Number     Beds     Number     Beds     Number     Beds        
 
California
    14       1,513       17       2,055       31       3,568          
Texas
    21       3,173                   21       3,173          
Kansas
    16       887                   16       887          
Missouri
    7       999                   7       999          
Nevada
                2       290       2       290          
                                                         
Total
    58       6,572       19       2,345       77       8,917          
                                                         
Skilled nursing
    47       5,907       17       2,079       64       7,986          
Assisted living
    11       665       2       266       13       931          
 
Our executive offices are located in Foothill Ranch, California where we lease approximately 26,433 square feet of office space, a portion of which is utilized for the administrative functions of our hospice and our Hallmark businesses. The term of this lease expires in October 2011. We have an option to renew our lease at this location for an additional five-year term.
 
Company History
 
We were incorporated in Delaware. In 1998, we acquired Summit Care, a publicly-traded long-term care company with nursing facilities in California, Texas and Arizona. On October 2, 2001, we and 19 of our subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and on November 28, 2001, our remaining three subsidiaries also filed voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11. In August 2003, we emerged from bankruptcy, paying or restructuring all debt holders in full, paying all accrued interest expenses and issuing 5.0% of our common stock to former bondholders. In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, we engaged in a series of transactions, including our disposition in March 2005 of our California pharmacy business, selling two institutional pharmacies in southern California.
 
On December 27, 2005, Onex and certain members of our management purchased our predecessor company in a merger for $645.7 million.
 
In February 2007, we effected the merger of our predecessor company, which was our wholly-owned subsidiary, with and into us. We were the surviving company in the merger and changed our name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. As a result of this merger, we assumed all of the rights and obligations of our predecessor company, including obligations under its 11% senior subordinated notes.


117



Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers and members of our board of directors as of March 31, 2007.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Boyd Hendrickson(3)
  62   Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jose Lynch
  37   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
John E. King
  46   Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Roland Rapp
  45   General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Administrative Officer
Mark Wortley
  51   Executive Vice President and President of Ancillary Subsidiaries
Peter A. Reynolds
  48   Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
Susan Whittle
  59   Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Robert M. Le Blanc(1)(2)(3)
  40   Lead Director
Michael E. Boxer(1)
  45   Director
John M. Miller, V(1)
  54   Director
Glenn S. Schafer(2)(3)
  57   Director
William Scott(2)
  70   Director
 
 
(1) Member of our Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of our Compensation Committee.
 
(3) Member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
 
Boyd Hendrickson, 62, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director.  Mr. Hendrickson has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since December 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Hendrickson served as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2002 and as a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Previously, Mr. Hendrickson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Evergreen Healthcare, Inc., an operator of long-term healthcare facilities, from January 2000 to April 2002. From 1988 to January 2000, Mr. Hendrickson served in various senior management roles, including President and Chief Operating Officer, of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., one of the nation’s largest long-term healthcare companies, where he also served on the board of directors. Mr. Hendrickson was also co-founder, President and Chief Operating Officer of Care Enterprises, and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hallmark Health Services. Mr. Hendrickson also serves on the Board of Directors of LTC Properties, Inc.
 
Jose Lynch, 37, President, Chief Operating Officer and Director.  Mr. Lynch has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer and a member of our board of directors since December 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Lynch served as our President since February 2002. During his more than 15 years of executive experience in the nursing home industry, he served as Senior Vice President of Operations and Corporate Officer for the Western Region of Mariner Post-Acute Network, a long-term care company. Previous to that, Mr. Lynch also served as Regional Vice President of Operations for the Western Region of Mariner Post-Acute Network.
 
John E. King, 46, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer.  Mr. King joined us as our Chief Financial Officer in October 2004. Mr. King has over 20 years of experience in the healthcare and financial services sectors. Mr. King served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Sempercare, Inc., a private long-term acute care hospital services provider based in Plano, Texas from January 2002 until July


118



Table of Contents

2004. From September 1999 until January 2002, Mr. King served as an independent consultant in the healthcare services field. His extensive healthcare finance background includes six years as the Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of DaVita, Inc., a kidney dialysis service provider, three years as Chief Financial Officer of John F. Kennedy Memorial Hospital of the Tenet Healthcare Corporation in Palm Springs and five years at Scripps Memorial Hospital in San Diego as Controller and Internal Auditor. Mr. King was a Certified Public Accountant and began his finance career with KPMG Peat Marwick.
 
Roland Rapp, 45, General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Administrative Officer.  Mr. Rapp has served as our General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Administrative Officer since March 2002. He has more than 23 years of experience in the healthcare and legal sectors. From June 1993 to March 2002, Mr. Rapp was the Managing Partner of the law firm of Rapp, Kiepen and Harman, and was Chief Financial Officer for SR Management Services, Inc. from November 1995 to March 2002, both based in Pleasanton, California. His law practice centered on healthcare law and primarily focused on long-term care. Prior to practicing law, Mr. Rapp served as a nursing home administrator and director of operations for a small nursing home chain. Mr. Rapp also served as the elected Chairman of the Board for the California Association of Health Facilities (the largest State representative of nursing facility operators) from November 1999 to November 2001.
 
Mark Wortley, 51, Executive Vice President and President of Ancillary Subsidiaries.  Mr. Wortley has served as our Executive Vice President and President of Ancillary Subsidiaries since December 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Wortley served as President of Locomotion Therapy, the predecessor to our Hallmark rehabilitation business, since September 2002 and as President of Hospice Care of the West, our hospice business since November 2005. An industry veteran with more than 25 years of experience, Mr. Wortley consulted with Evergreen Healthcare, Inc., a long-term care company, to develop its contract therapy program (Mosaic Rehabilitation) from January 2001 through September 2002. Prior to consulting with Evergreen, Mr. Wortley was Executive Vice President of Beverly Enterprises, Inc. from September 1994 until December 2000. At Beverly, he founded Beverly Rehabilitation (now Aegis Therapies, one of the largest contract therapy providers in the nation). Mr. Wortley also developed Matrix Rehabilitation, a chain of 200 freestanding outpatient rehabilitation clinics, and managed more than 30 hospice programs.
 
Peter A. Reynolds, 48, Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer.  Mr. Reynolds has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer since April 2006. He has over 22 years of experience in the healthcare industry. From 2002 to 2006, Mr. Reynolds was Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller for PacifiCare Health Systems, Inc., a $15 billion in revenue publicly-traded managed care company, and was Controller for PacifiCare of California from 1997 to 2002. Mr. Reynolds is a Certified Public Accountant and spent 11 years in public accounting, primarily with Ernst & Young.
 
Susan Whittle, 59, Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer.  Ms. Whittle has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer since March 2006. She has over 25 years of experience in the healthcare industry. From 2005 to 2006 Ms. Whittle worked in private practice as an attorney-at-law. Her law practice centered on regulatory health law matters. From 2004 to 2005 she was employed by Mariner Healthcare, Inc., a provider of skilled nursing and long-term health care services, as a litigation consultant. Prior to her work as a litigation consultant, Ms. Whittle served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Mariner Health Care from 1993 to 2003.
 
Robert M. Le Blanc, 40, Lead Director.  Mr. Le Blanc joined our board of directors in October 2005 in connection with the formation of SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. Mr. Le Blanc has served as Managing Director of Onex Investment Corp., an affiliate of Onex Corporation, a diversified industrial corporation, since 1999. Prior to joining Onex in 1999, Mr. Le Blanc worked for the Berkshire Hathaway Corporation for seven years. From 1988 to 1992, Mr. Le Blanc held numerous positions within GE Capital, related to corporate finance and corporate strategy. Mr. Le Blanc serves as a Director of Magellan Health Services, Inc., a publicly traded diversified specialty healthcare management organization, as well as Res-Care, Inc., a publicly traded human service company for the disabled, Center for Diagnostic Imaging, Inc., First Berkshire Hathaway Life and Emergency Medical Services Corp., a publicly traded provider of emergency


119



Table of Contents

medical services in the United States, Cypress Insurance, The Warranty Group, Carestream Health, Inc. and Connecticut Children’s Medical Center.
 
Michael E. Boxer, 45, Director.  Mr. Boxer has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2006. Since September 2006, Mr. Boxer has been the Chief Financial Officer of HealthMarkets, Inc. From March 2005 to September 2006, Mr. Boxer was the President of The Enterprise Group, Ltd., a health care financial advisory firm. Mr. Boxer was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Mariner Health Care, Inc., a provider of skilled nursing and long-term health care services, from January 2003 until its sale in December 2004. From July 1998 to December 2002, Mr. Boxer served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded specialty pharmaceuticals company. Prior to Watson, Mr. Boxer was an investment banker at Furman Selz, LLC, a New York-based investment bank. Mr. Boxer is also on the board of directors of the Jack and Jill Late Stage Cancer Foundation.
 
John M. Miller, 54, Director.  Mr. Miller has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2005. Mr. Miller has served as Vice President and Treasurer of Baylor Health Care System, a system of hospitals, primary care physician centers and other healthcare clinics in Texas, since February 2001. Prior to joining Baylor in 2001, he served as Vice President and Treasurer of Medstar Health, a network of hospitals and other healthcare services in the Baltimore, Maryland-Washington D.C. region, from January 1992 through February 2001.
 
Glenn S. Schafer, 57, Director.  Mr. Schafer has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2006. Mr. Schafer served as Vice Chairman of Pacific Life Insurance Company until his retirement on December 31, 2005. He was appointed Vice Chairman of Pacific Life in April 2005. Prior to being named Vice Chairman, Mr. Schafer had been President and a board member of Pacific Life since 1995. Mr. Schafer joined Pacific Life as Vice President, Corporate Finance, in 1986, was elected Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 1987, and in 1991, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and a Fellow of the Life Management Institute. Mr. Schafer is also a member of the board of directors of Scottish Re Group Limited a publicly traded global life reinsurance company and Beckman Coulter, Inc., a publicly traded diagnostics and medical device company.
 
William C. Scott, 70, Director.  Mr. Scott has served as a member of our board of directors since March 1998 and served as our Chairman of the Board from March 1998 until April 2005. Mr. Scott has held various positions with Summit Care Corporation, which we acquired in March 1998, since December 1985, including Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Scott served as our Chairman of the Board at the time of the filing of our voluntary petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Mr. Scott served as Senior Vice President of Summit Health, Ltd., Summit’s former parent company, from December 1985 until its acquisition by OrNda Health Corp. in April 1994.
 
Composition of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors has responsibility for our overall corporate governance and meets regularly throughout the year. Our bylaws provide that our board of directors may fix the exact number of directors by resolution of the board of directors. Each of our directors has served as a director since the date indicated in his biography. Executive officers are elected by and serve at the direction of our board of directors. There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.
 
We have not yet adopted procedures by which security holders may elect nominees to our board of directors but plan to do so upon the consummation of this offering.
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. One class will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of three years. The Class I directors, whose term will expire at the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, will be Messrs. Schafer and Scott. The Class II directors, whose term will expire at the 2009 annual meeting of stockholders, will be Messrs. Lynch and Miller. The Class III directors, whose term will expire at the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders will


120



Table of Contents

be Messrs. Hendrickson, Le Blanc and Boxer. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve three-year terms.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
We are a “controlled company” as that term is set forth in Section 303A of The New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual because more than 50% of our voting power is held by Onex. Under The New York Stock Exchange rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. Following this offering, we intend to elect to be treated as a controlled company and thus avail ourselves of these exemptions, including the exemption for a board composed of a majority of independent directors. In addition, although we will have adopted charters for our audit, nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees and intend to conduct annual performance evaluations of these committees, none of these committees will be composed entirely of independent directors immediately following the completion of this offering. We will rely on the phase-in rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and The New York Stock Exchange with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules permit our audit committee to consist of only one independent member upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of independent members within 90 days thereafter and all independent members within one year thereafter. So long as we are a “controlled company,” you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of The New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements.
 
We have established the following committees:
 
Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee consists of Michael E. Boxer, John M. Miller and Robert M. Le Blanc. Michael E. Boxer serves as Chairman of the audit committee and is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. Both John M. Miller and Michael E. Boxer are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and under the rules of The New York Stock Exchange. Robert M. Le Blanc is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(6)(i) under the Exchange Act. The audit committee reviews, acts on, and reports to our board with respect to various auditing and accounting matters including the recommendation of our auditors, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the auditors, evaluating the performance of our independent auditors and our accounting practices.
 
In accordance with Rule 10A-3(6)(1) under the Exchange Act and the New York Stock Exchange rules, we plan to appoint another independent director to our board of directors within 12 months after the consummation of this offering, who will replace Robert M. Le Blanc so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and under New York Stock Exchange rules.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the consummation of this offering.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee consists of Glenn S. Schafer, William C. Scott and Robert M. Le Blanc. Glenn S. Schafer serves as Chairman of the compensation committee. Glenn S. Schafer is independent as such term is defined under the rules of The New York Stock Exchange. William C. Scott and Robert M. Le Blanc are not independent within the meaning of The New York Stock Exchange Rules. The


121



Table of Contents

compensation committee provides assistance to the board of directors by designing, recommending to the board of directors for approval and evaluating the compensation plans, policies and programs for us and our subsidiaries, especially those regarding executive compensation, including the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other officers and directors, and will assist the board of directors in producing an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy materials in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.
 
In accordance with New York Stock Exchange rules, if we cease to be a “controlled company” after this offering, we will appoint one independent director to our compensation committee within 90 days, who will replace William C. Scott, so that a majority of our compensation committee members will be independent as such term is defined under New York Stock Exchange rules. We will also appoint another independent director to replace Robert M. Le Blanc within 12 months after we cease to become a “controlled company” so that all of our compensation committee members will be independent as required by The New York Stock Exchange rules. If we continue to be a “controlled company” after this offering, we will be exempt from, and consequently will not be required to comply with, New York Stock Exchange rules requiring that our compensation committee be solely composed of independent directors.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on our website upon the consummation of this offering.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
 
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Boyd Hendrickson, Robert M. Le Blanc and Glenn S. Schafer. Boyd Hendrickson serves as Chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Glenn S. Schafer is independent as such term is defined under the rules of The New York Stock Exchange. Boyd Hendrickson and Robert M. Le Blanc are not independent within the meaning of The New York Stock Exchange Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee provides assistance to the board of directors by identifying qualified candidates to become board members, selecting nominees for election as directors at stockholders’ meetings and to fill vacancies, developing and recommending to the board a set of applicable corporate governance guidelines and principles as well as oversight of the evaluation of the board and management.
 
In accordance with The New York Stock Exchange rules, if we cease to be a “controlled company” after this offering, we will appoint one independent director to our nominating and corporate governance committee within 90 days, who will replace Robert M. Le Blanc, so that a majority of our nominating and corporate governance committee members will be independent as such term is defined under The New York Stock Exchange rules. We will also appoint another independent director to replace Boyd Hendrickson within 12 months after we cease to become a “controlled company,” so that all of our nominating and corporate governance committee members will be independent as required by The New York Stock Exchange rules. If we continue to be a “controlled company” after this offering, we will be exempt from, and consequently will not be required to comply with, The New York Stock Exchange rules requiring that our nominating and corporate governance committee be solely composed of independent directors.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website upon the consummation of this offering.
 
Compensation of Directors
 
We do not currently pay our employee directors any compensation for service on the board and board committees. In addition, we do not pay Robert M. Le Blanc any compensation for his service on our board and board committees because his service to us as a board member is provided as a part of the consulting service provided to us under an agreement with Onex Partners Manager LP. We pay Onex Partners Manager LP an annual fee of $0.5 million for all services provided under this agreement.
 
The table below summarizes the compensation received by our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 


122



Table of Contents

                         
    Fees
             
    Earned
             
    or Paid in
    Stock
       
Director
  Cash(1)     Awards(2)     Total  
 
Michael E. Boxer
  $ 30,500     $ 72,048     $ 102,548  
John M. Miller
    25,333       72,048       97,381  
Glenn S. Schafer
    25,250       72,048       97,298  
 
 
(1) In 2006, each non-employee director, other than Robert M. Le Blanc, received an annual retainer of $20,000 for services as a director. We also reimburse all of our directors for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in their capacity as a director, including in connection with traveling to and attending board and committee meetings. Each non-employee director, other than Mr. Le Blanc, received a payment of $1,000 for each board or separately scheduled committee meeting attended in person, or $500 if attended via teleconference. The audit committee chair received an additional $10,000 annual retainer and the compensation committee chair received an additional $5,000 annual retainer.
 
(2) In August 2006, each of our non-employee directors, other than Mr. Le Blanc, received fully vested grants of five shares of our preferred stock and 2,535 shares of our common stock, provided that the director is not permitted to sell or transfer these shares until his service on our board ends.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has executive officers who have served on our board of directors or compensation committee.

123



Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis section discusses the compensation policies and programs for our named executive officers, which consist of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our three next most highly paid executive officers as determined under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
The compensation committee of our board of directors, or the compensation committee, administers the compensation policies and programs for our executive officers and other senior executives, including the named executive officers, as well as the equity-based incentive compensation plans in which those persons participate. One of the primary objectives of the compensation committee is to attract and retain talented, qualified executives to manage and lead our company. Consistent with our compensation committee’s objective, our overall compensation program is structured to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified executive officers by paying them competitively and tying their compensation to our success as a whole and their contribution to our success. Accordingly, we set goals designed to link the compensation of each named executive officer to our performance and each named executive officer’s performance within the company.
 
For 2006, our executive compensation program had four primary components: (i) a cash-based base salary component, reviewed annually by our compensation committee based on the individual performance of the executive, (ii) annual cash bonus incentive payments based upon the achievement of corporate objectives, (iii) a long-term equity incentive component granted in the form of restricted stock awards and (iv) severance benefits, insurance benefits and other perquisites. Following our initial public offering, we anticipate that we will also grant long-term equity incentive awards in the form of stock options. Our program, including the allocation between cash and non-cash compensation, is largely designed to provide incentives and rewards for both our short-term and long-term performance, and is structured to motivate executive officers to meet our strategic objectives, thereby maximizing total return to stockholders. In addition, we provide our executive officers a variety of benefits that are available generally to all salaried employees.
 
Our compensation committee has sole authority to retain or terminate an independent compensation consultant. The compensation committee has not used the services of a compensation consultant to date; however it will continue to consider the need to retain a compensation consultant following our initial public offering.
 
Compensation Components
 
Executive compensation consists of the following:
 
Base Salary
 
We determine our executive salaries based on job responsibilities and individual experience and also benchmark the amounts we pay against comparable competitive local market compensation and within the long-term care industry for similar positions. In connection with the completion of the Transactions in December 2005, members of our senior management team, including our named executive officers, negotiated employment agreements, which included their respective 2006 base salaries, with representatives of Onex, as the primary holder of our outstanding capital stock. See “— Existing Employment Agreements.” Following the completion of the Transactions, our board of directors established our compensation committee for 2006 and thereafter. Our compensation committee will review the salaries of our executives annually and determine changes in base salaries based on individual performance during the prior calendar year and cost of living adjustments, as appropriate. Our compensation committee anticipates that salaries will increase by an average of 5.8% in 2007 over salaries established for 2006. The compensation committee determined this increase was appropriate based on competitive local market compensation, individual


124



Table of Contents

performance and the expected effect of inflation. No formulaic increase in base salaries is provided to our executive officers.
 
Annual Management Bonus Plan
 
We structure our annual management bonus plan to reward named executive officers and employees for our successful performance and each individual’s contribution to that performance. Our named executive officers are eligible to receive cash bonus incentive payments based upon the achievement of certain company and individually-based objectives. Our compensation committee establishes the target bonus payments based on the overall strategic goals of our organization as proposed by management and our board of directors. Our compensation committee believes that by establishing cash bonus incentive payments for our named executive officers based upon the achievement of strategic objectives that create value in our company, it aligns their compensation with the interests of our stockholders.
 
At the beginning of 2006, the compensation committee established performance objectives for the payment of cash bonus awards to each of the named executive officers. Performance objectives were based on company and individually-based objectives established as part of the annual operating plan process. Cash bonus payouts were based on (1) the attainment of a pre-established target year over year growth in EBITDA, (2) reducing working capital as a percentage of net revenue below that same ratio for the prior year, and (3) accomplishing pre-established management objectives that were individually tailored to each executive’s role. The Compensation Committee established the EBITDA target, Working Capital target and management objectives as the performance objectives because they provide a balance between meeting our growth and performance objectives while conserving working capital, thereby creating additional stockholder value.
 
The table below outlines each performance objective, and the cash bonus awarded for the attainment of each objective, for the calendar year 2006.
                                                 
          Bonus
             
          Amount for
             
          Achieving
             
          Working
    Bonus Amount for
       
                      Capital
    Achieving
       
    Bonus Amount for Achieving
    Target     Management
       
    EBITDA Target     Equal to or
    Objectives-        
                Each 1%
    Less Than
    Accomplishment of
    Target Bonus
 
Name
  5%     10%(1)     over 10%(2)     Prior Year     Major Initiatives(3)     Potential  
 
Boyd Hendrickson
  $ 168,000     $ 168,000     $ 11,200     $ 28,000     $ 84,000     $ 448,000  
John E. King
    67,000       67,000       6,700       16,750       50,250       201,000  
Jose Lynch
    126,500       126,500       9,200       23,000       69,000       345,000  
Roland Rapp
    67,000       67,000       6,700       16,750       50,250       201,000  
Mark Wortley
    67,000 (4)     67,000 (4)     6,700 (4)     16,750       50,250       201,000  
 
 
(1) The bonus amount awarded for achieving 10% EBITDA growth over the previous year is in addition to the bonus amount awarded for achieving 5% EBITDA growth over the previous year.
 
(2) The compensation committee determined that for every 1% over 10% EBITDA growth over the previous year the executive would be awarded a “stretch bonus” that is above the Target Bonus Potential provided above, which could result in the executive being awarded a bonus above the Target Bonus Potential.
 
(3) The compensation committee prepared individual initiatives, tailored to gauge the performance of each executive in their respective role. The executive must accomplish each of these objectives, as determined by the compensation committee, in its sole discretion, to be eligible to receive the full amount of this portion of the cash bonus. The compensation committee also has sole discretion to award a partial amount of the bonus related to the achievement of the Management Objectives if the executive achieves some, but not all, of the objectives.


125



Table of Contents

 
(4) With respect to Mr. Wortley, the amounts awarded in all three columns under Bonus Amounts for Achieving EBITDA Target are divided equally between achieving the target with respect to our EBITDA and achieving the target with respect to the EBITDA of our ancillary services.
 
Our compensation committee has established similar performance objectives for 2007 and our named executive officers will continue to be eligible for similar cash bonus incentive payments through 2007. Our compensation committee will continue to assess the need to implement additional non-equity incentive programs for our named executive officers as a means of adding specific incentives towards the achievement of specific goals that could be key factors in our success.
 
Long-term Equity Incentives
 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
In December 2005, in connection with the Transactions, we granted restricted stock awards to our senior management team, including our named executive officers, in the following amounts: Boyd Hendrickson, 388,412 shares of common stock; Jose Lynch, 317,792 shares of common stock; John King, 141,240 shares of common stock; Roland Rapp, 141,240 shares of common stock; and Mark Wortley, 141,240 shares of common stock. The number of shares subject to each named executive officer’s award was determined through negotiations with representatives of Onex and were made to better align the executive’s interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders. Additionally, 123,585 shares were issued to five members of senior management. Each of these shares was subsequently recapitalized into one share of our class B common stock effective as of April 26, 2007 and remains subject to the same restrictions and conditions that were applicable to such share prior to the recapitalization.
 
The shares of common stock awarded are restricted by certain vesting requirements, our right to repurchase the shares and restrictions on the sale or transfer of such shares. Our board of directors may elect at any time to remove any or all of these restrictions. On the day of the grant, 25% of the restricted shares vested, and, subject to the employee’s continuing employment with us or any of our subsidiaries, the remaining shares will vest 25% on each of the subsequent three anniversaries of the date of grant. As of January 2007, 50% of these restricted shares had vested. If the employee ceases to be employed by us or any of our subsidiaries, for any reason, the shares of restricted stock that have not previously vested are forfeited by the executive. In addition, all restricted shares will vest in the event that a third party acquires (i) enough of our capital stock to elect a majority of our board of directors or (ii) all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets.
 
During 2006, we also granted restricted stock awards to two members of our senior management team in connection with their commencement of employment with us. No additional restricted stock awards were granted to our named executive officers in 2006.
 
Stock Options
 
We believe that an ownership culture in our company is important to provide our executive officers with long-term incentives to build value for our stockholders. We believe stock-based awards create such a culture and help to align the interests of our management and employees with the interests of our stockholders. In April 2007, we adopted a 2007 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2007 plan. The principal features of the 2007 plan are summarized under “— 2007 Incentive Award Plan.” The principal purpose of the 2007 plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards.
 
Our compensation committee has granted options to purchase 134,000 shares of our class A common stock effective upon the completion of this offering in order to retain certain employees, and combine the achievement of corporate goals and strong individual performance. These options will have a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price. Options have been granted based on a combination of individual contributions to our company and on general corporate achievements. Additional option grants have not been communicated to executives in advance. On an annual basis, our compensation committee


126



Table of Contents

will assess the appropriate individual and corporate goals for each executive and provide additional option grants based upon the achievement by the executive of both individual and corporate goals. We expect that we will provide new employees with initial option grants in 2007 to provide long-term compensation incentives and will continue to rely on performance-based and retention grants in 2007 to provide additional incentives for current employees. Additionally, in the future our compensation committee and board of directors may consider awarding additional or alternative forms of equity incentives, such as grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units and other performance based awards, and may also determine to seek input from an independent compensation consultant.
 
Perquisites and Other Benefits
 
We also provide other benefits to our named executive officers that are not tied to any formal individual or company performance criteria and are intended to be part of a competitive overall compensation program. For 2006, these benefits primarily included payment of term life insurance premiums, reimbursement of certain commuting costs, and an annual executive physical examination.
 
Severance Agreements
 
Each of our named executives officers’ employment agreement provides for severance payments if the executive’s employment with us is terminated by us without cause or if we decline to extend the executive’s term of employment. The severance payments are an important part of employment agreements designed to retain our executive officers. See “— Potential Payments Upon Termination.”
 
Executive Time Off
 
Our named executive officers are entitled to four weeks paid vacation per calendar year. Our named executive officers are expected to manage personal time off in a manner that does not impact performance or achievement of goals.
 
2006 Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth summary compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2006 for our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our other three most highly compensated executive officers as of the end of the last fiscal year. We refer to these persons as our named executive officers elsewhere in this prospectus. Except as provided below, none of our named executive officers received any other compensation required to be disclosed by law or in excess of $10,000 annually.
 
                                                 
                      Non-Equity
             
                Stock
    Incentive Plan
    All Other
       
Name and Principal Position
  Year     Salary(1)     Awards(2)     Compensation(3)     Compensation(4)     Total  
 
Boyd Hendrickson
    2006     $ 560,000     $ 19,153     $ 411,000     $ 23,335     $ 1,013,488  
Chief Executive Officer
                                               
John E. King
    2006       335,000       6,965       140,700       21,940       504,605  
Chief Financial Officer
                                               
Jose Lynch
    2006       460,000       15,670       317,400       25,755       818,825  
President, Chief Operating Officer
                                               
Roland Rapp,
    2006       335,000       6,965       184,250       21,185       547,400  
General Counsel, Chief Administrative Officer
                                               
Mark Wortley,
    2006       335,000       6,965       231,150       55,967       629,082  
Executive Vice President and President of Ancillary Services
                                               


127



Table of Contents

 
(1) Includes cash and non-cash compensation earned in 2006 by the named executive officer.
 
(2) The amounts shown are the amounts of compensation cost recognized by us in fiscal year 2006 related to grants of restricted stock in fiscal year 2005, as described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 2 to our audited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These grants of restricted stock were made to the named executive officers in connection with the Transactions in December 2005. The compensation cost recognized by us is the amount of each grant that vested during the fiscal year 2006, representing the vesting of 25% of the total restricted stock granted. See “— Long Term Equity Incentives — Restricted Stock Awards” for a more complete description of these restricted stock awards.
 
(3) The amounts shown represent the bonus performance awards earned under our 2006 Management Bonus Plan. Our 2006 Management Bonus Plan establishes threshold, target and maximum bonus payment awards to our executive officers based upon a percentage of their base salary. The goals employed for 2006 under this plan were (1) a pre-established target year over year growth in EBITDA, (2) a pre-established target working capital amount, measured as a percentage of net revenue, and (3) pre-established management objectives, individually tailored to each executive’s role. See “— Grants of Plan Based Awards” and “— Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Annual Management Bonus Plan” for a more complete description of this plan.
 
(4) The amounts shown consist of our cost for the provision to the named executive officers of certain specified perquisites, as follows:
 
                         
          Life
       
Named Executive Officer
  Commuting     Insurance     Other(a)  
 
Boyd Hendrickson
  $     $ 5,072     $ 18,263  
John E. King
          2,462       19,479  
Jose Lynch
          4,067       21,688  
Roland Rapp
          2,462       18,723  
Mark Wortley
    29,962       2,462       23,543  
 
(a) Includes $16,292 in health insurance premiums for Messrs. Hendrickson, King, Lynch and Rapp and $18,026 in health insurance premiums for Mr. Wortley that were paid by us.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
The following table sets forth summary information regarding all grants of plan-based awards made to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2006:
 
                         
    Estimated Future Payouts Under
 
    Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)  
Name
  Threshold     Target     Maximum(2)  
 
Boyd Hendrickson
  $ 5,600     $ 448,000     $ 448,000  
John E. King
  $ 3,350     $ 201,000     $ 201,000  
Jose Lynch
  $ 4,600     $ 345,000     $ 345,000  
Roland Rapp
  $ 3,350     $ 201,000     $ 201,000  
Mark Wortley
  $ 3,350     $ 201,000     $ 201,000  
 
 
(1) The amounts shown represent potential value of performance bonus awards under our 2006 Management Bonus Plan. Awards under the plan to the named executive officers are based on three performance objectives: (1) attaining a pre-established target year over year growth in EBITDA, (2) reducing working capital amount as a percentage of net revenue as compared to the prior year, and (3) achieving pre-established management objectives, individually tailored to each executive’s role. Our chief executive officer’s target bonus for 2006 was 80% of his year-end annualized base salary; our


128



Table of Contents

president’s target bonus for 2006 was 75% of his year-end annualized base salary; and all other named executive officers’ target bonus for 2006 was 60% of their year-end annualized base salaries. Actual bonuses are based on our performance against targets and subject to the discretion of the compensation committee to reduce the amount payable. The amounts actually paid under these bonus plans for 2006 performance are reported in the Summary Compensation Table, under the Non-Equity Incentive Plan column. Please also see “— Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Annual Management Bonus Plan” for more details regarding this plan.
 
(2) The amounts shown as maximum potential payouts represent the value of the award given to the named executive officers based upon the achievement of all stated performance objectives under the plan. Each named executive officer is also awarded additional bonus amounts if year over year growth in EBITDA rises above the pre-established targets listed in the plan. For each 1% year over year growth in EBITDA above 10%, the named executive officers are compensated as follows: Mr. Hendrickson — $11,200; Mr. Lynch — $9,200; Messrs. King and Rapp — $6,700. Mr Wortley receives $3,350 and $3,350, respectively, for each 1% year over year growth in EBITDA above 10% with respect to our EBITDA and with respect to the EBITDA of our ancillary services.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
 
The following table sets forth summary information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2006:
 
                 
    Stock Awards  
    Number of Shares
    Market Value of
 
    or Units of Stock
    Shares or Units of
 
    That Have Not
    Stock That Have
 
Name
  Vested(1)     Not Vested  
 
Boyd Hendrickson
    194,206     $ 1,516,749  
John E. King
    70,620       551,542  
Jose Lynch
    158,896       1,204,978  
Roland Rapp
    70,620       551,542  
Mark Wortley
    70,620       551,542  
 
 
(1) In December 2005, in connection with the Transactions, we granted restricted stock awards to our named executive officers in the following amounts: Boyd Hendrickson, 388,412 shares; Jose Lynch, 317,792 shares; John King, 141,240 shares; Roland Rapp, 141,240 shares; and Mark Wortley, 141,240 shares. As of December 31, 2006, 50% of those shares had vested. Of the remaining 50% that have not vested, one half will vest on December 27, 2007 and one half will vest on December 27, 2008.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
The following table summarizes the vesting of stock awards for each of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
                 
    Stock Awards  
    Number of Shares
    Value Realized on
 
Name
  Acquired on Vesting     Vesting(1)  
 
Boyd Hendrickson
    194,206     $ 1,516,749  
John E. King
    70,620       551,542  
Jose Lynch
    158,896       1,204,978  
Roland Rapp
    70,620       551,542  
Mark Wortley
    70,620       551,542  
 
 
(1) Represents the value of a share of our common stock, as determined by the board of directors, on the date of vesting multiplied by the number of shares that have vested.


129



Table of Contents

 
Potential Payments Upon Termination
 
Severance Agreements.  We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers and certain other executives that provide certain benefits in the event of our termination of such executive officer’s employment.
 
Under these agreements, if we terminate an executive’s employment for cause or if we choose to not extend such executive’s employment upon the expiration of the then applicable term of employment (each a “qualifying termination”), the executive is entitled to:
 
  •  In the case of termination without cause:
 
1. a lump sum cash payment equal to (i) the annual base salary such executive would have been entitled to receive had the executive continued his or her employment for, for Messrs. Hendrickson and Lynch — 24 months, and for Messrs. King, Rapp and Wortley — 18 months, following the date of termination, plus (ii) a pro-rata bonus proportionate to the number of days worked by the executive during the calendar year of the date of termination, payable when the bonus otherwise would have been payable; and
 
2. the premium costs for medical benefits under COBRA for the executive and any dependants, and costs for life and disability insurance (all as in effect immediately prior to the date of termination) for a period of 12 months following the date of termination; or
 
  •  In the case of non-extension of the term of employment, a lump sum cash payment equal to (i) the salary such executive would have been entitled to receive had the executive continued his or her employment for a period of 12 months following the date of termination, plus (ii) a pro-rata bonus proportionate to the number of days worked by the executive during the calendar year of the date of termination, payable when the bonus otherwise would have been payable,
 
The benefits and payments described above are made conditional upon the named executive officer signing and not revoking a separation and release agreement with us.
 
“Cause” is generally defined as one of the following: (i) the executive’s failure to perform substantially his duties, (ii) the executive’s failure to carry out in any material respect any lawful and reasonable directive of our board of directors, (iii) the executive’s conviction of a felony, or, to the extent involving fraud, dishonesty, theft, embezzlement or moral turpitude, any other crime, (iv) the executive’s violation of a material regulatory requirement relating to us that is injurious to us in any material respect, (v) the executive’s unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on our property or while performing such executive’s duties, (vi) the executive’s breach of his employment agreement, or (vii) the executive’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, gross negligence or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to us.
 
Mr. Hendrickson’s employment agreement has a term of three years, and the employment agreements of Messrs. Lynch, King, Rapp and Wortley each have a term of two years. The employment term is automatically extended for successive one-year periods unless either the executive or the company gives written notice of non-extension to the other no later than sixty days prior to the expiration of the then-applicable term.
 
In accordance with the requirements of the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the following table presents our reasonable estimate of the benefits payable to the named executive officers under our employment agreements assuming that a qualifying termination of employment occurred on December 29, 2006, the last business day of fiscal 2006. While we have made reasonable assumptions


130



Table of Contents

regarding the amounts payable, there can be no assurance that in the event of a termination of employment the named executive officers will receive the amounts reflected below.
 
                             
        Salary(1)
    Continuation of
    Total
 
Name
  Trigger   and Bonus     Welfare Benefits(2)     Value(3)  
 
Boyd Hendrickson
  Termination of Employment   $ 1,568,000     $ 22,835     $ 1,590,835  
    Non-extension of Term     1,008,000             1,008,000  
John E. King
  Termination of Employment     703,500       20,225       723,725  
    Non-extension of Term     536,000             536,000  
Jose Lynch
  Termination of Employment     1,265,000       21,801       1,286,801  
    Non-extension of Term     805,000             805,000  
Roland Rapp
  Termination of Employment     703,500       20,225       723,725  
    Non-extension of Term     536,000             536,000  
Mark Wortley
  Termination of Employment     703,500       21,635       725,135  
    Non-extension of Term     536,000             536,000  
 
 
(1) In the case of a qualifying termination, represents (i) the amount, paid in lump sum, that the executive would have been entitled to had such executive been continually employed by the company for the amount of time outlined in such executive’s employment agreement, plus (ii) a bonus increment equal the pro-rata portion of the calendar year worked by such executive prior the executive’s qualifying termination.
 
(2) In the case of a qualifying termination, represents the estimated payments for continued medical, dental, vision, disability and life insurance coverage, each for a period of one year, after termination of employment.
 
(3) Excludes the value to the executive of a continued right to indemnification by us and the executive’s right to continued coverage under our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
 
Existing Employment Arrangements
 
In connection with the closing of the Transactions, Skilled Healthcare Group entered into the following employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers.
 
Boyd Hendrickson.  The employment agreement with Mr. Hendrickson appoints him as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer from December 27, 2005 through December 27, 2008, whereupon the agreement is automatically extended for successive one-year periods until written notice of non-extension is given by either us or Mr. Hendrickson no later than 60 days prior to the expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement, Mr. Hendrickson is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $560,000. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Hendrickson is entitled to participate in our Restricted Stock Plan, under which he received 388,412 shares of common stock. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Hendrickson is eligible to participate in an annual performance-based bonus plan established by our board of directors. If we terminate Mr. Hendrickson’s service with us without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), Mr. Hendrickson is entitled to a lump sum in an amount equal to two times his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and 12 months of continued medical coverage. If we notify Mr. Hendrickson of our non-extension of the agreement, Mr. Hendrickson is entitled to a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and a lump sum in an amount equal to his annual base salary. Mr. Hendrickson is subject to a two-year non-compete and non-solicit following the termination of his employment.
 
Jose Lynch.  The employment agreement with Mr. Lynch appoints him as our President and Chief Operating Officer from December 27, 2005 through December  27, 2007, whereupon the agreement is automatically extended for successive one-year periods until written notice of non-extension is given by either us or Mr. Lynch no later than 60 days prior to the expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement, Mr. Lynch is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $460,000. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Lynch is entitled to participate in our Restricted Stock Plan, under which he received 317,792 shares of our common stock. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Lynch is eligible to participate in an


131



Table of Contents

annual performance-based bonus plan established by our board of directors. If we terminate Mr. Lynch’s service with us without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to receive a sum equal to two times his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and 12 months of continued medical coverage. If we choose to notify Mr. Lynch of our non-extension of the agreement, Mr. Lynch is entitled to a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and a lump sum in an amount equal to his annual base salary. Mr. Lynch is subject to a two-year non-compete and non-solicit following the termination of his employment.
 
John E. King.  The employment agreement with Mr. King appoints him as our Chief Financial Officer from December 27, 2005 through December 27, 2007, whereupon the agreement is automatically extended for successive one-year periods until written notice of non-extension is given by either us or Mr. King no later than 60 days prior to the expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement, Mr. King is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $335,000. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. King is entitled to participate in our Restricted Stock Plan, under which he received 141,240 shares of our common stock. In addition to his base salary, Mr. King is eligible to participate in an annual performance-based bonus plan established by our board of directors. If we terminate Mr. King’s service with us without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to receive a sum equal to one and a half times his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and 12 months of continued medical coverage. If we choose to notify Mr. King of our non-extension of the agreement, Mr. King is entitled to a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and a lump sum in an amount equal to his annual base salary. Mr. King is subject to a two-year non-compete and non-solicit following the termination of his employment.
 
Roland Rapp.  The employment agreement with Mr. Rapp appoints him as our General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Administrative Officer from December 27, 2005 through December 27, 2007, whereupon the agreement is automatically extended for successive one-year periods until written notice of non-extension is given by either us or Mr. Rapp no later than 60 days prior to the expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement, Mr. Rapp is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $335,000. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Rapp is entitled to participate in our Restricted Stock Plan, under which he received 141,240 shares of our common stock. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Rapp is eligible to participate in an annual performance-based bonus plan established by our board of directors. If we terminate Mr. Rapp’s service with us without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to receive a sum equal to one and a half times his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and 12 months of continued medical coverage. If we choose to notify Mr. Rapp of our non-extension of the agreement, Mr. Rapp is entitled to a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and a lump sum in an amount equal to his annual base salary. Mr. Rapp is subject to a two-year non-compete and non-solicit following the termination of his employment.
 
Mark Wortley.  The employment agreement with Mr. Wortley appoints him as Executive Vice President and President of Ancillary Subsidiaries from December 27, 2005 through December 27, 2007, whereupon the agreement is automatically extended for successive one-year periods until written notice of non-extension is given by either us or Mr. Wortley no later than 60 days prior to the expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement, Mr. Wortley is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $335,000. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Wortley is entitled to participate in our Restricted Stock Plan, under which he received 141,240 shares of our common stock. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Wortley is eligible to participate in an annual performance-based bonus plan established by our board of directors. If we terminate Mr. Wortley’s service with us without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to receive a sum equal to one and a half times his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and 12 months of continued medical coverage. If we choose to notify Mr. Wortley of our non-extension of the agreement, Mr. Wortley is entitled to a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and a lump sum in an amount equal to his annual base salary. Mr. Wortley is subject to a two-year non-compete and non-solicit following the termination of his employment.


132



Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Plan
 
Our board of directors has adopted the SHG Holding Solutions Restricted Stock Plan, as amended, or the Restricted Stock Plan. The aggregate number of shares of class B common stock issued under the Restricted Stock Plan was 1,324,129 shares as of December 31, 2006. No new shares of common stock are available for issuance under the Restricted Stock Plan. To date, restricted shares granted under the Restricted Stock Plan vest (i) 25% on the date of grant and (ii) 25% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, unless the recipient ceases or has ceased to be an employee of or consultant of ours or any of our subsidiaries on the relevant anniversary date. In addition, all restricted shares will vest in the event that a third party acquires (i) enough of our capital stock to elect a majority of our board of directors or (ii) all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries assets.
 
Restricted Stock Issuances Prior to the Transactions
 
Effective March 8, 2004, we entered into restricted stock agreements with four executive officers, Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch, Rapp and our former Chief Financial Officer. We entered into the restricted stock agreement for each executive in connection with the execution of the employment agreement with each executive. Pursuant to the employment agreements and subject to the restricted stock agreements, we sold 39,439, 19,719 and 6,573 shares of our restricted non-voting class B common stock (as governed by our then effective certificate of incorporation) to Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch and Rapp, respectively, for $0.05 per share, subject to related restricted stock purchase agreements. The fair market value of each share of our class B common stock on March 8, 2004 was determined by our board of directors to be $0.05 per share, resulting in no value of the award as of the grant date.
 
The shares were subject to vesting upon certain terminations of service and certain liquidity events. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, all such shares of restricted non-voting class B common stock vested in full and converted on a one for one basis into shares of class A common stock (as governed by our then effective certificate of incorporation) and were valued in the Transactions at $7.3 million, $3.7 million and $1.2 million for Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch and Rapp, respectively. In the Transactions, each executive rolled over at least one-half of the after-tax proceeds from these amounts as an investment in us. As of December 31, 2004, the unvested restricted shares of Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch and Rapp had a value of $1.4 million, $0.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively, based on the then fair market value of a share of class B common stock (as governed by our then effective certificate of incorporation) of $35.40, less the $0.05 purchase price per share paid.
 
2007 Incentive Award Plan
 
We have adopted a 2007 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2007 plan, that became effective on April 26, 2007 upon approval by our stockholders. The principal purpose of the 2007 plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The 2007 plan is also designed to permit us to make cash-based awards and equity-based awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.
 
The principal features of the 2007 plan are summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the 2007 plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Administration.  The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2007 plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. The compensation committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to employees other than executive officers and certain senior executives of the company, to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers. The full board of directors will administer the 2007 plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.


133



Table of Contents

Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2007 plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, to revise awards and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2007 plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2007 plan.
 
The Securities Authorized.  Under the 2007 plan, 1,123,181 shares of our class A common stock are authorized for issuance. The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2007 plan:
 
  •  to the extent that an award terminates, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2007 plan;
 
  •  to the extent any shares of restricted stock are surrendered by the holder or repurchased by us, such shares may again be granted or awarded under the 2007 plan;
 
  •  to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award under the 2007 plan, such tendered or withheld shares will not be available for future grants under the 2007 plan;
 
  •  the payment of dividend equivalents in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2007 plan; and
 
  •  to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2007 plan.
 
No individual may be granted stock-based awards under the 2007 plan covering more than 561,000 shares in any calendar year.
 
Eligibility.  Awards under the 2007 plan may be granted to individuals who are then our non-employee directors, officers, employees or consultants or are the officers, employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries. Only employees may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.
 
Awards.  The 2007 plan provides that the administrator may grant or award stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.
 
  •  Nonqualified Stock Options, or NQSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our class A common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator, but may not exceed ten years. The administrator may accelerate the period during which an NQSO vests.
 
  •  Incentive Stock Options will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of class A common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2007 plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our class A common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.


134



Table of Contents

 
  •  Restricted Stock may be awarded with or without payment, and are made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator, including continued employment or satisfaction of performance criteria or other criteria established by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold, or otherwise transferred, until restrictions are terminated or expire. Holders of restricted stock, unless otherwise provided by the administrator, will generally have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.
 
  •  Restricted Stock Units are typically awarded without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on satisfaction or performance criteria or other criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are terminated or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested and the shares have been issued, which may be after a deferral period. Recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the shares are issued.
 
  •  Deferred Stock Awards represent the right to receive shares of our class A common stock on a future date. Deferred stock may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until issued. Deferred stock will not be issued until the deferred stock award has vested, and recipients of deferred stock generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and the shares are issued. Deferred stock awards generally will be forfeited, and the underlying shares of deferred stock will not be issued, if the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions are not met.
 
  •  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our class A common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2007 plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our class A common stock on the date of grant, and have a maximum term of 10 years. SARs under the 2007 plan will be settled in cash or shares of our class A common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.
 
  •  Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the stock options, SARs or other awards held by the participant. Dividend equivalents may be settled in cash or shares of our class A common stock, or a combination of both, and at such times as determined by the administrator.
 
  •  Performance Awards may be granted based upon, among other things, the contributions or responsibilities of the recipient, individual or corporate goals, performance criteria or other criteria, as determined appropriate by the administrator. These awards may be paid in cash or in shares of our class A common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator. Performance awards may also include bonuses granted by the administrator, which may be payable in cash or in shares of our class A common stock, or in a combination of both upon the attainment of specified performance goals.
 
  •  Stock Payments may be authorized in the form of class A common stock or an option or other right to purchase class A common stock, as part of a deferred compensation arrangement, in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable in cash to the employee, consultant or non-employee director, or otherwise.
 
  •  Section 162(m) “Performance-Based Awards” may be granted to employees who the administrator has designated as participants whose compensation for a given fiscal year may be subject to the limit on deductible compensation imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator may grant


135



Table of Contents

  to such persons and other eligible persons awards under the 2007 plan that are paid, vest or become exercisable upon the achievement of specified performance goals which are related to one or more of the following performance criteria, as applicable to us, on an overall basis, or any division, business unit or individual:
 
  •  net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization);
 
  •  gross or net sales or revenue;
 
  •  net income (either before or after taxes);
 
  •  operating earnings;
 
  •  cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow);
 
  •  return on assets;
 
  •  return on capital;
 
  •  return on stockholders’ equity;
 
  •  return on sales;
 
  •  gross or net profit or operating margin;
 
  •  costs;
 
  •  funds from operations;
 
  •  expense;
 
  •  working capital;
 
  •  earnings per share;
 
  •  price per share of our class A common stock;
 
  •  FDA or other regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product;
 
  •  implementation or completion of critical projects; and
 
  •  market share.
 
Achievement of each performance criteria will be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to the extent applicable.
 
Adjustments of Awards.  In the event of any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or exchange of our common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase our common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event, then the administrator shall make proportionate adjustments to any or all of:
 
  •  the number and kind of shares of our class A common stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which awards may be granted or awarded under the 2007 plan;
 
  •  the maximum number and kind of shares of our class A common stock which may be issued under the 2007 plan;
 
  •  the number and kind of shares of our class A common stock subject to outstanding awards;
 
  •  the number and kind of shares of our class A common stock (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing non-employee directors; and
 
  •  the grant or exercise price with respect to any award.


136



Table of Contents

 
Change of Control.  In the event of a change in control where the acquiror does not assume or substitute awards granted under the 2007 plan, the administrator may cause any or all awards to become fully exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction and all forfeiture restrictions on any of the awards to lapse.
 
Amendment and Termination.  The administrator may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the 2007 plan at any time, except that the administrator must obtain approval of our stockholders within twelve months before or after such action:
 
  •  to increase the maximum number of shares of our class A common stock that may be issued under the 2007 plan;
 
  •  to decrease the exercise price of any outstanding option or SAR granted under the 2007 plan; or
 
  •  if required by applicable law (including any applicable stock exchange or national market system requirement).
 
Effective and Expiration Date.  The 2007 plan will become effective upon approval of the plan by our stockholders. The 2007 plan will expire on, and no option or other award may be granted pursuant to the 2007 plan after ten years after the effective date of the 2007 plan.
 
Registration of Shares on Form S-8.  We intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the sale of the shares of our class A common stock issuable under the 2007 plan.


137



Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
 
Senior Secured Credit Facility
 
In connection with the Transactions, we entered into a second amended and restated first lien senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of financial institutions led by Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent and collateral agent. The first lien senior secured credit facility, as amended, provides for up to $334.4 million of financing, consisting of a $259.4 million term loan with a maturity of June 15, 2012 and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity of June 15, 2010. The revolving credit facility also includes a subfacility for letters of credit and a swing line subfacility. The full amount of the loans outstanding under the subfacilities are due on the maturity date for the revolving credit facility.
 
Amounts borrowed under the term loan are due in quarterly installments of $650,000, with the remaining principal amount due on the maturity date for the term loan.
 
As of March 31, 2007, we have letters of credit outstanding in the approximate amount of $4.2 million, which count as borrowings under our revolver, and revolving credit loans outstanding of $55.0 million.
 
First Amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility
 
Effective January 31, 2007, we entered into a first amendment to the second amended and restated first lien credit agreement, or the first amendment, with the following revisions:
 
  •  for term loans, a reduction of the applicable margins over our interest rates of 0.5%, as described below under “— Interest Rates and Fees”;
 
  •  the ability to receive for further reductions of the applicable margins based upon favorable ratings from certain debt rating agencies upon consummation of our sale of our class A common stock in this offering and the issuance of new ratings from those agencies;
 
  •  an allowance for the net proceeds from an initial public offering of our common stock to be applied to prepay the term loans, including our revolving credit facility, to the lesser of (i) 50% of such net proceeds or (ii) the excess of such net proceeds over the amount to prepay $70.0 million of the 11% senior subordinated notes, plus accrued interest and any prepayment premium, as described below under “— The 11% Senior Subordinated Notes”;
 
  •  approval of the merger of our predecessor company with and into us, and the change of our name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.; and
 
  •  revision of certain covenants and reporting requirements.
 
Interest Rates and Fees
 
The term loans and revolving loans under the first lien credit facility bear interest on the outstanding unpaid principal amount at a rate equal to an applicable margin (as described below) plus, at our option, either
 
  •  a base rate determined by reference to the higher of the prime rate announced by Credit Suisse and the federal funds rate plus one-half of 1.0%; or
 
  •  a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate.
 
For term loans the applicable margin is 1.25% for base rate loans and 2.25% for Eurodollar rate loans, as amended in the first amendment. For revolving loans the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.00% to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans, in each case based on our consolidated leverage ratio. Loans under the swing line subfacility bear interest at the rate applicable to base rate loans under the revolving credit facility. For the first three months of 2007, the average interest rate applicable to base rate term loans and Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.5% and 7.8%, respectively. For 2006, the average interest rate applicable to base rate term loans and Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.9% and 7.9%, respectively. For


138



Table of Contents

the first three months of 2007, the average interest rate applicable to revolving loans was 8.7%. For 2006, the average interest rate applicable to revolving loans was 9.6%.
 
We are also obligated to pay commitment fees on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility of 0.375% to 0.50% per annum, depending on our consolidated leverage ratio. For purposes of this calculation, swing line loans are not treated as usage of the revolving credit facility.
 
Prepayments
 
Subject to certain exceptions, loans under the first lien secured credit facility, as amended, are required to be prepaid with:
 
  •  100% of net proceeds from any asset sale by us or our subsidiaries not reinvested in productive assets within 270 days;
 
  •  100% of the net proceeds from any insurance or condemnation award received by us or our subsidiaries not reinvested in productive assets within 270 days;
 
  •  50% (reduced to 25% if our consolidated leverage ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00) of the net proceeds resulting from issuance of any equity interests, or from any capital contribution to us by any holder of our equity interests, excluding proceeds from:
 
  •  stock option or other management compensation plans for officers, directors and employees;
 
  •  issuances of equity in one of our subsidiaries to us or to any of our other subsidiaries; or
 
  •  certain other limited offerings;
 
  •  of the net proceeds resulting from the consummation of an initial public offering of our common stock, the lesser of (i) 50% of the net proceeds or (ii) the excess of such net proceeds over the amount to prepay $70.0 million of the 11% senior subordinated notes, plus accrued interest and any prepayment premium as described below under “— The 11% Senior Subordinated Notes”;
 
  •  100% of the net proceeds from the issuance of certain indebtedness by us, excluding indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the first lien secured credit facility; and
 
  •  50% (reduced to 25% if the consolidated leverage ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00) of excess cash flow for any year, commencing in 2006.
 
Security and Guarantees
 
Our obligations under the first lien senior credit facilities are guaranteed by each of our direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, excluding our captive insurance subsidiary. All obligations under the first lien senior credit facilities and the related guarantees are secured by a perfected first priority lien or security interest in substantially all of our and our direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries’, excluding our captive insurance subsidiary’s, tangible and intangible assets, including intellectual property, real property and all of the capital stock or other equity interests of each of our direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, excluding our captive insurance subsidiary.
 
Covenants
 
The first lien secured credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness; limitations on liens and negative pledges; limitations on investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; limitations on guarantees and other contingent obligations; limitations on dividends and other payments in respect of capital stock and payments or repayments of subordinated debt; limitations on mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; limitations on sales of assets; limitations on transactions with stockholders and affiliates; limitations on sale and leaseback transactions; limitations on changes in lines of business; and limitations on optional payments and modifications of subordinated and other debt instruments. In addition, the credit agreement contains financial covenants, including with respect to minimum interest coverage ratio, maximum leverage ratio and maximum capital expenditures.


139



Table of Contents

Events of Default
 
Events of default under the first lien secured credit facility include, among others, nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts; cross-defaults; covenant defaults; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; bankruptcy events with respect to us, or any of our material subsidiaries; material unsatisfied or unstayed judgments; order of dissolution of us, or any of our material subsidiaries; certain ERISA events; a change of control; actual or asserted invalidity of any guarantee or security document or security interest; or failure to maintain material health care authorizations.
 
The 11% Senior Subordinated Notes
 
General
 
In connection with the Transactions, SHG Acquisition Corp. issued and we assumed $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11% senior subordinated notes due 2014. We have filed a Registration Statement on Form S-4 with respect to the commencement of an exchange offer and the public registration of the senior subordinated notes. Assuming effectiveness of the Registration Statement and the completion of the exchange offer, all of the original senior subordinated notes will be exchanged for publicly traded, registered securities with identical terms. The senior subordinated notes are guaranteed by certain of our present and future subsidiaries, if any. Interest on the senior subordinated notes is payable at the rate of 11% per annum, semiannually in cash on each January 15 and July 15. The senior subordinated notes will mature on January 15, 2014.
 
Ranking
 
The senior subordinated notes and the guarantees are our unsecured senior subordinated obligations and rank:
 
  •  junior to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including the senior secured credit facility;
 
  •  equally with any of our and the guarantors’ future senior subordinated indebtedness, if any;
 
  •  senior to any of our and the guarantors’ future subordinated indebtedness, if any; and
 
  •  effectively junior to the existing and future liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries and our pharmacy joint venture.
 
Optional Redemption
 
We have the right to redeem the senior subordinated notes in whole or in part from time to time on and after January 15, 2010 at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on January 15th of the year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest if any, to the date of redemption:
 
         
    Redemption
 
Period
  Price  
 
2010
    105.50%  
2011
    102.75%  
2012 and thereafter
    100.00%  
 
Prior to January 15, 2009, we may on one or more occasion redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes with the proceeds of certain sales of our equity securities at 111.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that
 
  •  at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes remains outstanding after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than notes held by us or our affiliates); and
 
  •  provided further that such redemption occurs within 90 days after the consummation of any such sale of our equity securities.


140



Table of Contents

 
We intend to redeem $70 million of the senior subordinated notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. As only a portion of the notes outstanding will be redeemed with the proceeds of this offering, the trustee under the indenture will select the notes to be redeemed pro rata among the outstanding notes. Notes held by the underwriters for this offering, or any of their affiliates, will not be given priority in the redemption.
 
In addition, prior to January 15, 2010, we may redeem the senior subordinated notes, in whole, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a premium, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. The premium is calculated as the greater of: (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed and (b) the excess of the present value of the redemption price of the notes on January 15, 2010 plus all remaining interest through January 15, 2010 payments, calculated using the treasury rate, over the principal amount of the notes on the redemption date.
 
Covenants
 
The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
 
  •  incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;
 
  •  pay dividends or make other equity distributions to our stockholders;
 
  •  purchase or redeem our capital stock;
 
  •  make certain investments;
 
  •  enter into arrangements that restrict dividends or other payments to us from our restricted subsidiaries;
 
  •  sell or otherwise dispose of assets;
 
  •  engage in transactions with our affiliates; and
 
  •  merge or consolidate with another entity.


141



Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
Policy Regarding Related Party Transactions
 
We recognize that related party transactions present a heightened risk of conflicts of interest and in connection with this offering, have adopted a policy to which all related party transactions shall be subject. Pursuant to the policy, the audit committee of our board of directors will review the relevant facts and circumstances of all related party transactions, including, but not limited to, (i) whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. Pursuant to the policy, no director may participate in any approval of a related party transaction to which he or she is a related party.
 
The audit committee will then, in its sole discretion, either approve or disapprove the transaction. If advance audit committee approval of a transaction is not feasible, the transaction may be preliminarily entered into by management, subject to ratification of the transaction by the audit committee at the committee’s next regularly scheduled meeting. If at that meeting the committee does not ratify the transaction, management shall make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul such transaction.
 
Certain types of transactions, which would otherwise require individual review, have been pre-approved by the audit committee. These types of transactions include, for example, (i) compensation to an officer or director where such compensation is required to be disclosed in our proxy statement, (ii) transactions where the interest of the related party arises only by way of a directorship or minority stake in another organization that is a party to the transaction and (iii) transactions involving competitive bids or fixed rates.
 
The Transactions
 
On December 27, 2005 we acquired our predecessor company, named Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. Certain members of our senior management team and Baylor Health Care System, which we refer to collectively as the rollover investors, agreed to roll over amounts that they would otherwise receive in the merger as an investment in our equity. Members of our senior management team agreed to roll over at least one-half of the after tax amount they would otherwise receive in the merger and Baylor agreed to roll over approximately $3.8 million of its equity interest in our predecessor company. For purposes of the rollover investments, shares of our predecessor company’s common stock were valued at the same per share price as would have been payable for such shares in the merger. Immediately after the merger, Onex and its affiliates and associates, on the one hand, and the rollover investors, on the other hand, held approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of our outstanding capital stock, not including restricted stock issued to management at the time of the transaction.
 
Concurrently with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement:
 
  •  Onex made an equity investment in us of approximately $211.3 million in cash;
 
  •  the rollover investors made an equity investment in us of approximately $1.5 million in cash through settlement of a bonus payable and $10.1 million in rollover equity;
 
  •  our predecessor company assumed $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes issued in connection with the merger;
 
  •  our predecessor company paid cash merger consideration of $240.8 million to our then-existing stockholders (other than, to the extent of their rollover investment, the rollover investors) and option holders;
 
  •  our predecessor company amended its existing first lien senior secured credit facility to provide for a rollover of its existing $259.4 million term loan and an increase in its revolving credit facility from $50.0 million to $75.0 million;
 
  •  our predecessor company repaid in full its $110.0 million second lien senior secured credit facility;
 
  •  our predecessor company paid accrued interest on its second lien senior secured credit facility;


142



Table of Contents

 
  •  we increased the cash on our balance sheet by $35.2 million; and
 
  •  we paid approximately $19.2 million of fees and expenses, including placement and other financing fees, and other transaction costs and professional expenses.
 
We refer to the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, along with the equity contributions, the financings and use of proceeds and related transactions listed above, collectively, as the “Transactions.”
 
Agreement with Onex Partners Manager LP
 
Upon completion of the Transactions, we entered into an agreement with Onex Partners Manager LP, or Onex Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Onex Corporation. In exchange for providing us with corporate finance and strategic planning consulting services, we pay Onex Manager an annual fee of $0.5 million. We will reimburse Onex Manager for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreement, and reimbursed Onex for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions.
 
Stockholders’ Agreement
 
Simultaneous with the completion of the Transactions, all of our current stockholders, including Onex and its affiliates, entered into an investor stockholders’ agreement. Under this agreement, our current stockholders have agreed to vote their shares on matters presented to the stockholders as specifically provided in the investor stockholders’ agreement, or, if not so provided, in the same manner as Onex. In particular, each non-Onex party agreed to vote all of their shares to elect to our board of directors such individuals as may be designated by Onex from time to time. Robert M. Le Blanc has been designated to serve on our board of directors by Onex. Following this offering, each non-Onex party to the agreement may sell up to a certain percentage of the shares held by it on the date of this offering, with such percentage increasing each year; provided, however, that if at any time Onex shall have sold a greater percentage of the shares it held on the date of this offering, then each non-Onex stockholder shall have the right to sell up to the same percentage of its shares.
 
Leased Facilities
 
Our former chief executive officer (who was also a member of our board of directors during 2005) and his wife (who is also our former executive vice president and chief operating officer) own the real estate for four of our leased facilities. This real estate has not been included in the financial statements for any of the years presented in this prospectus. Lease payments to these parties under operating leases for these facilities for 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $2.2 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Upon the completion of the Transactions, these individuals no longer had any related party interests in us.
 
Notes Receivable
 
We had a limited recourse promissory note receivable from William Scott, a current member of our board of directors, in the principal amount of approximately $2.5 million with an interest rate of 5.7%. The note was issued in April 1998 and was due on the earlier of April 15, 2007 or the sale by Mr. Scott of 20,000 shares of our common stock pledged as security for the note. We had recourse for payment up to $1.0 million of the principal amount of the note. We forgave the entire remaining balance of $2.5 million, together with approximately $1.3 million of accrued and unpaid interest, due under this note upon the closing of the Transactions in consideration for prior service provided by Mr. Scott.
 
Agreement with Executive Search Solutions
 
On May 1, 2005, we entered into an employee placement agreement with Executive Search Solutions, LLC, a provider of recruiting services to the healthcare services industry, under which we paid Executive Search Solutions $12,085 a month to provide us with qualified candidates based on our specified criteria for positions including director of nursing, business office manager and nursing home administrator and overhead positions at a director level or above. We also paid Executive Search Solutions a per hire fee of $500 and $1,500 for each licensed nurse, and each nursing department head, respectively, that we hire as a result of Executive Search Solutions’ services. In addition, Hallmark paid $2,750, $3,400 and $6,000 to


143



Table of Contents

Executive Search Solutions for each assistant, therapist and regional office director, respectively, that Hallmark hired as a result of Executive Search Solutions’ services. The term of the agreement began on May 1, 2005 and ended on April 30, 2007. Our Chief Executive Officer, Boyd Hendrickson, and our President, Jose Lynch, each hold a beneficial ownership interest of 30.0% of Executive Search Solutions. In the three months ended March 31, 2007 and in 2006 and 2005, we paid Executive Search Solutions $12,220, $156,576 and $82,000, respectively.
 
Employment Agreements
 
We have employment agreements and restricted stock agreements with each of our Named Executive Officers. See “Executive Compensation — Existing Employment Arrangements” and “Executive Compensation — SHG Holding Solutions Restricted Stock Plan.”


144



Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our class B common stock as of May 4, 2007 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our class A common stock offered by this prospectus for:
 
  •  each of our Named Executive Officers;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group;
 
  •  each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock; and
 
  •  each selling stockholder.
 
Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, the only shares of class A common stock that will be outstanding will be shares sold in the offering.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community property laws, each person identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all capital stock shown to be held by that person.
 
Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on an assumed 28,564,261 shares of class B common stock outstanding as of May 4, 2007, including the conversion of all of our class A preferred stock into class B common stock. For a discussion of the conversion of our class A preferred stock see “Prospectus Summary — The Offering.”
                                         
                      Shares
 
    Shares Beneficially
    Shares to be
    Beneficially Owned
 
    Owned Prior to Offering     Sold in
    After Offering  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number     Percentage     This Offering     Number     Percent(1)  
 
5% Stockholders
                                       
Onex(2)
    25,322,015 (2)     88.6 %     8,185,334       17,136,681       46.4 %
Directors and Named Executive Officers
                                       
Michael E. Boxer
    24,230       *       5,920 (3)     18,310       *  
Boyd Hendrickson
    815,736 (4)     2.9 %     0       815,736       2.2 %
John E. King
    287,751 (5)     1.0 %     0       287,751       *  
Robert M. Le Blanc
    25,322,015 (6)     88.6 %     8,185,334       17,136,681       46.4 %
Jose Lynch
    487,500 (7)     1.7 %     0 (8)     487,500       1.3 %
John M. Miller, V
    5,917       *       0       5,917       *  
Roland Rapp
    238,914 (5)     *       0       238,914       *  
Glenn S. Schafer
    5,917       *       0       5,917       *  
William Scott
    61,046       *       0       61,046       *  
Mark Wortley
    177,867 (5)     *       0       177,867       *  
Executive Officers and directors as a group (12 persons)
    27,497,513 (9)     96.3 %             19,306,259       52.3 %
Other Selling Stockholders
                                       
Colby Bartlett L.L.C.
    91,569       *       29,600 (10)     61,969       *  
Cariad Investment Holdings Ltd.
    122,092       *       39,466 (11)     82,626       *  
Steven Epstein
    24,418       *       7,893 (12)     16,525       *  
Granite Investments, LP
    122,092       *       39,466 (13)     82,626       *  
Joel Greenberg
    30,523       *       9,867 (14)     20,656       *  
James T. Kelly
    36,627       *       11,840 (15)     24,787       *  
Steven J. Shulman
    12,209       *       3,947 (16)     8,262       *  
 
 
  * Less than 1%.
 
(1) The percentage held after the offering is based upon the number of shares of class A common stock and shares of class B common stock expected to be outstanding after the offering.


145



Table of Contents

(2) Onex includes Onex Corporation, Onex US Principals LP and Onex Partners LP. Onex Corporation owns 5,932,205 shares, Onex US Principals LP owns 120,491 shares and Onex Partners LP owns 19,772,942 shares. In the offering, Onex Corporation, Onex US Principals LP and Onex Partners LP will sell 1,880,189, 38,189 and 6,266,956 shares, respectively. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Onex Corporation, Onex US Principals LP and Onex Partners LP will sell an additional 548,083, 11,132 and 1,826,843 shares, respectively, resulting in approximately 40.0% ownership. Onex Corporation’s address is 161 Bay Street, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2S1, Canada. Onex Corporation is the direct parent company of Onex Partners GP, Inc. Onex Partners GP, Inc. is the general partner of Onex Partners GP LP, which is the general partner of Onex Partners LP. Onex Corporation is also the sole member of Onex Partners LLC, which is the general partner of Onex US Principals LP. Onex Corporation’s board of directors are Daniel C. Casey, Peter C. Goodsoe, Serge Gouin, Brian M. King, John B. McCoy, J. Robert S. Prichard, Heather M. Reisman, Gerald W. Schwartz and Arni C. Thorsteinson. Mr. Schwartz is also the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Onex Corporation and owns shares representing a majority of the voting rights of the shares of Onex Corporation and, as such, has voting and investment power with respect to, and accordingly may be deemed to own beneficially, all of the shares of our class B common stock owned beneficially by Onex Corporation. Each of Onex Corporation’s board members disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Onex, other than to the extent they have a direct pecuniary interest therein.
 
(3) If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Michael E. Boxer will sell 1,726 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
 
(4) Includes 194,206 shares of unvested restricted stock as of May 4, 2007.
 
(5) Includes 70,620 shares of unvested restricted stock as of May 4, 2007.
 
(6) Mr. Le Blanc has served as Managing Director of Onex Investment Corp., an affiliate of Onex Corporation since 1999. As a result, Mr. Le Blanc may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of class B common stock directly held by Onex.
 
(7) Includes 158,896 shares of unvested restricted stock as of May 4, 2007.
 
(8) If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Mr. Lynch will sell 70,800 shares pursuant to the over-allotment. Mr. Lynch will own 416,700 shares of class B common stock after exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, which would include 158,896 shares of unvested restricted stock.
 
(9) Includes in the aggregate 600,272 shares of unvested restricted stock as of May 4, 2007.
 
(10) Robert Haft is the manager of Colby Bartlett L.L.C. and as such makes all investment decisions on its behalf. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Colby Bartlett, L.L.C. will sell 8,628 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
 
(11) Cariad Investment Holdings Ltd is 100% owned by The K-Fair Trust; Standard Bank Offshore Trust Company as trustee and Catherine Zeta-Jones as settlor. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Cariad Investment Holdings Ltd. will sell 11,505 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
 
(12) If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Steven Epstein will sell 2,301 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
 
(13) Granite Investments, LP is majority owned by the Michael Douglas Revocable Trust. Robert Harabedian is the trustee of the Michael Douglas Revocable Trust and Michael Douglas is the sole beneficiary of the trust. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Granite Investments, LP will sell 11,505 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
 
(14) If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Joel Greenberg will sell 2,876 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
 
(15) If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, James T. Kelly will sell 3,451 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
 
(16) If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Steven J. Shulman will sell 1,150 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.


146



Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
The following description of the material terms of our capital stock is qualified by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our stockholders’ agreement and applicable law. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.
 
General
 
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of class A preferred stock will convert into class B common stock. Assuming the completion of this offering on May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of $15.50 (which is the offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus), our class A preferred stock will convert into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock. Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 175,000,000 shares of class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 30,000,000 shares of class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, with no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
 
Common Stock
 
As of March 31, 2007, and assuming the conversion of our class A preferred stock into class B common stock upon the completion of the offering, there were no shares of class A preferred stock, and 28,564,261 shares of class B common stock outstanding and held of record by 30 stockholders.
 
The class A common stock and the class B common stock are identical in all respects, except with respect to voting and except that each share of class B common stock is convertible into one share of class A common stock at the option of the holder.
 
Voting Rights.  Generally, on all matters on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote, the holders of the class A common stock and the class B common stock vote together as a single class. On all matters with respect to which the holders of our common stock are entitled to vote, each outstanding share of class A common stock is entitled to one vote and each outstanding share of class B common stock is entitled to ten votes. If the Transition Date occurs, the number of votes per share of class B common stock will be reduced automatically to one vote per share. The Transition Date will occur when the total number of outstanding shares of class B common stock less than 10% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.
 
Class A Common Stock.  In addition to the other voting rights or power to which the holders of class A common stock are entitled, holders of class A common stock are entitled to vote as a separate class on (i) any proposal to alter, repeal or amend our certificate of incorporation which would adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the holders of class A common stock; and (ii) any proposed merger or consolidation of our company with any other entity if, as a result, shares of class B common stock would be converted into or exchanged for, or receive, any consideration that differs from that applicable to the shares of class A common stock as a result of such merger or consolidation, other than a difference limited to preserving the relative voting power of the holders of the class A common stock and the class B common stock. In respect of any matter as to which the holders of the class A common stock are entitled to a class vote, such holders are entitled to one vote per share, and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of class A common stock outstanding is required for approval.
 
Class B Common Stock.  In addition to the other voting rights or power to which the holders of class B common stock are entitled, holders of class B common stock are entitled to vote together as a separate class on (i) any proposal to alter, repeal or amend our certificate of incorporation which would adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the holders of class B common stock; and (ii) any proposed


147



Table of Contents

merger or consolidation of our company with any other entity if, as a result, shares of class B common stock would be converted into or exchanged for, or receive, any consideration that differs from that applicable to the shares of class A common stock as a result of such merger or consolidation, other than a difference limited to preserving the relative voting power of the holders of the class A common stock and the class B common stock. In respect of any matter as to which the holders of the class B common stock are entitled to a class vote, such holders of class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of class B common stock is required for approval.
 
Dividend Rights.  Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of our outstanding common stock are entitled to any dividend declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for this purpose. No dividend may be declared on the class A or class B common stock unless at the same time an equal dividend is paid on every share of class A and class B common stock. Dividends paid in shares of our common stock must be paid, with respect to a particular class of common stock, in shares of that class.
 
Conversion Rights.  The class A common stock is not convertible. Each share of class B common stock may be converted at any time at the option of the holder into one share of class A common stock. The class B common stock will be converted automatically into class A common stock upon a transfer thereof to any person other than the holders of our class B common stock on the date of this offering, their respective affiliates and any other holder that receives class B common shares directly from us. In addition, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of class B common stock may force the conversion of all, but not less than all, of the class B common stock into class A common stock.
 
Preemptive or Similar Rights.  Upon consummation of the offering, holders of our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar rights to purchase any of our securities and no holder of our securities is entitled to preemptive rights with respect to the shares of class A common stock to be issued in the offering.
 
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions.  Upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without further stockholder approval, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, preferences, rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series thereof, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption including sinking fund provisions, redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
Registration Agreement
 
Upon the completion of this offering, holders of 20,082,506 shares of class B common stock, or 17,582,506 shares of class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, will be entitled to rights to demand the registration of shares of class B common stock held by them and to include their shares for registration in certain registration statements that we may file under the Securities Act of 1933 after the completion of this offering. Upon a transfer to a party other than a current holder of our class B common stock our management or directors, Onex and certain of their affiliates, the shares shall automatically convert to class A common stock. Immediately after completion of this offering, demand


148



Table of Contents

registration rights may also be exercisable by the holders of a majority of our unregistered class B common stock, or the Majority Holders, so long as such holders hold more than 10% of our shares of common stock that were outstanding on December 27, 2005. Such a demand registration would require us to prepare and file, at our expense, a registration statement covering the shares subject to the demand. The number of demands that may be made for registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, other than on a Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement, will be limited to three demands by the Majority Holders and an unlimited number of demands by Onex and its affiliates. There is no limit to the number of demands that may be made for registration on a Form S-3, except that no more than one demand may occur in any six month period. We are not obligated to take any action to effect the demand registration rights, other than on Form S-3, prior to six months after the date of this prospectus. The demand rights will also be subject to our right to delay registration for a up to six months based on our circumstances.
 
If we propose to register our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of our unregistered class B common stock will generally be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include, at our expense, their shares of class B common stock in such registration statement. However, the foregoing right is subject to Onex’s approval if we register securities for our own account. These registration rights will be subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of any underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the registration statement. Furthermore, the rights of holders of our unregistered class B common stock to sell their class B common stock will be subject to the terms of a lockup agreement they have signed with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
 
Stockholders’ Agreement
 
All of our current stockholders, including Onex and its affiliates, are party to an investor stockholders’ agreement. Under this agreement, our current stockholders have agreed to vote their shares on matters presented to the stockholders as specifically provided in the investor stockholders’ agreement, or, if not so provided, in the same manner as Onex. Following this offering, each non-Onex party to the agreement may sell up to a certain percentage of the shares held by it on the date of this offering, with such percentage increasing each year; provided, however, that if at any time Onex shall have sold a greater percentage of the shares it held on the date of this offering, then each non-Onex stockholder shall have the right to sell up to the same percentage of its shares. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Stockholders’ Agreement.”
 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or discouraging or delaying or preventing changes in control. Such provisions include:
 
  •  our board of directors will be authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of class A common stock and class B common stock;
 
  •  advance notice requirements for nominations to serve on our board of directors or for proposals that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings; provided, that prior to the date the Minimum Condition is no longer met, no such requirement is required for holders of at least 10% of our outstanding Class B common stock;


149



Table of Contents

 
  •  our board will be classified so not all members of our board are elected at one time, which may make it more difficult for a person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock to replace our directors;
 
  •  following the Transition Date, stockholder action by written consent will be prohibited;
 
  •  special meetings of the stockholders will be permitted to be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by a majority of our board of directors;
 
  •  stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors;
 
  •  newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorial number of directors or vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by majority vote of incumbent directors;
 
  •  our board of directors will be expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and
 
  •  stockholders will be permitted to amend our bylaws only upon receiving at least 662/3% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
 
Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
 
Once the Minimum Condition is no longer met, we will be subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:
 
  •  prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested holder;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; and
 
  •  on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Section 203 defines business combination to include:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or


150



Table of Contents

 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.
 
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.
 
New York Stock Exchange Listing
 
Our class A common stock has been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKH”.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our class A common stock is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.


151



Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our class A common stock, and we cannot assure you that a significant public market for our class A common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of significant amounts of our outstanding class A common stock in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 16,666,666 shares of class A common stock and 20,230,928 shares of class B common stock based upon the assumptions described in “The Offering.” Of these shares, all of the shares of class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws, unless purchased by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
All of the shares of class B common stock (which will convert into shares of class A common stock if transferred outside of our current stockholders and their respective affiliates, which includes Onex and our management group, or has a holder that did not receive class B common stock directly from us), will be available for public sale if registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or sold in accordance with Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 of the Securities Act of 1933. Substantially all of these remaining shares of class B common stock are held by officers, directors and existing stockholders who are subject to various lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions that prohibit them from offering, selling, contracting to sell, granting an option to purchase, making a short sale or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock or any option to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC, which we refer to collectively as the Representatives; provided, however, that in event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, then in either case the expiration of the lock-up will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such an extension. The Representatives may, in their discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the common stock held by our officers, directors and existing stockholders subject to these lock-up agreements.
 
As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above and the provisions of Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period as described above and no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, the 20,230,928 shares of our class B common stock that will be restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
  •  no shares will be eligible for sale upon effectiveness of this offering;
 
  •  no shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus; and
 
  •  20,230,928 shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 and Rule 701 upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
If transferred outside of our current stockholders and their respective affiliates, which includes Onex and our management group, or has a holder that did not receive class B common stock directly from us, any shares of class B common stock so transferred will convert into shares of class A common stock.


152



Table of Contents

Rule 144
 
In general, Rule 144 allows a stockholder (or stockholders where shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year and who files a Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of those shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 368,976 shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; or
 
  •  The average weekly trading volume of our class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144, however, are subject to specific manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, and the availability of current public information about our company. 20,230,928 shares of our class B common stock will qualify for resale under Rule 144 beginning upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.
 
Rule 144(k)
 
Under Rule 144(k), in general, a stockholder who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least two years and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company at any time during the immediately preceding three months may sell shares without complying with the manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, public information requirements or volume limitations of Rule 144. Affiliates of our company, however, must always sell pursuant to Rule 144, even after the otherwise applicable Rule 144(k) holding periods have been satisfied. No shares of our class B common stock will qualify for resale under Rule 144(k) upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.
 
Rule 701
 
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our class B common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.
 
As of March 31, 2007, 1,324,129 shares of our outstanding class B common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701. All of these shares, however, are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above. As a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the prior written consent of the Representatives to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements to which the Representatives are a party.
 
Registration Rights
 
As described above in “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights Agreement,” upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 20,082,506 shares of our class B common stock, including shares issued upon conversion of our preferred stock and shares issued upon the exercise of warrants, will have the right, subject to various conditions and limitations, to demand the filing of a registration statement covering their shares of our class B common stock, subject to the lock-up arrangement described above. By exercising their registration rights and causing a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market, these holders could cause the price of our class A common stock to significantly decline. In addition, any demand to include such shares in our registration statement could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise capital.


153



Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
FOR NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
The following is a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our class A common stock to non-United States holders (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
 
This summary applies only to non-United States holders who hold our class A common stock as a capital asset. This summary does not address the effect of the United States federal estate or gift tax laws, tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction, or tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
 
  •  banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;
 
  •  persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
 
  •  tax-exempt organizations;
 
  •  dealers in securities or currencies;
 
  •  traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
 
  •  “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;
 
  •  persons who own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our company (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
 
  •  persons that are S corporations, partnerships or other pass-through entities;
 
  •  certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
 
  •  persons who hold our class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or
 
  •  persons deemed to sell our class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.
 
YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
 
Non-United States Holder Defined
 
For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-United States holder if you are a holder that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not a United States person. For purposes of this discussion, you are a United States person if you are:
 
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;


154



Table of Contents

 
  •  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
 
  •  an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and that has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made a valid election to be treated as a United States person.
 
Distributions
 
We have not made any distributions on our class A common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our class A common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your adjusted basis in our class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of stock.
 
Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to United States withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying your qualification for the reduced rate.
 
Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business (and, if a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by you) are exempt from such withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-United States holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
 
If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to an applicable tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
 
Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock
 
You generally will not be required to pay United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our class A common stock unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business (and, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by you);
 
  •  you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  our class A common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes, or a USRPHC, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our class A common stock.
 
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will


155



Table of Contents

not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such class A common stock will be treated as United States real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded class A common stock.
 
If you are a non-United States holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates, and corporate non-United States holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-United States holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by United States source capital losses. You should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to you. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
 
Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-United States status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a United States person.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the United States income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.


156



Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated May 15, 2007, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of class A common stock:
 
         
    Number
 
Underwriter
  of Shares  
 
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
    3,833,334  
UBS Securities LLC
    3,833,334  
Banc of America Securities LLC
    3,833,334  
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
    1,166,666  
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
    1,166,666  
J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. 
    1,166,666  
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
    1,166,666  
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
    250,000  
Scotia Capital (USA), Inc. 
    250,000  
         
Total
    16,666,666  
         
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of class A common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.
 
The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,500,000 additional shares of class B common stock (which, upon transfer to the underwriters, would convert into shares of class A common stock) from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of class A common stock.
 
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of class A common stock initially at the public offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $0.6278 per share. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.
 
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay.
 
                                 
    Per Share     Total  
    Without
    With
    Without
    With
 
    Over-
    Over-
    Over-
    Over-
 
    Allotment     Allotment     Allotment     Allotment  
 
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us
  $ 1.04625     $ 1.04625     $ 8,718,750     $ 8,718,750  
Expenses payable by us
  $ 0.432     $ 0.432     $ 3,600,000     $ 3,600,000  
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders
  $ 1.04625     $ 1.04625     $ 8,718,750     $ 11,334,375  
Expenses payable by the selling stockholders
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  


157



Table of Contents

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the share of class A common stock being offered.
 
We have agreed that we will not, subject to certain exceptions, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC waive, in writing, such an extension.
 
Our officers and directors and existing stockholders have agreed that they will not, subject to certain exceptions, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC waive, in writing, such an extension.
 
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
 
Our class A common stock has been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKH”.
 
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have from time to time performed, and may in the future perform, various financial, advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services for us and for our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they have received and would receive customary compensation. In particular, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. were the joint book-running managers under our December 2005 offer of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 11% senior subordinated notes. In addition, affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA), Inc. are lenders under our first lien secured credit facility. Further, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is also the administrative agent under our first lien secured credit facility and, as such, will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering. We expect the aggregate amounts received by underwriters through the repayment of indebtedness will be less than 9% of the net proceeds of the offering. Also, the chief executive officer of Onex Corporation, the beneficial owner of a


158



Table of Contents

majority of our common stock, is an independent member of the board of directors of The Bank of Nova Scotia, the indirect parent of Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our class A common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the class A common stock following this offering. The principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:
 
  •  the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;
 
  •  the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we will compete;
 
  •  the ability of our management;
 
  •  the prospects for our future earnings;
 
  •  the present state of our development and our current financial condition;
 
  •  the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly-traded class A common stock of generally comparable companies; and
 
  •  the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering.
 
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the class A common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the class A common stock will develop and continue after this offering.
 
In connection with this offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
 
  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only he closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the class A common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.


159



Table of Contents

 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the class A common stock. As a result the price of our class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The New York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
The shares of class A common stock are offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe, Asia and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.
 
Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, a Relevant Member State, each Underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time,
 
  (a)  to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  (b)  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  (c)  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or
 
  (d)  in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of common stock to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
 
  (a)  it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and


160



Table of Contents

 
  (b)  it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
The underwriters will not offer or sell any of our common stock directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
 
The underwriters and each of their affiliates have not (i) offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, our common stock in Hong Kong by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32 of Hong Kong, or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or (ii) issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our class A common stock which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.
 
This prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore, and our common stock will only be offered in Singapore pursuant to exemptions under Section 274 and Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Securities and Futures Act. Accordingly, our common stock may not be offered or sold, or be the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our class A common stock be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor or other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, (b) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.
 
The common stock is being issued and sold outside the Republic of France and, in connection with the initial distribution, the underwriters have not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock to the public in the Republic of France. The underwriters have not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributed to the public in the Republic of France this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the common stock. Such offers, sales and distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of France only to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét no. 98-880 dated 1st October, 1998.
 
Our common stock may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from the Netherlands as part of the initial distribution by the underwriters or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal entities situated in The Netherlands who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, collective investment institutions, central governments, large international and supranational organizations, other institutional investors and other parties, including treasury departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities, or Professional Investors), unless in the offer, prospectus and in any other documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of our common stock is publicly announced (whether electronically or


161



Table of Contents

otherwise) in The Netherlands it is stated that such offer is and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors. Individual or legal entities who are not Professional Investors may not participate in the offering of our common stock, and this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock may not be considered an offer or the prospect of an offer to sell or exchange our common stock.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.


162



Table of Contents

 
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
The distribution of the shares in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of the shares are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares.
 
Representations of Purchasers
 
By purchasing the shares in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us and the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
 
  •  the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,
 
  •  where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,
 
  •  the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions, and
 
  •  the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the shares to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.
 
Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.
 
Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only
 
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission against us and the Selling Stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the Selling Stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the Selling Stockholders will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the Selling Stockholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.
 
Enforcement of Legal Rights
 
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the Selling Stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
 
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
 
Canadian purchasers of the shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.


163



Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Costa Mesa, California. Certain regulatory matters will be passed upon for us by Hooper, Lundy & Bookman, Inc. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.
 
EXPERTS
 
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements and schedule at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, as set forth in their report. We have included our consolidated financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Sunset Healthcare combined financial statements at December 31, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, as set forth in their report. We have included the Sunset Healthcare combined financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of class A common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information regarding us and the shares of class A common stock to be sold in this offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
 
You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any other information that we file at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. The address of this website is www.sec.gov.
 
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


164



Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
SKILLED HEALTHCARE GROUP, INC.
       
         
    F-2  
Consolidated Financial Statements
       
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-8  
         
         
         
SUNSET HEALTHCARE
       
         
    F-51  
Combined Financial Statements
       
    F-52  
    F-53  
    F-54  
    F-55  
    F-56  


F-1



Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial schedule listed in the Index at Item 16(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
Orange County, California
March 15, 2007
except for Note 17, as to which the date is
April 26, 2007


F-2



Table of Contents

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
 
                                 
          Pro Forma
             
          Stockholders’
             
          Equity at
             
          March 31,
             
    March 31,
    2007
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     (Note 12)     2006     2005  
    (Unaudited)              
ASSETS
Current assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 378             $ 2,821     $ 37,138  
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $8,531, $7,889 and $5,678 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    88,468               86,168       62,561  
Deferred income taxes
    13,930               13,248       11,390  
Prepaid expenses
    2,285               2,101       5,996  
Other current assets
    11,943               10,296       18,865  
                                 
Total current assets
    117,004               114,634       135,950  
Property and equipment, net
    238,549               230,904       191,151  
Other assets:
                               
Notes receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $0, $0 and $301 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    6,534               4,968       3,916  
Deferred financing costs, net
    15,794               15,764       18,551  
Goodwill
    412,894               411,349       396,097  
Intangible assets, net
    33,378               33,843       35,823  
Non-current income tax receivable
    1,882               1,882        
Deferred income taxes
    1,607               1,504       21  
Other assets
    53,911               23,847       15,573  
                                 
Total other assets
    526,000               493,157       469,981  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 881,553             $ 838,695     $ 797,082  
                                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 50,547             $ 69,136     $ 55,233  
Employee compensation and benefits
    22,505               22,693       18,669  
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases
    3,185               3,177       2,918  
                                 
Total current liabilities
    76,237               95,006       76,820  
Long-term liabilities:
                               
Insurance liability risks
    28,315               28,306       28,414  
Other long-term liabilities
    20,013               8,857       8,530  
Long-term debt and capital leases, less current portion
    511,669               465,878       460,391  
                                 
Total liabilities
    636,234               598,047       574,155  
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Preferred stock, 50,000 shares authorized, 25,000 Class A convertible shares and 25,000 class B shares.
                               
Class A, $0.001 par value; 22,312 shares, 22,312 shares and 22,287 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, liquidation preference of $23,424, $18,652 and $246 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    23,424     $       18,652       246  
Class B, $0.001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
                       
Preferred stock, 25,000,000 shares authorized; $0.001 par value per share; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively and no shares pro forma (unaudited)
                       
Common stock, 25,350,000 shares authorized, $0.001 par value per share; 12,636,079 shares, 12,636,079 shares and 12,552,784 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively and no shares pro forma (unaudited)
    13             13       13  
Class A common stock, 175,000,000 shares authorized, $0.001 par value per share; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively and no shares pro forma (unaudited)
                       
Class B common stock, 30,000,000 shares authorized, $0.001 par value per share; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively and 28,564,261 pro forma shares (unaudited)
          29              
Deferred compensation
                        (185 )
Additional paid-in-capital
    221,882       245,290       221,983       222,853  
Retained earnings
                       
                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    245,319       245,319       240,648       222,927  
                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 881,553             $ 838,695     $ 797,082  
                                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-3



Table of Contents

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands except share and per share data)
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor     Predecessor  
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Revenue
  $ 144,655     $ 125,186     $ 531,657     $ 462,847     $ 371,284  
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of services (exclusive of rent cost of sales and depreciation and amortization shown below)
    107,213       92,311       394,936       347,228       281,395  
Rent cost of sales
    2,694       2,451       10,027       9,815       7,883  
General and administrative
    11,497       9,566       39,872       43,784       25,148  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,961       3,674       13,897       9,991       8,597  
                                         
      125,365       108,002       458,732       410,818       323,023  
                                         
Other income (expenses):
                                       
Interest expense
    (12,092 )     (11,227 )     (46,286 )     (27,629 )     (22,370 )
Interest income and other
    327       386       1,196       949       789  
Equity in earnings of joint venture
    540       381       1,903       1,787       1,701  
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge
    (33 )     (21 )     (197 )     (165 )     (926 )
Reorganization expenses
                      (1,007 )     (1,444 )
Write-off of deferred financing costs
                      (16,626 )     (7,858 )
Forgiveness of stockholder loan
                      (2,540 )      
Gain on sale of assets
                      980        
                                         
Total other income (expenses), net
    (11,258 )     (10,481 )     (43,384 )     (44,251 )     (30,108 )
                                         
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    8,032       6,703       29,541       7,778       18,153  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    3,378       2,601       12,204       (13,048 )     4,421  
                                         
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    4,654       4,102       17,337       20,826       13,732  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                      14,740       2,789  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax
                      (1,628 )      
                                         
Net income
    4,654       4,102       17,337       33,938       16,521  
Accretion on preferred stock
    (4,772 )     (4,401 )     (18,406 )     (744 )     (469 )
                                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
  $ (118 )   $ (299 )   $ (1,069 )   $ 33,194     $ 16,052  
                                         
Net (loss) income per share data:
                                       
(Loss) income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 16.34     $ 11.11  
Discontinued operations per common share, basic
                      11.99       2.34  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, basic
                      (1.32 )      
                                         
Net (loss) income per common share, basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 27.01     $ 13.45  
                                         
(Loss) income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 15.56     $ 10.30  
Discontinued operations per common share, diluted
                      11.43       2.17  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, diluted
                      (1.26 )      
                                         
Net (loss) income per common share, diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 25.73     $ 12.47  
                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    11,959,116       11,618,412       11,638,185       1,228,965       1,193,501  
                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    11,959,116       11,618,412       11,638,185       1,290,120       1,286,963  
                                         
Pro forma net income per common share, basic (unaudited)
  $ 0.17                 $ 0.63                  
                                         
Pro forma net income per common share, diluted (unaudited)
  $ 0.16             $ 0.62                  
                                         
Weighted-average number of shares used in pro forma per common share calculations, basic (unaudited)
    27,887,298               27,566,367                  
                                         
Weighted-average number of shares used in pro forma per common share calculations, diluted (unaudited)
    28,548,426               27,777,279                  
                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(In thousands, except share data)
 
                                                                                         
                                              Additional
    Retained
             
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Class B Non-Voting Common Stock     Deferred
    Paid-In
    (Deficit)
    Due From
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Comp     Capital     Earnings     Stockholder     Total  
Predecessor
                                                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2003
        $       1,193,587     $           $     $     $ 107,572     $ (187,345 )   $ (2,540 )   $ (82,313 )
Change in terms of preferred stock
    15,000       15,000                                                       15,000  
Accretion on preferred stock
          469                                     (469 )                  
Issuance of restricted stock
                            70,661       1             3                   4  
Cancellation of restricted stock
                            (4,930 )                                    
Deferred compensation related to restricted stock awards
                                        (1,161 )     1,161                    
Amortization of deferred compensation
                                        313                         313  
Other changes
                      12                         (12 )                  
Net income
                                                    16,521             16,521  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2004
    15,000       15,469       1,193,587       12       65,731       1       (848 )     108,255       (170,824 )     (2,540 )     (50,475 )
Accretion on preferred stock
          498                                     (498 )                  
Dividends paid
          (967 )                                   (107,637 )                 (108,604 )
Redemption of preferred stock
    (15,000 )     (15,000 )                                                     (15,000 )
Forgiveness of stockholder loan
                                                          2,540       2,540  
Exercise of warrants and cash settlement of stock options
                42,999       82                                           82  
Repurchase of common stock
                (614 )                             (7 )                 (7 )
Cancellation of common stock by Bankruptcy Court
                (979 )                                                
Deferred compensation related to restricted stock awards
                                        (8,940 )     8,940                    
Stock-based compensation and amortization of deferred compensation
                                        9,788                         9,788  
Net income
                                                    33,938             33,938  
                                                                                         
                  1,234,993       94       65,731       1             9,053       (136,886 )           (127,738 )
Successor
                                                                                       
Effect of the Onex Transaction
                (1,234,993 )     (94 )     (65,731 )     (1 )           (9,053 )     136,886             127,738  
Onex and other equity contributions
    22,287             11,299,275       12                         222,853                   222,865  
Deferred compensation related to restricted stock awards
                1,253,509       1                   (247 )     246                    
Amortization of deferred compensation
                                        62                         62  
Accretion on preferred stock
          246                                     (246 )                  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    22,287       246       12,552,784       13                   (185 )     222,853                   222,927  
Proceeds from issuance of stock
    10             5,070                               100                   100  
Net income
                                                    17,337             17,337  
Reclassification of deferred compensation upon adopting SFAS No. 123R
                                        185       (185 )                  
Issuance of stock
    15             78,225                                                  
Stock-based compensation
                                              284                   284  
Accretion on preferred stock
          18,406                                     (1,069 )     (17,337 )            
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    22,312       18,652       12,636,079       13                         221,983                 $ 240,648  
Net income
                                                    4,654             4,654  
Stock-based compensation
                                              17                   17  
Accretion on preferred stock
          4,772                                     (118 )     (4,654 )            
                                                                                         
Balance at March 31, 2007 (unaudited)
    22,312     $ 23,424       12,636,079     $ 13           $     $     $ 221,882     $     $     $ 245,319  
                                                                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor     Predecessor  
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Operating Activities
                                       
Net income
  $ 4,654     $ 4,102     $ 17,337     $ 33,938     $ 16,521  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    3,961       3,674       13,897       9,991       8,597  
Reorganization expenses
                      1,007       1,444  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    1,026       1,282       5,439       3,968       2,259  
Non-cash stock-based compensation
    17       15       284       9,850       313  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
                      1,628        
Gain on sale of assets
                      (23,892 )      
Amortization of deferred financing costs
    722       723       2,640       1,657       1,155  
Write-off of deferred financing costs and prepayment costs related to extinguished debt
                      16,626       7,858  
Forgiveness of stockholder loan
                      2,540        
Deferred income taxes
    (2,330 )     (552 )     (6,363 )     (23,129 )      
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge
    33       21       197       165       926  
Amortization of discount on senior subordinated notes
    42       41       164              
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable
    (3,326 )     (11,767 )     (29,046 )     (28,242 )     (7,119 )
Other current assets
    (834 )     477       12,267       (12,630 )     (1,923 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (12,584 )     5,053       14,019       13,983       5,745  
Employee compensation and benefits
    (771 )     (551 )     3,588       2,393       2,817  
Non-current income tax receivable
                (1,882 )            
Insurance liability risks
    887       959       1,547       5,173       11,272  
Other long-term liabilities
    11,156       106       327       1,015       306  
Net cash paid for reorganization costs
                      (1,037 )     (1,813 )
                                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    2,653       3,583       34,415       15,004       48,358  
                                         
Investing activities
                                       
Principal (additions) payments on notes receivable, net
    (1,566 )     208       (1,052 )     171       1,134  
Acquisition of healthcare facilities
    (4,623 )     (31,305 )     (43,030 )           (42,748 )
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
                      41,059       74  
Additions to property and equipment
    (6,379 )     (3,066 )     (22,267 )     (11,183 )     (8,212 )
Changes in other assets
    (30,203 )     (3,242 )     (7,680 )     (482 )     4,522  
Cash distributed related to the Onex Transaction
    (7,330 )           (347 )     (253,350 )      
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (50,101 )     (37,405 )     (74,376 )     (223,785 )     (45,230 )
                                         
Financing activities
                                       
Borrowings (repayments) under line of credit, net
    46,500             8,500       (15,000 )      
Repayments on long-term debt and capital leases
    (743 )     (728 )     (2,918 )     (14,362 )     (23,299 )
Repayments on long-term debt through refinancing
                      (110,000 )     (228,854 )
Fees paid for early extinguishment of debt
                      (6,300 )     (4,361 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
                      321,786       278,998  
Additions to deferred financing costs of new debt
    (752 )     (36 )     (38 )     (21,765 )     (9,358 )
Redemption of preferred stock
                      (15,732 )      
Purchase of treasury stock
                      (7 )      
Proceeds from exercise of warrants and cash settlement of stock options
                      82        
Dividends paid
                      (108,604 )     (15,000 )
Proceeds from restricted stock grant
                            4  
Proceeds from capital contributions related to the Onex Transaction
                      211,300        
Proceeds from the issuance of new common stock
          100       100              


F-6



Table of Contents

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — (Continued)
(In thousands)

                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor     Predecessor  
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Proceeds from sale of interest rate hedge
                      130       1,355  
Purchase of interest rate hedge
                      (275 )     (617 )
                                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    45,005       (664 )     5,644       241,253       (1,132 )
                                         
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,443 )     (34,486 )     (34,317 )     32,472       1,996  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    2,821       37,138       37,138       4,666       2,670  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 378     $ 2,652     $ 2,821     $ 37,138     $ 4,666  
                                         
Supplemental cash flow information
                                       
Cash paid for:
                                       
Interest expense
  $ 16,933     $ 4,811     $ 31,620     $ 26,068     $ 26,836  
                                         
Income taxes
  $ 3,330     $     $ 2,655     $ 25,222     $ 1,414  
                                         
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
                                       
Reclassification of accounts receivable to notes receivable
  $     $     $ 2,265     $     $ 313  
                                         
Capitalized lease transactions
  $     $     $     $     $ 1,514  
                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-7



Table of Contents

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
1.   Description of Business
 
Current Business
 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. (formerly known as SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. and, through its predecessor, Fountain View, Inc., which was later renamed Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.), (“Skilled”) through its subsidiaries, is an operator of long-term care facilities and a provider of a wide range of post-acute care services, with a strategic emphasis on sub-acute specialty medical care. Skilled and its consolidated subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “Company.” The Company currently operates facilities in California, Kansas, Missouri, Nevada and Texas, including 61 skilled nursing facilities (“SNFs”), that offer sub-acute care and rehabilitative and specialty medical skilled nursing care; and 13 assisted living facilities (“ALFs”) that provide room and board and social services. In addition, the Company provides a variety of ancillary services such as physical, occupational and speech therapy in Company-operated facilities and unaffiliated facilities. Furthermore, the Company owns and operates two licensed hospices providing palliative care in its California and Texas markets. The Company is also a member in a joint venture located in Texas providing institutional pharmacy services which currently serves approximately eight of the Company’s SNFs and other facilities unaffiliated with the Company. Also, in 2005, the Company sold two of its California-based institutional pharmacies (Note 5).
 
Reorganization Under Chapter 11
 
In 2001, Skilled (known at the time as Fountain View, Inc. and upon emergence from bankruptcy, renamed Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. or “SHG”) and 22 of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, Los Angeles Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”).
 
Following its petition for protection under Chapter 11, SHG continued to operate its businesses as a debtor-in-possession subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court through August 19, 2003 (the “Effective Date”), when it emerged from bankruptcy pursuant to the terms of SHG’s Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization dated April 22, 2003 (the “Plan”). From the date SHG filed the petition with the Bankruptcy court through December 31, 2005, SHG incurred reorganization expenses totaling approximately $32,506. There were no material reorganization expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2007 or in 2006.
 
The principal components of reorganization expenses incurred, are as follows:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
Professional fees
  $ 600     $ 620  
Court-related services
    40       157  
Refinancing costs
    5       49  
Other fees
    362       618  
                 
Total
  $ 1,007     $ 1,444  
                 


F-8



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Details of operating cash receipts and payments resulting from the reorganization are as follows:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
Operating cash receipts
  $     $  
Cash payments to suppliers for reorganization services:
               
Professional fees
    600       620  
Court-related services
    40       157  
Refinancing costs
    5       49  
Other fees
    392       987  
                 
Total
  $ 1,037     $ 1,813  
                 
 
Matters Related to Emergence
 
On July 10, 2003, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed SHG’s Plan, which was approved by substantially all creditors and implemented on the Effective Date. The principal provisions of the Plan included:
 
  •  The incurrence by SHG of (i) approximately $32,000 in indebtedness available under new Revolving Credit Facilities; (ii) approximately $23,000 under a new Secured Mezzanine Term Loan; and (iii) approximately $95,000 under a new Senior Mortgage Term Loan;
 
  •  The satisfaction of SHG’s 111/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (“2008 Notes”) upon the issuance or payment by SHG to the holders of the 2008 Notes on a pro rata basis of (i) approximately $106,800 of new Senior Subordinated Secured Increasing Rate Notes due 2008 that accrued interest at an initial rate of 9.25% and provided for annual rate increases, (ii) 58,642 shares of common stock and (iii) cash in the amount of $50,000, consisting of approximately $36,000 in outstanding interest and approximately $14,000 of principal;
 
  •  The payment in full of amounts outstanding under SHG’s $90,000 Term Loan Facility and $30,000 Revolving Credit Facility;
 
  •  The issuance of one share of new series A preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share for each share of SHG’s existing series A preferred stock;
 
  •  The cancellation of SHG’s series A common stock and the issuance of 1.1142 shares of new common stock for each share of cancelled series A common stock;
 
  •  The cancellation of SHG’s series B common stock and options to purchase series C common stock, with no distribution made in respect thereof;
 
  •  The cancellation of SHG’s series C common stock and the issuance of one share of new common stock for each share of cancelled series C common stock;
 
  •  The cancellation of outstanding warrants to purchase series C common stock and the issuance of new warrants, on substantially the same terms, to purchase a number of shares of new common stock equal to the number of shares of series C common stock that were subject to the existing warrants so cancelled;
 
  •  An amendment and restatement of SHG’s stockholders’ agreement;
 
  •  The impairment of certain secured claims and the impairment of certain general unsecured claims; and


F-9



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
  •  The restructuring of SHG’s businesses and legal structure to conform to SHG’s exit financing requirements whereby business enterprises were assumed by new subsidiary limited liability companies and existing corporations such that: (i) day-to-day operations are performed by each operating subsidiary; (ii) administrative services, such as accounting and cash management, are provided through a subsidiary administrative services company under contracts at market rates with each of the operating subsidiaries, and (iii) payroll processing services are provided through a subsidiary employment services company under contracts at market rates with each of the operating subsidiary employers.
 
The Onex Transaction
 
In October 2005, Skilled (known as SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. at that time) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Agreement”) with SHG, the entity that, through its subsidiaries, then operated Skilled’s business, SHG Acquisition Corp. (“Acquisition”) and SHG’s former sponsor, Heritage Fund II LP and related investors (“Heritage”). Skilled and Acquisition were formed by Onex Partners LP, Onex American Holdings II LLC and Onex U.S. Principals LP (“Onex”) and certain of its associates (collectively the “Sponsors”) for purposes of acquiring SHG. The merger was completed effective December 27, 2005 (the “Onex Transaction”). The Company’s results of operations during the period from December 28, 2005 through December 31, 2005 were not significant. Under the Agreement, Acquisition acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of SHG through a merger with SHG, with SHG being the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Skilled. The Onex Transaction was accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 141, Business Combinations, or SFAS No. 141 using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, all assets and liabilities of SHG and its consolidated subsidiaries were recorded at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition (discussed below), including goodwill of $396,035, representing the purchase price in excess of the fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Substantially all of the goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.
 
Concurrent with the Onex Transaction, certain members of SHG’s senior management team and Baylor Health Care System (collectively, the “Rollover Investors”) made an equity investment in Skilled of approximately $11,600 in cash and rollover equity, and the Sponsors made an equity investment in Skilled of approximately $211,300 in cash. Immediately after the Onex Transaction, the Sponsors and the Rollover Investors held approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of the outstanding capital shares of Skilled, not including restricted stock issued to management at the time of the Onex Transaction.
 
Concurrent with the Onex Transaction, SHG assumed $200,000 of 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “2014 Notes”) from Acquisition; paid cash merger consideration of $240,814 to its existing stockholders (other than to the Rollover Investors to the extent of their rollover investment) and option holders; amended its existing First Lien Credit Agreement to provide for rollover of the existing $259,350 First Lien Credit Agreement and an increase in the revolving credit facility from $50,000 to $75,000; and repaid in full its $110,000 Second Lien Credit Agreement (Note 8).
 
As a condition of the Agreement, an escrow account was established in the amount of $21,000 to satisfy claims by Skilled and its related parties for up to four years. Of the $21,000, $6,000 is allocated for reimbursement for potential tax liabilities that arose prior to the date of the Onex Transaction. As the tax liabilities recorded on the Company’s financial statements are in excess of the $6,000, the Company has recorded a receivable from the tax escrow account for $6,000 which has been classified as other current assets in the accompanying financial statements. The remaining $15,000 in escrow was established to provide for any contingencies or liabilities not recorded or specifically provided for as of December 27, 2005.


F-10



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
Additionally, under the Agreement, the Company was required to repay to Heritage amounts paid by SHG to the IRS in excess of the 2005 tax amounts on SHG’s tax return for the period ended December 27, 2005. The Company recorded a liability on its December 31, 2006 and 2005 balance sheets related to amounts owed to Heritage as a result of these tax payments.
 
The purchase price was financed through the following sources:
 
         
Issuance of common and preferred stock for cash
  $ 211,300  
Issuance of common and preferred stock for rollover consideration
    10,065  
Issuance of common and preferred stock in consideration for settlement of accrued liabilities
    1,500  
         
Total issuance of common and preferred stock
    222,865  
Issuance of 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
    198,668  
Amended First Lien Credit Agreement, assumed under Agreement
    259,350  
         
Total sources of financing
  $ 680,883  
         
 
The purchase price was composed of the following:
 
         
Cash paid to stockholders, including amounts held in escrow
  $ 240,814  
Rollover consideration
    10,065  
Accrued liability settled in consideration for common and preferred stock
    1,500  
Amended First Lien Credit Agreement, assumed under Agreement
    259,350  
Amounts paid to settle Second Lien Credit Agreement
    110,000  
Accrued interest and prepayment penalty on Second Lien Credit Agreement
    4,798  
Transaction costs
    7,739  
Deferred financing costs
    11,439  
         
Total purchase price
  $ 645,705  
         
Net cash retained in successor company from the Onex Transaction
  $ 35,178  
         


F-11



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Financing sources exceeded the purchase price to provide for additional cash resources for planned acquisitions subsequent to the Onex Transaction.
 
The following table presents the purchase price allocation:
 
                 
Purchase price:
          $ 645,705  
Cash held in predecessor company
    2,744          
Other current assets
    90,628          
Property and equipment
    191,151          
Identifiable intangible assets
    35,823          
Other long-term assets
    63,011          
Current liabilities
    (67,464 )        
Other long-term liabilities
    (66,223 )        
                 
Net assets acquired
            249,670  
                 
Goodwill
          $ 396,035  
                 
 
The working capital items that were acquired were valued at book value as of the date of the Onex Transaction. The fair value of long-term tangible assets, long-term liabilities and intangible assets acquired was determined as follows:
 
Tangible assets and other long-term liabilities
 
  •  Land and buildings:  The valuation of land and buildings was calculated using an income approach by employing a direct capitalization analysis where an estimated market rental rate was used to determine the potential income for each property. Actual and estimated operating expenses by property were then deducted and the resulting net operating income was capitalized by a market-derived capitalization rate to determine the value of the property. The total fair value assigned to land and buildings was $174,383.
 
  •  Other property and equipment:  Other property and equipment consisted of furniture and equipment and construction in progress, for which the fair value was estimated to equal net book value as of the date of the Onex Transaction. The total fair value assigned to other property and equipment was $16,768.
 
  •  Other long-term assets and liabilities:  Other long-term assets, consisting primarily of deferred income taxes, restricted cash, deferred financing and deposits, were valued at book value as of the date of the Onex Transaction. The total fair value assigned to other long-term assets was $63,011. Other long-term liabilities, consisting primarily of insurance liability risks and deferred income taxes, were valued at book value as of the date of the Onex Transaction. The total fair value assigned to other long-term liabilities was $66,223.
 
Intangible assets
 
The intangible assets identified in the Onex Transaction were patient lists, managed care contracts, trade names and leasehold interests. The total fair value assigned to intangible assets was $35,823.


F-12



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Intangible assets are detailed in Note 4. The Company used the following methods for determining the amount of the purchase price allocated to the identifiable intangible assets:
 
  •  Patient lists and managed care contracts:  The valuation of patient lists and managed care contracts was calculated using an income approach by employing an excess earnings method that examined the economic returns contributed by the identified tangible and intangible assets of the Company, and then isolating the excess return, which was attributed to the pool of intangible assets being valued. The excess return was then discounted to present value to determine the fair value of the patient lists and managed care contracts. The amortization periods of the managed care contracts was determined to be five years. The amortization period of the patient lists was determined to be four months. The fair value assigned to managed care contracts and patient lists was $7,700 and $800, respectively.
 
  •  Leasehold interests:  The valuation of the leasehold interests was calculated using a market approach by determining the present value of the difference (the disadvantage or advantage) between the current and future contract lease obligation and the estimated market lease rate over the term of the lease for each lease acquired. The resulting advantages and disadvantages were aggregated, netted and discounted to present value to determine the amount of the purchase price to be allocated to leasehold interests. The weighted-average amortization period for the leasehold interests was determined to be approximately 10 years. The total fair value assigned to leasehold interests was $7,012.
 
  •  Lease acquisition costs and covenants-not-to-compete:  The fair value was determined to be book value as of the date of the Onex Transaction. The lease acquisition costs were fully amortized in 2006. The remaining amortization period of the covenants-not-to-compete was approximately four years. The total fair value assigned to these items was $3,311.
 
  •  Trade names:  The valuation of the trade names was calculated using an income approach, specifically the royalty savings method, by projecting revenue attributable to the services using the trade names, the royalty rate that would hypothetically be charged by a licensor of the trade name to a licensee, and a discount rate to reflect the inherent risk of the projected cash flows. The resulting cash flows were then discounted to present value to determine the fair value of the trade names. The trade names were determined to have an indefinite life and therefore not subject to amortization. The total fair value assigned to trade names was $17,000.


F-13



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
As a result of the Onex Transaction, the financial statements were adjusted as follows:
 
                         
    Prior Basis of
             
    Accounting,
             
Balance Sheet Accounts
  December 27, 2005     Merger Adjustments     As Adjusted  
 
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
  $ 1,960     $ 35,178     $ 37,138  
Other current assets(2)
    12,865       6,000       18,865  
Property and equipment, net(3)
    190,903       248       191,151  
Deferred financing costs, net(4)
    7,112       11,439       18,551  
Deferred income tax asset, net(5)
    11,739       (11,718 )     21  
Goodwill(6)
    20,491       375,544       396,035  
Other intangibles(7)
    3,311       32,512       35,823  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities(8)
    50,251       4,982       55,233  
Other long-term liabilities(9)
    3,580       4,950       8,530  
11% Senior Subordinated Notes(10)
          198,668       198,668  
Second Lien credit agreement(11)
    110,000       (110,000 )      
 
 
(1) Cash and cash equivalents increased by $35,178 as a result of financing sources exceeding the purchase price.
 
(2) Other current assets increased by $6,000 as a result of the amount held in escrow for potential tax liabilities.
 
(3) Property and equipment, net increased by $248 as a result of reflecting fixed assets at fair value at the date of the Onex Transaction.
 
(4) Deferred financing costs, net increased by $11,439 as a result of the costs related to the financing of the 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014.
 
(5) Net deferred income tax assets decreased as a result of the Onex Transaction.
 
(6) Goodwill of $396,035 represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the net assets acquired.
 
(7) Other intangibles increased by $32,512. Other intangibles are listed in Note 4.
 
(8) Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased by $4,982 primarily from an accrual for amounts due to Heritage related to SHG’s December 27, 2005 tax return, partially offset by accrued interest and a prepayment penalty related to the settlement of SHG’s Second Lien Credit Agreement.
 
(9) Other long-term liabilities increased by $4,950 to record the fair value of certain asset retirement obligations.
 
(10) Concurrent with the Onex Transaction, 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 with a face value of $200,000 were issued at a discount of $1,332.
 
(11) Concurrent with the Onex Transaction, SHG’s Second Lien Credit Agreement was settled.
 
Due to the effect of the Onex Transaction on the recorded amounts of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, the Company’s financial statements prior to and subsequent to the Onex Transaction are not comparable. Periods prior to December 27, 2005 represent the accounts and activity of the predecessor company (the “Predecessor”) and from that date, the successor company (the “Successor”).


F-14



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
  Basis of Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of the Company and the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Unaudited Interim Results
 
The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2007, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006, and the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity for the three month period ended March 31, 2007 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position at March 31, 2007 and results of operations and cash flows for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the three month periods are unaudited. The results for the three month period ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2007 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Estimates and Assumptions
 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates in the Company’s consolidated financial statements relate to revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, patient liability and workers’ compensation claims and impairment of long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue and Receivables
 
Revenue and receivables are recorded on an accrual basis as services are performed at their estimated net realizable value. The Company derives a significant amount of its revenue from funds under federal Medicare and state Medicaid assistance programs, the continuation of which are dependent upon governmental policies, audit risk and potential recoupment.


F-15



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
The Company’s revenue is derived from services provided to patients in the following payor classes:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006  
          Percentage
          Percentage
 
    Revenue
    of
    Revenue
    of
 
    Dollars     Revenue     Dollars     Revenue  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Medicare
  $ 55,286       38.2 %   $ 46,171       36.9 %
Medicaid
    42,613       29.5       39,762       31.8  
                                 
Subtotal Medicare and Medicaid
    97,899       67.7       85,933       68.7  
Managed Care
    11,750       8.1       10,037       8.0  
Private and Other
    35,006       24.2       29,216       23.3  
                                 
Total
  $ 144,655       100.0 %     125,186       100.0 %
                                 
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
          Percentage
          Percentage
          Percentage
 
    Revenue
    of
    Revenue
    of
    Revenue
    of
 
    Dollars     Revenue     Dollars     Revenue     Dollars     Revenue  
 
Medicare
  $ 191,263       36.0 %   $ 168,144       36.3 %   $ 133,092       35.8 %
Medicaid
    170,171       32.0       155,128       33.5       143,176       38.6  
                                                 
Subtotal Medicare and Medicaid
    361,434       68.0       323,272       69.8       276,268       74.4  
Managed Care
    43,267       8.1       33,844       7.3       24,945       6.7  
Private and Other
    126,956       23.9       105,731       22.9       70,071       18.9  
                                                 
Total
  $ 531,657       100.0 %   $ 462,847       100.0 %   $ 371,284       100.0 %
                                                 
 
Substantially all of the revenue from the Medicare program is earned by the Company’s long-term care services segment.
 
Risks and Uncertainties
 
Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. The Company believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and is not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, including processing claims at lower amounts upon audit as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
The Company has significant accounts receivable balances whose collectibility is dependent on the availability of funds from certain governmental programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid. These receivables represent the only significant concentration of credit risk for the Company. The Company does not believe there are significant credit risks associated with these governmental programs. The Company believes that an adequate allowance has been recorded for the possibility of these receivables proving uncollectible, and continually monitors and adjusts these allowances as necessary.


F-16



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company places its cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Upon the consummation of the Onex Transaction and in accordance with SFAS No. 141, property and equipment were stated at fair value. Major renovations or improvements are capitalized, whereas ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
 
     
Buildings and improvements
  15-40 years
Leasehold improvements
  Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life, generally 5-10 years
Furniture and equipment
  3-10 years
 
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense. For leasehold improvements, where the Company has acquired the right of first refusal to purchase or to renew the lease, amortization is based on the lesser of the estimated useful lives or the period covered by the right.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill is accounted for under SFAS No. 141 and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations accounted for as purchases. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, or SFAS No. 142, goodwill is subject to periodic testing for impairment. Goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment on an annual basis, or, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount, between annual testing. There were no impairment charges recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) or in 2006, 2005 or 2004.
 
Determination of Reporting Units
 
The Company considers the following businesses to be reporting units for the purpose of testing its goodwill for impairment under SFAS No. 142:
 
  long-term care services, which includes the operation of skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most significant portion of the Company’s business,
 
  rehabilitation therapy, which provides physical, occupational and speech therapy in Company-operated facilities and unaffiliated facilities, and
 
  hospice care, which was established in 2004 and provides hospice care in Texas and California.
 
The goodwill that resulted from the Onex Transaction as of December 27, 2005 was allocated to the long-term care services operating segment and the rehabilitation therapy reporting unit based on the relative fair value of the assets on the date of the Onex Transaction. No goodwill was allocated to the hospice care reporting unit due to the start-up nature of the business and cumulative net losses before depreciation, amortization, interest expense (net) and provision for (benefit from) income taxes attributable to that segment. In addition, no synergies were expected to arise as a result of the Onex Transaction which might provide a different basis for allocation of goodwill to reporting units.


F-17



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
Goodwill Impairment Testing
 
The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually on October 1, or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of its reporting units, including goodwill, may exceed their fair values. As a result of the Company’s testing, the Company did not record any impairment charges in 2006. The Company tests goodwill using a present value technique by comparing the present value of estimates of future cash flows of its reporting units to the carrying amounts of the applicable goodwill.
 
Intangible assets primarily consist of identified intangibles acquired as part of the Onex Transaction. Intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the intangible, except for trade names, which have an indefinite life.
 
Deferred Financing Costs
 
Deferred financing costs substantially relate to the 2014 Notes and First Lien Credit Agreements (Note 8) and are being amortized over the maturity periods using an effective-interest method for term debt and straight-line method for the revolver. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, deferred financing costs, net of amortization, were approximately $15,794, $15,764 and $18,551, respectively.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets unless their realization is considered more likely than not.
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN No. 48, on January 1, 2007. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption of FIN No. 48, the Company recorded a $1,500 increase in goodwill and taxes payable as of January 1, 2007. As of January 1, 2007, (unaudited) the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit is $11,100 (unaudited). If reversed, the entire decrease in the unrecognized benefit amount would result in a reduction to the balance of goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of the Company by Onex.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets other than goodwill in relation to the future undiscounted cash flows of the underlying businesses to assess recoverability of the assets. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss, which is determined based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the assets, is recognized. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, none of the Company’s long-lived assets were impaired.


F-18



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
Interest Rate Caps
 
In connection with certain of the Company’s borrowings and subsequent refinancings, the Company entered into interest rate cap agreements (“IRCAs”) with financial institutions to hedge against material and unanticipated increases in interest rates in accordance with requirements under its refinancing agreements. The Company determines the fair value of the IRCAs based on estimates obtained from a broker, and records changes in their fair value in the consolidated statements of operations. As a result of low interest rate volatility in the first three months of 2007 (unaudited) and in 2006, 2005, and 2004, the interest rate caps were not triggered.
 
Stock Options and Equity Related Charges
 
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised), Share-Based Payments, or SFAS No. 123R, which requires measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors. Under SFAS No. 123R, the fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated at grant date using an option pricing model and the portion that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as compensation cost over the requisite service period.
 
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R using the modified prospective application method. Under the modified prospective application method, prior periods are not revised for comparative purposes. The valuation provisions of SFAS No. 123R apply to new awards and awards that are outstanding on the adoption effective date that are subsequently modified or cancelled. The Company did not have stock options outstanding subsequent to December 27, 2005. As the Company has no options outstanding, the implementation of SFAS No. 123R had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company accounted for share-based awards using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion, or APB, No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, or APB No. 25, as allowed under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, or SFAS No. 123. Under the intrinsic value method no share-based compensation cost was recognized for awards to employees or directors if the exercise price of the award was equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant.
 
In determining pro forma information regarding net income, stock options to employees and outside directors were valued using the minimum value option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: expected market price of the Company’s common stock of $18.30 on the date of grant, no expected dividends, an average expected life through the option expiration dates of five years and a weighted-average risk-free interest rate of 2.5%. The minimum value method does not consider stock price volatility. For pro forma purposes, the estimated minimum value of the Company’s stock-based awards to employees and outside directors were expensed at the date of grant of the stock options that were fully vested, and expensed over the vesting period of the stock options that vest over a period of time. The results of applying SFAS No. 123 to the Company’s stock option grants to employees and outside directors on the assumptions described above approximated the Company’s reported amounts of net income (loss) for each year.
 
The minimum value option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that do not have vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company’s stock options have characteristics significantly different from those options used in the minimum value option pricing model, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily


F-19



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company’s stock options. No options were outstanding as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005 and there were 6,475 options outstanding as of December 31, 2004.
 
Equity-related charges included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations were $17, $284, $9,850, and $313, in the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Asset Retirement Obligations
 
In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, or FIN No. 47. FIN No. 47 clarified the term “conditional asset retirement obligation” as used in SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, or SFAS No. 143, which refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be in control of the entity. FIN No. 47 requires that either a liability be recognized for the fair value of a legal obligation to perform asset-retirement activities that are conditioned on the occurrence of a future event if the amount can be reasonably estimated, or where it can not, that disclosure of the liability exists, but has not been recognized and the reasons why a reasonable estimate can not be made. FIN No. 47 became effective as of December 31, 2005.
 
The Company determined that a conditional asset retirement obligation exists for asbestos remediation. Though not a current health hazard in its facilities, upon renovation the Company may be required to take the appropriate remediation procedures in compliance with state law to remove the asbestos. The removal of asbestos-containing materials includes primarily floor and ceiling tiles from the Company’s pre-1980 constructed facilities. The fair value of the conditional asset retirement obligation was determined as the present value of the estimated future cost of remediation based on an estimated expected date of remediation. This computation is based on a number of assumptions which may change in the future based on the availability of new information, technology changes, changes in costs of remediation, and other factors.
 
As of December 31, 2005, the Company adopted FIN No. 47 and recognized a charge of $1,600 (net of income taxes) for the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle relating to the adoption of FIN No. 47. This charge includes the cumulative accretion of the asset retirement obligations from the estimated dates the liabilities were incurred through December 31, 2005. The charge also includes depreciation through December 31, 2005 on the related assets for the asset retirement obligations that would have been capitalized as of the dates the obligations were incurred. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, the asset retirement obligation was $5,114, $5,068 and $4,950, respectively, and is classified as other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
The determination of the asset retirement obligation is based upon a number of assumptions that incorporate the Company’s knowledge of the facilities, the asset life of the floor and ceiling tiles, the estimated timeframes for periodic renovations which would involve floor and ceiling tiles, the current cost for remediation of asbestos and the current technology at hand to accomplish the remediation work. These assumptions to determine the asset retirement obligation may be imprecise or be subject to changes in the future. Any change in the assumptions can impact the value of the determined liability and impact future earnings of the Company.


F-20



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
Operating Leases
 
The Company accounts for operating leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and FASB Technical Bulletin 85-3, Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases. Accordingly, rent expense under the Company’s facilities’ and administrative offices’ operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the original term of each facility’s and administrative office’s leases, inclusive of predetermined rent escalations or modifications and including any lease renewal options.
 
Net (Loss) Income per Share
 
Basic net (loss) income per share is computed by dividing net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of outstanding shares for the period. Dilutive net (loss) income per share is computed by dividing net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders plus the effect of assumed conversions (if applicable) by the weighted average number of outstanding shares after giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock, including options, warrants, common stock subject to repurchase and convertible preferred stock, if any.
 
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic net (loss) income per common share follows:
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Numerator:
                                       
Net income, as reported
  $ 4,654     $ 4,102     $ 17,337     $ 33,938     $ 16,521  
Accretion on preferred stock
    (4,772 )     (4,401 )     (18,406 )     (744 )     (469 )
                                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
  $ (118 )   $ (299 )   $ (1,069 )   $ 33,194     $ 16,052  
                                         
Denominator:
                                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    11,959,116       11,618,412       11,638,185       1,228,965       1,193,501  
                                         
Net (loss) income per common share, basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 27.01     $ 13.45  
                                         
 
The historical diluted net (loss) income per share excludes the effect of the contingently convertible preferred stock which is convertible upon certain qualified events (Note 12).


F-21



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of diluted net (loss) income per common share follows:
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
                   
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Numerator:
                                       
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
  $ (118 )   $ (299 )   $ (1,069 )   $ 33,194     $ 16,052  
                                         
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders plus effect of assumed conversions
  $ (118 )   $ (299 )   $ (1,069 )   $ 33,194     $ 16,052  
                                         
Denominator:
                                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    11,959,116       11,618,412       11,638,185       1,228,965       1,193,501  
Plus: incremental shares from assumed conversions, if applicable
                      61,155       93,462  
                                         
Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding
    11,959,116       11,618,412       11,638,185       1,290,120       1,286,963  
                                         
Net (loss) income per common share, diluted
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ 25.73     $ 12.47  
                                         


F-22



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Common Share
 
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per common share gives effect to the conversion of the Company’s recapitalized convertible preferred stock into common stock concurrent with the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, as if the conversion occurred on the date of issuance. A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net income per common share follows:
 
                 
    Three Months
       
    Ended
    Year Ended
 
    March 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Pro forma net income per common share, basic:
               
Numerator:
               
Net income, as reported
  $ 4,654     $ 17,337  
Denominator:
               
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in pro forma net income per common share, basic
    11,959,116       11,638,185  
Plus: conversion of preferred stock into common stock
    15,928,182       15,928,182  
                 
Weighted average number of shares used in computing unaudited pro forma net income per common share, basic
    27,887,298       27,566,367  
                 
Unaudited pro forma net income per common share, basic
  $ 0.17     $ 0.63  
                 
Pro forma net income per common share, diluted:
               
Numerator:
               
Net income, as reported
  $ 4,654     $ 17,337  
Denominator:
               
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in pro forma net income per common share, diluted
    12,620,244       11,849,097  
Plus: conversion of preferred stock into common stock
    15,928,182       15,928,182  
                 
Weighted average number of shares used in computing unaudited pro forma net income per common share, diluted
    28,548,426       27,777,279  
                 
Unaudited pro forma net income per common share, diluted
  $ 0.16     $ 0.62  
                 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, or SFAS No. 157. SFAS No. 157 addresses differences in the definition of fair value and guidance in applying the definition of fair value to the many accounting pronouncements that require fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 emphasizes that (1) fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability for sale or transfer and (2) fair value is not entity-specific but based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Finally, SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchy of fair value assumptions that distinguishes between independent market participant assumptions and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company


F-23



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

does not expect that SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, or SFAS No. 159. SFAS No. 159 expands opportunities to use fair value measurement in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company has not determined whether it will early adopt SFAS No. 159 or if it will choose to measure any eligible financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Management is still in the process of evaluating the impact on the Company of adopting SFAS No. 159, if any.
 
3.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate this value.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.
 
Interest Rate Caps
 
The carrying amounts approximate the fair value for the Company’s interest rate caps based on an estimate obtained from a broker.
 
Long-Term Debt
 
The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt (excluding the 2014 Notes) and its revolving credit facility is considered to approximate the fair value of such debt for all periods presented based upon the interest rates that the Company believes it can currently obtain for similar debt. The fair value of the Company’s 2014 Notes at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 approximated $222,500 and $220,000, respectively, based on quoted market values. The Company’s carrying value at December 31, 2005 of its 2014 Notes approximated the fair value, as the 2014 Notes were issued on December 27, 2005.
 
4.   Intangible Assets
 
Identified intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives averaging eight years except for trade names which have an indefinite life. Amortization expense was approximately $908, $4,045, $773, and $119, in the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at December 31, 2006 is expected to be approximately


F-24



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

$3,126, $3,126, $3,042, $2,426 and $872 in 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Identified intangible asset balances by major class, are as follows:
 
                         
          Accumulated
       
    Cost     Amortization     Net Balance  
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                       
Covenants not-to-compete
  $ 2,987     $ (901 )   $ 2,086  
Managed care contracts
    7,700       (1,925 )     5,775  
Leasehold interests
    9,136       (922 )     8,214  
                         
Total
  $ 19,823     $ 3,748       16,075  
                         
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:
                       
Trade names
                    17,000  
Other
                    303  
                         
Balance at March 31, 2007 (unaudited)
                  $ 33,378  
                         
 
                         
          Accumulated
       
    Cost     Amortization     Net Balance  
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                       
Covenants not-to-compete
  $ 2,987     $ (713 )   $ 2,274  
Managed care contracts
    7,700       (1,541 )     6,159  
Leasehold interests
    9,227       (817 )     8,410  
                         
Total
  $ 19,914     $ (3,071 )     16,843  
                         
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:
                       
Trade names
                    17,000  
                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
                  $ 33,843  
                         
 
                         
          Accumulated
       
    Cost     Amortization     Net Balance  
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                       
Lease acquisition costs
  $ 594     $     $ 594  
Covenants not-to-compete
    2,717             2,717  
Patient lists
    800             800  
Managed care contracts
    7,700             7,700  
Leasehold interests
    7,012             7,012  
                         
Total
  $ 18,823     $       18,823  
                         
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:
                       
Trade names
                    17,000  
                         
Balance at December 31, 2005(1)
                  $ 35,823  
                         
 
 
(1) In accordance with SFAS No. 141, intangible assets were recorded at fair value at December 27, 2005 due to the Onex Transaction.


F-25



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
5.   Discontinued Operations
 
In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company decided to sell certain assets comprising the operations of its two California-based institutional pharmacies (the “California Pharmacies”). On February 28, 2005, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell these assets and operations to Kindred Pharmacy Services, Inc. (“KPS”) for gross consideration of $31,500 in cash. The sale of the California Pharmacies was completed March 31, 2005 and there are no assets held for sale at December 31, 2006 or 2005.
 
The assets included in the sale generally included all elements of working capital other than cash, intercompany receivables, deferred tax assets, the Company’s investment in its Texas joint venture for pharmaceutical services and certain promissory notes. The final purchase price was adjusted on a dollar-for-dollar basis for the working capital that was assumed by KPS greater than $6,258. Such determination was made sixty days after the close of the transaction, resulting in additional cash consideration of $5,055.
 
The California Pharmacies’ operations are reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. A summary of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
                 
    2005     2004  
 
Revenue
  $ 13,109     $ 50,068  
Expenses
    (12,074 )     (45,395 )
Gain on sale of assets
    22,912        
                 
Pre-tax income
    23,947       4,673  
Provision for income taxes
    (9,207 )     (1,884 )
                 
Discontinued operations, net of taxes
  $ 14,740     $ 2,789  
                 
 
There were no discontinued operations in the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and in the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
6.   Acquisitions
 
Effective December 31, 2004, SHG purchased substantially all of the assets and operations of 15 skilled nursing facilities located in Kansas generally known as Vintage Park. The facilities include eight assisted living facilities, seven skilled nursing facilities and a parcel of undeveloped land. The purchase price was $42,000 (net of fees and other expenses of the transaction totaling $1,027) and generally excluded any elements of working capital other than inventory and accrued paid time off. The consideration for the purchase consisted of a $20,000 Accordion Feature (Note 8) drawn by SHG under its First Lien Credit Agreement (Note 8) and a $15,000 draw by SHG under its First Lien Credit Agreement (Note 8) with the remainder provided by cash. The Company assumed all operations of Vintage Park effective January 1, 2005. For the Accordion Feature, the Company incurred deferred financing fees of $500, of which $400 was paid to originate the loan.
 
On March 1, 2006, the Company purchased two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled nursing and residential care facility in Missouri for $31,000 in cash. These facilities added approximately 436 beds to the Company’s operations.
 
The purchase was accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141 using the purchase method of accounting, which resulted in goodwill of $10,920, representing the purchase price in excess of the fair


F-26



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

values of the tangible assets acquired. The Company determined that there were no identifiable intangible assets included in the purchase. The allocation of the purchase price to the acquired assets follows:
 
                 
Purchase price and other costs related to the purchase
          $ 31,376  
Land and land improvements
    1,530          
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    18,071          
Furniture and equipment
    855          
                 
Total assets acquired
            20,456  
                 
Goodwill
          $ 10,920  
                 
 
The fair values of the assets acquired were determined using an income approach.
 
On a pro forma basis, assuming that the transaction had occurred January 1, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s consolidated results of operations would have been as follows:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
Revenue
  $ 535,373     $ 485,981  
                 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 17,518     $ 22,336  
                 
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
  $ (888 )   $ 34,704  
                 
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders per common share, basic
  $ (0.08 )   $ 28.24  
                 
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders per common share, diluted
  $ (0.08 )   $ 26.90  
                 
 
On June 16, 2006, the Company purchased a long-term leasehold interest in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for $2,700 in cash and on December 15, 2006, the Company purchased a skilled nursing facility in Missouri for $8,500 in cash. These facilities added approximately 230 beds to the Company’s operations.
 
All of the goodwill that was recorded as a result of acquisitions made in 2006 was allocated to our long-term care services operating segment and all of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.
 
7.   Business Segments
 
The Company has two reportable operating segments — long-term care services, which includes the operation of skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most significant portion of its business, and ancillary services, which includes the Company’s rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses. The “other” category includes general and administrative items and eliminations. The Company’s reporting segments are business units that offer different services and products, and which are managed separately due to the nature of the services provided or the products sold.
 
At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), long-term care services are provided by 61 SNFs that offer sub-acute, rehabilitative and specialty skilled nursing care, as well as 13 ALFs that provide room and board and social services. Ancillary services include rehabilitative services such as physical, occupational and speech therapy provided in the Company’s facilities and in unaffiliated facilities by its subsidiary Hallmark Rehabilitative


F-27



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Services, Inc. Also included in the Ancillary services segment is the Company’s hospice business that began providing care to patients in October 2004.
 
The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources to each segment based on an operating model that is designed to maximize the quality of care provided and profitability. Accordingly, EBITDA is used as the primary measure of each segment’s operating results because it does not include such costs as interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization which may vary from segment to segment depending upon various factors, including the method used to finance the original purchase of a segment or the tax law of the state(s) in which a segment operates. By excluding these items, the Company is better able to evaluate operating performance of the segment by focusing on more controllable measures. General and administrative overhead is not allocated to any segment for purposes of determining segment profit or loss, and is included in the “other” category in the selected segment financial data that follows. The accounting policies of the reporting segments are the same as those described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Note 2). Intersegment sales and transfers are recorded at cost plus standard mark-up; intersegment EBITDA has been eliminated in consolidation.
 
The following table sets forth selected financial data by business segment:
 
                                 
    Long-Term Care
                   
    Services     Ancillary Services     Other(3)     Total  
 
Three Months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited)
                               
Revenue from external customers
  $ 125,996     $ 18,531     $ 128     $ 144,655  
Intersegment revenue
          14,469             14,469  
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 125,996     $ 33,000     $ 128     $ 159,124  
                                 
Segment total assets
  $ 722,669     $ 70,701     $ 88,183     $ 881,553  
Goodwill and intangibles included in total assets
  $ 409,656     $ 36,616     $     $ 446,272  
Segment capital expenditures
  $ 8,566     $ 222     $ (2,409 )   $ 6,379  
EBITDA(2)
  $ 20,679     $ 5,089     $ (2,010 )   $ 23,758  
Three Months ended March 31, 2006 (unaudited)
                               
Revenue from external customers
  $ 111,698     $ 13,446     $ 42     $ 125,186  
Intersegment revenue
          11,834             11,834  
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 111,698     $ 25,280     $ 42     $ 137,020  
                                 
Segment total assets
  $ 671,338     $ 58,989     $ 75,855     $ 806,182  
Goodwill and intangibles included in total assets
  $ 404,648     $ 36,584     $     $ 441,232  
Segment capital expenditures
  $ 2,607     $ 106     $ 353     $ 3,066  
EBITDA(2)
  $ 18,483     $ 4,015     $ (1,280 )   $ 21,218  


F-28



Table of Contents

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

                                 
    Long-Term Care
                   
    Services     Ancillary Services     Other(3)     Total  
 
Year ended December 31, 2006
                               
Revenue from external customers
  $ 469,758     $ 61,394     $ 505     $ 531,657  
Intersegment revenue
          51,428             51,428  
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 469,758     $ 112,822     $ 505     $ 583,085  
                                 
Segment total assets
  $ 704,797     $ 66,358     $ 67,540     $ 838,695  
Goodwill and intangibles included in total assets
  $ 408,642     $ 36,550     $     $ 445,192  
Segment capital expenditures
  $ 20,086     $ 606     $ 1,575     $ 22,267  
EBITDA(2)
  $ 75,207     $ 18,828     $ (5,507 )   $ 88,528  
Year ended December 31, 2005
                               
Revenue from external customers
  $ 418,028     $ 44,519     $ 300     $ 462,847  
Intersegment revenue
          43,216       5,176       48,392  
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 418,028     $ 87,735     $ 5,476     $ 511,239  
                                 
Segment total assets
  $ 627,364     $ 58,339     $ 111,379     $ 797,082  
Goodwill and intangibles included in total assets(1)
  $ 395,207     $ 36,713     $     $ 431,920  
Segment capital expenditures
  $ 9,724     $ 189     $ 1,270     $ 11,183  
EBITDA(2)
  $ 64,348     $ 14,801     $ (21,588 )   $ 57,561  
Year ended December 31, 2004
                               
Revenue from external customers
  $ 344,443     $ 26,462     $ 379     $ 371,284  
Intersegment revenue
          30,304       5,940       36,244  
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 344,443     $ 56,766     $ 6,319     $ 407,528  
                                 
Segment total assets
  $ 241,412     $ 17,504     $ 49,944     $ 308,860  
Goodwill and intangibles included in total assets
  $ 25,037     $ 1,827     $     $ 26,864  
Segment capital expenditures
  $ 7,246     $ 609     $ 357     $ 8,212  
EBITDA(2)
  $ 47,943     $ 7,979     $ (4,802 )   $ 51,120  
 
 
(1) Goodwill from the Onex Transaction was allocated based on the relative fair value of the assets on the date of the Onex Transaction.
 
(2) EBITDA is defined as net income before depreciation, amortization and interest expense (net) and the provision for (benefit from) income taxes.
 
(3) “Other” includes discontinued operations in 2005 and 2004.

F-29



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
8.   Debt
 
Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
                         
    March 31,
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Unaudited)              
 
$200,000 2014 Notes, interest rate 11.0%, with an original issue discount of $1,126, $1,168 and $1,332 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, interest payable semiannually, principal due 2014, unsecured
  $ 198,874     $ 198,832     $ 198,668  
Revolving Credit Facility, swing line subfacility, interest rate based on bank base rate plus 1.75% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, (10.0% and 10.0% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, respectively), due 2010
    37,500       4,500        
Revolving Credit Facility, interest rate based on LIBOR plus 2.75% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, (8.1% and 8.1% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, respectively) collateralized by real property, due 2010
    17,500       4,000        
First Lien Credit Agreement, interest rate based on LIBOR plus 2.25% and 2.75% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, respectively (7.6% and 8.1% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, respectively) collateralized by real property, due 2012
    255,450       256,100       258,700  
Notes payable, fixed interest rate 6.5%, payable in monthly installments, collateralized by a first priority deed of trust, due November 2014
    2,053       2,104       2,301  
Present value of capital lease obligations at effective interest rates, collateralized by property and equipment
    3,477       3,519       3,640  
                         
Total long-term debt and capital leases
    514,854       469,055       463,309  
Less amounts due within one year
    (3,185 )     (3,177 )     (2,918 )
                         
Long-term debt and capital leases, net of current portion
  $ 511,669     $ 465,878     $ 460,391  
                         
 
At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), the Company also had outstanding letters of credit totaling $4,154 as permitted under its First Lien Credit Agreement.
 
Senior Subordinated Notes
 
In June 2005, SHG completed a refinancing of its then–existing debt, other than its capital leases and a note payable. Concurrently, SHG entered into an Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement and a Second Lien Credit Agreement (collectively, the “Lien Agreements”). The Lien Agreements are governed under an Intercreditor Agreement providing for liquidation preferences, collateral rights, lien priorities and application of payments, all favoring the First Lien Credit Agreement holders, as well as cross-collateralization and cross-default provisions with respect to other indebtedness.
 
In December 2005, Acquisition issued and SHG assumed 2014 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $200,000, with an interest rate of 11.0%. The 2014 Notes were issued at a discount of $1,332. Interest is


F-30



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

payable semiannually in January and July of each year commencing on July 15, 2006. The 2014 Notes mature on January 15, 2014. The 2014 Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and rank junior to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement. The 2014 Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by certain of the Company’s current and future subsidiaries (Note 13). Proceeds from the 2014 Notes were used in part to repay the Second Lien Credit Agreement.
 
Prior to January 15, 2009, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35.0% of the principal amount of the 2014 Notes with the proceeds of certain sales of the Company’s equity securities at 111.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes remains outstanding after the occurrence of each such redemption; and provided further that such redemption occurs within 90 days after the consummation of any such sale of the Company’s equity securities.
 
In addition, prior to January 15, 2010, the Company may redeem the 2014 Notes in whole, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a premium, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. The premium is calculated as the greater of: 1.0% of the principal amount of the note and the excess of the present value of all remaining interest and principal payments, calculated using the treasury rate, over the principal amount of the note on the redemption date.
 
On and after January 15, 2010, the Company will be entitled to redeem all or a portion of the 2014 Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued interest to the redemption date if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on January 15, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and thereafter of 105.50%, 102.75% and 100.00%, respectively.
 
First Lien Credit and Revolving Loan Agreement
 
The Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended following the Onex Transaction, consists of a $260,000 Term Loan and a $75,000 Revolving Loan (the “Credit Agreement”), of which $55,000 and $8,500 had been drawn and $4,154 and $4,154 had been drawn as a letter of credit as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, respectively, prepayable at any time, but otherwise the Term Loan is due in full on June 15, 2012 and the Revolving Loan is due in full on June 15, 2010 less principal reductions of 1% per annum required on the Term Loan, payable on a quarterly basis. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited), the Term Loan bore interest, at the Company’s election, either at the prime rate plus an initial margin of 1.25% or LIBOR plus an initial margin of 2.25%. The Revolving Loan bore interest, at the Company’s election, either at the prime rate plus an initial margin of 1.75% or LIBOR plus an initial margin of 2.75%. The Credit Agreement has commitment fees on the unused portion of 0.375% to 0.5%. The interest rate margins can be reduced to as low as 1.0% and 2.0% for borrowings under the prime rate and LIBOR, respectively, depending upon the Company’s leverage ratio. Furthermore, the Company has the right to increase its borrowings under the Term Loan and/or the Revolving Loan up to an aggregate amount of $150,000 (the “Accordion Feature”) provided that the Company is in compliance with the Credit Agreement, that the additional debt would not cause any Credit Agreement covenant violations, and that existing lenders within the credit facility or new lenders agree to increase their commitments.
 
Debt Covenants
 
The Company must maintain compliance with certain financial covenants measured on a quarterly basis, including an interest coverage minimum ratio as well as a total leverage maximum ratio.


F-31



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
The covenants also include certain limitations, including the incurrence of additional indebtedness, liens, investments in other businesses, annual capital expenditures and, in the case of the 2014 Notes, issuance of preferred stock. Furthermore, the Company must permanently reduce the principal amount of debt outstanding by applying the proceeds from any asset sale, insurance or condemnation payments, additional indebtedness or equity securities issuances, and 25% to 50% of excess cash flows from operations based on the leverage ratio then in effect. The Company was in compliance with its debt covenants at March 31, 2007 (unaudited).
 
Scheduled Maturities of Long-Term Debt
 
The scheduled maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:
 
                         
          Other
       
          Long-Term
       
    Capital Leases     Debt     Total  
 
2007
  $ 367     $ 2,810     $ 3,177  
2008
    371       2,824       3,195  
2009
    2,395       2,839       5,234  
2010
    216       11,355       11,571  
2011
    220       2,872       3,092  
Thereafter
    645       444,004       444,649  
                         
      4,214       466,704       470,918  
Less original issue discount at December 31, 2006
          1,168       1,168  
Less amount representing interest
    695             695  
                         
    $ 3,519     $ 465,536     $ 469,055  
                         
 
Interest Rate Hedging Activities
 
Upon emerging from bankruptcy on August 19, 2003, SHG entered into a $95,000 mortgage loan agreement. In compliance with the terms of that agreement, SHG concurrently entered into an interest rate cap agreement (“IRCA”) with respect to an outstanding principal amount of indebtedness equal to $85,000 and providing for a 4.5% ninety day LIBOR cap over the five year life of the mortgage loan. SHG paid $2,900 for the IRCA. That IRCA was terminated in a subsequent refinancing in which SHG was paid $1,355 for the remaining fair value of the instrument. The IRCA was terminated in July 2004.
 
During its refinancing in July 2004, SHG entered into a First Lien Credit and Revolving Loan Agreement. In order to comply with the terms of that agreement which required SHG to hedge the variable interest rate for at least 40% of the initial principle amount committed, SHG entered into an IRCA with respect to an outstanding principle amount of indebtedness equal to $90,000 effective on July 31, 2004 with a cap rate of 5.0% expiring three years later on July 31, 2007. SHG paid $617 for the IRCA. That IRCA was terminated in a subsequent refinancing in which SHG was paid $130 for the remaining fair value of the instrument. The IRCA was terminated in June 2005.
 
During its refinancing in June 2005, in compliance with the terms of the Lien Agreements, which required SHG to hedge the variable interest rate for at least 40% of the initial principle amount committed, SHG entered into an IRCA with respect to an outstanding principle amount of indebtedness equal to


F-32



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

$148,000 effective on August 26, 2005 with a cap rate of 6.0% expiring three years later on August 26, 2008. SHG paid $275 for the IRCA.
 
The objective of the Company’s interest rate hedging activities has been to comply with the terms of its various debt agreements, to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower the Company’s overall borrowing costs. The impact of the change in fair value of the various IRCA’s is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations under other income (expenses).
 
9.   Other Current Assets and Other Assets
 
Other current assets consist of the following:
 
                         
    March 31,
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Unaudited)              
 
Receivable from escrow
  $ 7,031     $ 6,000     $ 6,000  
Income tax receivable
                9,370  
Supply inventories
    2,153       2,152       2,146  
Other notes receivable, net of allowance of $0, $0 and $330 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    2,759       2,144       1,349  
                         
    $ 11,943     $ 10,296     $ 18,865  
                         
 
Other assets consist of the following:
 
                         
    March 31,
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Unaudited)              
 
Equity investment in Pharmacy joint venture
  $ 4,210     $ 4,170     $ 3,992  
Restricted cash
    7,510       8,448       1,390  
Investments
    4,489       4,856       7,465  
Deposit into escrow related to acquisition on April 1, 2007 (Note 17)
    30,010              
Deposits and other assets
    5,171       4,695       2,726  
Expenses related to initial public offering
    2,521       1,678        
                         
    $ 53,911     $ 23,847     $ 15,573  
                         
 
Equity Investment in Pharmacy Joint Venture
 
The Company has an investment in a joint venture which serves its pharmaceutical needs for a limited number of its Texas operations (the “APS — Summit Care Pharmacy”). APS — Summit Care Pharmacy, a limited liability company, was formed in 1995, and is owned 50% by the Company and 50% by APS Acquisition, L.L.C. APS — Summit Care Pharmacy operates a pharmacy in Austin, Texas and the Company pays market value for prescription drugs and receives a 50% share of the net income related to this joint venture. Based on the Company’s lack of any controlling influence, the Company’s investment in APS — Summit Care Pharmacy is accounted for using the equity method of accounting.


F-33



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
Restricted Cash
 
In August 2003, SHG formed Fountain View Reinsurance, Ltd., (the “Captive”) a wholly-owned off-shore captive insurance company, for the purpose of insuring its workers’ compensation liability in California. In connection with the formation of the Captive, the Company funds its estimated losses and is required to maintain certain levels of cash reserves on hand. As the use of these funds are restricted, they are classified as restricted cash in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Additionally, restricted cash includes amounts on deposit at the Company’s workers’ compensation third party claims administrator.
 
Investments
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and 2005, the Company invested its excess cash reserves held by the Captive in investment grade corporate bonds. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited), the maturities of the bonds ranged from 2007 to 2009. In 2005, these securities were classified as held-to-maturity. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company transferred the securities to available-for-sale based on changes to the Company’s Captive, whereby the Captive was no longer funded through current premiums, necessitating the utilization of investments to fund current obligations. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited), $73 of unrealized loss related to these securities was recognized in interest income and other in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations as an other than temporary impairment of these securities. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), there were no unrealized gains or losses recorded on these securities.
 
Deposits
 
In the normal course of business the Company is required to post security deposits with respect to its leased properties and to many of the vendors with which it conducts business.
 
10.   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
                         
    March 31,
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Unaudited)              
 
Land and land improvements
  $ 44,806     $ 43,333     $ 40,523  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    168,213       164,105       133,860  
Furniture and equipment
    31,437       24,372       14,769  
Construction in progress
    6,974       8,913       1,999  
                         
      251,430       240,723       191,151  
Less amortization and accumulated depreciation
    (12,881 )     (9,819 )      
                         
    $ 238,549     $ 230,904     $ 191,151  
                         
 
11.   Income Taxes
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes  — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN No. 48, on January 1, 2007. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of


F-34



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption of FIN No. 48, the Company recorded a $1,500 increase in goodwill and taxes payable as of January 1,2007. As of January 1, 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit is $11,100. If reversed, the entire decrease in the unrecognized benefit amount would result in a reduction to the balance of goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of the Company by Onex Partners LP, Onex American Holdings II LLC and Onex U.S. Principals LP, collectively referred to as “Onex”.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in the “Provision for income taxes” line item of the consolidated statements of operations. As of January 1, 2007, the Company had accrued approximately $2,700 in interest and penalties, net of approximately $600 of tax benefit, related to unrecognized tax benefits. A substantial portion of the accrued interest and penalties relate to periods prior to the acquisition of the Company by Onex. If reversed, approximately $2,100 of the reversal of interest and penalties would result in a reduction to goodwill.
 
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2002. During the first quarter of 2007 (unaudited), the Company agreed to an adjustment related to depreciation claimed on its 2003 federal tax return and is awaiting assessment. As a result, the Company anticipates that there is a reasonable possibility that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by $1,800 due to the settlement of 2003 federal tax depreciation matters during 2007. In addition, due to normal closures of the statute of limitations, the Company anticipates that there is a reasonable possibility that the amount of unrecognized state tax benefits will decrease by approximately $400 within the next 12 months.
 
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes before discontinued operations consists of the following:
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Federal:
                                       
Current
  $ 3,594     $ 2,706     $ 14,118     $ 8,187     $ 3,497  
Deferred
    (677 )     (499 )     (3,648 )     (18,822 )      
State:
                                       
Current
    568       452       2,377       695       924  
Deferred
    (107 )     (58 )     (643 )     (3,108 )      
                                         
    $ 3,378     $ 2,601     $ 12,204     $ (13,048 )   $ 4,421  
                                         


F-35



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

The income tax (benefit) expense applicable to continuing operations, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is as follows:
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Income tax expense (benefit) on continuing operations
  $ 3,378     $ 2,601     $ 12,204     $ (13,048 )   $ 4,421  
Income tax on discontinued operations
                      9,207       1,884  
Income tax benefit on cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                      (1,017 )      
                                         
    $ 3,378     $ 2,601     $ 12,204     $ (4,858 )   $ 6,305  
                                         
 
A reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) on income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle computed at statutory rates to the Company’s actual effective tax rate is summarized as follows:
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (Unaudited)                    
 
Federal rate (35%)
  $ 2,811     $ 2,346     $ 10,339     $ 2,722     $ 6,353  
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    300       138       1,127       1,748       601  
Change in valuation allowance
                      (25,177 )     (6,158 )
Preferred stock, Series A dividends
                            659  
Reorganization costs
                      3,865       2,737  
Restricted stock compensation
                      3,551       110  
Other, net
    267       117       738       243       119  
                                         
    $ 3,378     $ 2,601     $ 12,204     $ (13,048 )   $ 4,421  
                                         
 
Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company’s temporary differences are primarily attributable to purchase accounting adjustments, allowance for doubtful accounts, accrued professional liability and other accrued expenses.
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is primarily dependent upon the Company generating sufficient operating income during the periods in which temporary differences become deductible. Due to the significant improvement in the Company’s operating and financial performance, management concluded that it is more likely than not that the majority of the remaining net deferred tax assets will be realized; therefore, $25,177 of the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets was reversed in 2005. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, a valuation allowance of $1,264, $1,264 and $1,336, respectively, remains and is attributable to certain local tax credit carryforwards.
 
In connection with the Onex Transaction in December 2005, the Company recorded net deferred tax liabilities of $11,718 related to purchase accounting adjustments.


F-36



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. While the Company believes that its tax return positions are supportable, there are certain positions that may not be sustained upon review by tax authorities. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company has provided for $13,535, $11,700 and $6,500, respectively, of accruals for uncertain tax positions. The accrual for uncertain tax positions is recorded as a component of taxes payable. While the Company believes that adequate accruals have been made for such positions, the final resolution of those matters may be materially different than the amounts provided for in the Company’s historical income tax provisions and accruals.
 
Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
                                                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Current     Non-Current     Current     Non-Current     Current     Non-Current  
    (Unaudited)                          
 
Deferred income tax assets:
                                               
Vacation and other accrued expenses
  $ 4,329     $ 1,746     $ 3,915     $ 1,704     $ 3,199     $ 900  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    3,315             3,033             2,317        
Professional liability accrual
    6,526       8,354       6,540       8,392       6,211       9,317  
Rent accrual
    142       1,543       142       1,543       137       1,183  
Asset retirement obligation
          2,065             2,065             1,995  
Other
          924             924             1,506  
                                                 
Total deferred income tax assets
    14,312       14,632       13,630       14,628       11,864       14,901  
                                                 
Deferred income tax liabilities:
                                               
Intangible assets
          (11,652 )           (11,860 )           (13,028 )
Fixed Assets
          (109 )                       (516 )
Other
    (382 )           (382 )           (474 )      
                                                 
Total deferred income tax liabilities
    (382 )     (11,761 )     (382 )     (11,860 )     (474 )     (13,544 )
                                                 
Net deferred income tax assets
    13,930       2,871       13,248       2,768       11,390       1,357  
Valuation allowance
          (1,264 )           (1,264 )           (1,336 )
                                                 
Net deferred income tax assets
  $ 13,930     $ 1,607     $ 13,248     $ 1,504     $ 11,390     $ 21  
                                                 
 
12.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Successor Stockholders’ Equity
 
In connection with the Onex Transaction, the Sponsors, the Rollover Investors and certain new investors that invested in Skilled received an aggregate of 11,299,275 shares of Skilled common stock for a purchase price of $0.20 per share and 22,287 shares of Skilled Class A convertible preferred stock for a purchase price of $9,900 per share (the “Class A Purchase Price”).
 
Dividends accrue on the Skilled Class A convertible preferred stock on a daily basis at a rate of 8% per annum on the sum of the Class A Purchase Price and the accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon. Such


F-37



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

dividends accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of Skilled legally available for the payment of dividends. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, cumulative dividends under the Class A convertible preferred stock were $23,424, $18,652 and $246, respectively.
 
Upon the occurrence of an underwritten public offering of Skilled common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or a change of ownership of Skilled, each share of Skilled Class A convertible preferred stock automatically converts into a number of shares of common stock of Skilled that is computed by dividing the Skilled Class A Purchase Price (plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon) by the price at which the common stock of Skilled is offered to the public in the case of a qualifying public offering, or the price paid per share of Skilled common stock in the case of a change of ownership.
 
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Skilled, each holder of Skilled Class A convertible preferred stock will be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is made upon the common stock or other junior securities of Skilled, an amount of cash equal to the aggregate Skilled Class A Purchase Price (plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon) for all shares of Skilled Class A convertible preferred stock held by such holder.
 
Skilled may at any time and from time to time redeem all or any portion of its Class A convertible preferred stock for a price per share equal to the Class A Purchase Price (plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon).
 
In December 2005, Skilled’s Board of Directors adopted a restricted stock plan with respect to Skilled’s common stock (the “Restricted Stock Plan”). As of December 31, 2006, Skilled had granted 1,324,129 shares of restricted stock under the Restricted Stock Plan. No new shares of common stock are available for issuance under the Restricted Stock Plan. Restricted shares vest (i) 25% on the date of grant and (ii) 25% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, unless such initial participant ceases to be an employee of or consultant to Skilled or any of its subsidiaries on the relevant anniversary date. In addition, all restricted shares will vest in the event that a third party acquires (i) enough of Skilled’s capital stock to elect a majority of its Board of Directors or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of Skilled and its subsidiaries.
 
The Company granted no stock and restricted stock during the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited). During the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, the Company granted stock and restricted stock as follows:
 
                                         
                            Aggregate
 
                Weighted
    Weighted
    Intrinsic
 
          Number of
    Average
    Average
    Value
 
Grants Made
  Title of
    Shares
    Purchase
    Fair Value
    Based on
 
During the Quarter Ended   Securities     Granted     Price     per Share     IPO Price(1)  
    Restricted Common Stock       35,310       none     $ 0.20     $ 547,305  
    Restricted Common Stock       35,310       none     $ 0.20     $ 547,305  
    Common Stock       7,605       none     $ 7.81     $ 117,878  
    Class A Preferred Stock       15       none     $ 9,900     $ 157,185  
 
 
(1) Using the offering price of $15.50.
 
The fair value per share is being recognized as compensation expense over the applicable vesting periods. The fair value of the common stock was determined by the Company contemporaneously with the


F-38



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

grants made in the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and June 30, 2006. The fair value per share of the common stock and Class A Preferred Stock was estimated by the Company contemporaneously with the grants made during the quarter ended September 30, 2006. The fair value per share for the grants made during the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and June 30, 2006 were estimated to be consistent with the fair value for a share of common stock and preferred stock sold by the Company to an unrelated third party in January 2006 and the Onex Transaction on December 27, 2005. Based on a review of performance metrics for the Company from the Onex Transaction through July 2006, the Company determined that there had not been any change in its business that warranted increasing the estimated fair value of a share of common stock over these periods.
 
The Company, in consultation with investment bankers, estimated that the equity value of a share of common stock was $7.81 in July 2006 based on the Company’s then expected financial performance and the earnings multiples of publicly-traded companies in the Company’s industry as determined in connection with the estimated initial public offering price of the Company. The increase in the estimated fair value of the Company is considered to be related to overall market valuation increases in the industry and consistent favorable operating performance by the Company.
 
The Company did not obtain contemporaneous valuations from an unrelated valuation specialist in connection with these grants primarily because of the small number of shares issued, the close proximity of these grants to the sale of common stock in January 2006 and the Onex Transaction, the value estimation and corresponding estimated initial public offering price of the Company determined in consultation with the Company’s investment bankers in July 2006, and the ability to perform a contemporaneous review of key milestones and performance indicators for the periods involved.
 
Predecessor Stockholders’ Equity
 
As of March 4, 2004 SHG’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amendment”) provided that SHG’s then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock was subject to redemption upon the occurrence of either (i) an underwritten initial public offering of SHG’s common stock for cash pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or (ii) the sale of SHG or its businesses as a whole in which the beneficial holders of a majority of the voting and economic interests of SHG prior to such sale are not the beneficial holders of such majority voting and economic interests or businesses thereafter. SHG’s Series A Preferred Stock was subject to mandatory redemption by SHG upon the earlier of (i) an underwritten initial public offering of SHG’s common stock for cash pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or (ii) May 1, 2010. The Series A Preferred Stock was also redeemable at any time at the option of SHG out of funds legally available by payment of the per share “Base Amount” plus all unpaid dividends accrued on such shares. The Base Amount was initially equal to $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, provided that any dividends that had accrued but were not paid on March 31 of each year were automatically added to the Base Amount. No dividends, distributions, redemption payments or other amounts could be made on or in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock unless all principal of, interest and premium on and other amounts due in respect of the Lien Agreements (Note 8) had first been paid in full.
 
The then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock entitled the holder to a dividend at an annual rate of 7% (prior to the Amendment it was 12%) of the Base Amount of each share of Series A Preferred Stock from the date of issuance of such share, provided that all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock were deemed to have been issued as of March 27, 1998 for purposes of determining the amount of dividends that have accrued.


F-39



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
In July 2004, concurrent with a refinancing of SHG’s outstanding debt, SHG redeemed the cumulative $15,000 of undeclared and unpaid dividends in exchange for, among other items, removing the mandatory redemption date of May 1, 2010. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock had no rights to convert such shares into shares of any other class or series of stock or into any other securities of, or any other interest in, SHG. In accordance with SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity, or SFAS No. 150, the Series A Preferred Stock was therefore reclassified to equity in 2004. At December 31, 2004, the Base Amount of the Series A Preferred Stock was $15,000 and there was approximately $469 of cumulative and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. In June 2005, in connection with a refinancing of SHG’s existing debt, SHG fully redeemed the Series A preferred stock, including accrued interest, for $15,732, as well as paid accumulated dividends of $967.
 
In July 2003, pursuant to SHG’s Plan (Note 1), each share of series A common stock was cancelled and replaced with 1.1142 shares of new common stock, each share of series B common stock was cancelled for no consideration and each share of series C common stock was replaced with one share of new common stock.
 
Effective March 8, 2004, SHG entered into restricted stock agreements with four executive officers concurrent with the execution of amended employment agreements for each executive. Pursuant to these agreements SHG granted 70,661 shares (of which 4,930 shares were cancelled in 2004) of its restricted and non-voting Class B common stock for a purchase price of $0.05 per share, the then fair market value of the shares based upon an independent third-party appraisal, to these executives.
 
These shares of SHG Class B common stock were restricted by certain vesting requirements, rights of SHG to repurchase the shares, and restrictions on the sale or transfer of such shares. The shares were subject to vesting as follows:
 
  •  Subject to the executive’s continuing service with SHG, the shares would vest in full upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event, defined as any asset sale, initial public offering or stock sale of SHG (each, a “liquidity event”), providing a terminal equity value of SHG in excess of $100,000 (the consummation of the Onex Transaction constituted a valid Trigger Event); and
 
  •  If a Trigger Event had not occurred by the end of the original term of the executive’s employment agreement and such executive was still employed by SHG, 50% of his shares would vest if the executive had complied with the confidentiality and non-solicitation obligations in his employment agreement and SHG had achieved EBITDA in any one fiscal year of over $60,000.
 
The intrinsic value method, in accordance with APB No. 25, was used to account for the non-cash stock-based compensation associated with the restricted stock. Under this method, SHG did not recognize compensation cost upon the issuance of the restricted stock because the per share purchase price paid by each executive for the restricted shares was equal to the then per share fair market value. SHG was required to recognize deferred non-cash stock-based compensation in the period that the number of shares subject to vesting became probable and determinable, calculated as the difference between the fair value of such shares as estimated by SHG management at the end of the applicable period and the price paid for such shares by the executive. The deferred non-cash stock-based compensation was amortized over the probable vesting period, beginning with the date of issuance of the restricted stock.
 
In 2004, it was determined probable that 50% of the restricted shares of SHG Class B common stock would vest at the end of the original term of each executive’s employment agreement. For 2004, deferred non-cash stock-based compensation totaling $1,161 was recorded, representing the difference between the estimated aggregate market value of the shares of restricted Class B common stock as determined by SHG


F-40



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

management on December 31, 2004 and the aggregate price paid for such restricted shares by the executives. Related amortization of deferred non-cash stock-based compensation expense equal to $848 in 2005 and $313 in 2004 was recorded.
 
Upon completion of the Onex Transaction, the remainder of the restricted shares of SHG Class B common stock fully vested and $8,940 of non-cash stock-based compensation expense was recognized, determined as the difference between the per share price paid in the Onex Transaction and $0.05 per share (the per share price paid by the executives), multiplied by the number of restricted shares that were not previously determined to be probable to vest.
 
Performance criteria, which were met as of December 27, 2005, the number of related shares of Class B common stock vested and earned, and stock-based compensation recognized during 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
 
                                 
    Number of
    Stock-Based
       
    Shares     Compensation        
    Earned and
    Recognized
    Recognized
       
    Vested     in 2005     in 2004        
 
Exceeding the minimum EBITDA trigger
    32,865     $ 848     $ 313          
Completion of the Onex Transaction, deemed as a Trigger Event
    32,866       8,940                
                                 
      65,731     $ 9,788     $ 313          
                                 
 
Dividend Payment
 
In June 2005, SHG entered into the Lien Agreements (Note 8). The proceeds of this financing were used to refinance SHG’s existing indebtedness, fully redeem SHG’s then outstanding Class A Preferred Stock and pay a special dividend in the amount of $108,604 to SHG’s then-existing stockholders.
 
At the time that SHG declared and paid the dividend, the board of directors of SHG determined that the value of its surplus was sufficient to declare and pay the dividend and that the payment of the dividend would not cause the Company to be insolvent. The board of directors of SHG accordingly determined that it was permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law to pay the dividend.
 
Warrants
 
In 1998, SHG issued 71,119 warrants to purchase SHG’s series C common stock at an exercise price of $.01 per share. The warrants were exercisable beginning April 16, 1998, and expired in April 2008. Prior to 2003, warrants to purchase 20,742 shares of SHG’s series C common stock were exercised.
 
Pursuant to SHG’s Plan, SHG’s outstanding warrants to purchase 50,377 series C common stock were cancelled and replaced with warrants to purchase an equivalent number of shares of series A common stock. Other than the security for which the warrant may be exercised, the terms of the new warrants were substantially similar to the terms of the cancelled warrants. During 2004, no warrants were exercised.
 
As of December 31, 2005, there were no longer any warrants outstanding as all had been either exercised or cancelled as part of the Onex Transaction.
 
Stock Options
 
In March 2004, SHG’s Board of Directors adopted SHG’s 2004 equity incentive plan (the “2004 Plan”). SHG’s stockholders approved the 2004 Plan on March 4, 2004. The 2004 Plan provided for grants


F-41



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

of incentive stock options, as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to SHG’s employees, as well as non-qualified stock options and restricted stock to SHG’s employees, directors and consultants. The aggregate number of shares of SHG’s common stock issuable under the 2004 Plan was 20,000. In accordance with the provisions of the 2004 Plan, all vested and unvested shares under stock option agreements vested and were settled in cash upon the close of the Onex Transaction. The 2004 Plan was terminated as part of the Onex Transaction in 2005.
 
The following table summarizes activity in the stock option plan during the two year period ended December 31, 2005:
 
                         
                Weighted
 
    Number of
          Average
 
    Shares     Price per Share     Exercise Price  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    6,475     $ 18.30     $ 18.30  
Granted
                 
Settled in cash
    (4,475 )     18.30       18.30  
Canceled
    (2,000 )     18.30       18.30  
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
        $     $  
                         
 
13.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Leases
 
The Company leases certain of its facilities under noncancelable operating leases. The leases generally provide for payment of property taxes, insurance and repairs, and have rent escalation clauses, principally based upon the Consumer Price Index or other fixed annual adjustments.
 
The future minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating leases that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2006, are as follows:
 
         
2007
  $ 9,842  
2008
    9,621  
2009
    9,629  
2010
    8,449  
2011
    7,851  
Thereafter
    38,952  
         
    $ 84,344  
         
 
Litigation
 
As is typical in the health care industry, the Company has experienced an increasing trend in the number and severity of litigation claims asserted against it. While the Company believes that it provides quality care to its patients and is in substantial compliance with regulatory requirements, a legal judgment or adverse governmental investigation could have a material negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
The Company is involved in various lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. These other matters are, in the opinion of management, immaterial both individually and in the aggregate with respect to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


F-42



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
Under GAAP, the Company establishes an accrual for an estimated loss contingency when it is both probable that an asset has been impaired or that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Given the uncertain nature of litigation generally, and the uncertainties related to the incurrence, amount and range of loss on any pending litigation, investigation or claim, the Company is currently unable to predict the ultimate outcome of any litigation, investigation or claim, determine whether a liability has been incurred or make a reasonable estimate of the liability that could result from an unfavorable outcome. While the Company believes that the liability, if any, resulting from the aggregate amount of uninsured damages for any outstanding litigation, investigation or claim will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows, in view of the uncertainties discussed above, it could incur charges in excess of any currently established accruals and, to the extent available, excess liability insurance. In view of the unpredictable nature of such matters, the Company cannot provide any assurances regarding the outcome of any litigation, investigation or claim to which it is a party or the impact on the Company of an adverse ruling in such matters. As additional information becomes available, the Company will assess its potential liability and revise its estimates.
 
Insurance
 
The Company maintains insurance for general and professional liability, workers’ compensation and employers’ liability, employee benefits liability, property, casualty, directors and officers, inland marine, crime, boiler and machinery, automobile, employment practices liability, earthquake and flood. The Company believes that the insurance programs are adequate and where there has been a direct transfer of risk to the insurance carrier, the Company does not recognize a liability in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Workers’ Compensation
 
The Company has maintained workers’ compensation insurance as statutorily required. Most of its commercial workers’ compensation insurance purchased is loss sensitive in nature. As a result, the Company is responsible for adverse loss development. Additionally, the Company self-insures the first unaggregated $1,000 per workers’ compensation claim in both California and Nevada.
 
The Company has elected to not carry workers’ compensation insurance in Texas and it may be liable for negligence claims that are asserted against it by its employees.
 
The Company has purchased guaranteed cost policies for Kansas and Missouri. There are no deductibles associated with these programs.
 
The Company recognizes a liability in its consolidated financial statements for its estimated self-insured workers’ compensation risks.
 
General and Professional Liability
 
The Company’s skilled nursing services subject the Company to certain liability risks. Malpractice claims may be asserted against the Company if services are alleged to have resulted in patient injury or other adverse effects, the risk of which may be greater for higher-acuity patients, such as those receiving specialty and sub-acute services, than for traditional long-term care patients. The Company has from time to time been subject to malpractice claims and other litigation in the ordinary course of business.
 
From April 10, 2001 to August 31, 2006, the Company maintained a retrospectively rated claims-made policy with a self-insured retention of $250 for its California and Nevada facilities and $1,000 for its Texas


F-43



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

facilities. This policy had an occurrence and aggregate limit of $5,000 each for professional liability and general liability losses.
 
Effective September 1, 2006 the Company obtained professional and general liability insurance with an individual claim limit of $2,000 per loss and $6,000 annual aggregate limit for its California, Texas and Nevada facilities. Under this program the Company retains an unaggregated $1,000 self-insured professional and general liability retention per claim.
 
The Kansas facilities are insured on an occurrence basis with an occurrence and aggregate coverage limit of $1,000 and $3,000, respectively, and there are no self-insurance retentions under these contracts. The Missouri facilities are underwritten on a claims-made basis with no self-insured retention and have a individual claim limit and aggregate coverage limit of $1,000 and $3,000, respectively.
 
In September 2004 the Company purchased a multi-year aggregate excess professional and general liability insurance policy providing an additional $10,000 of coverage for losses arising from claims in excess of $5,000 in California, Texas, Nevada, Kansas or Missouri. As of September 1, 2006 this excess coverage was modified to increase the coverage to $12,000 for losses arising from claims in excess of $3,000 which are reported since the September 1, 2006 change.
 
A summary of the liabilities related to insurance risks are as follows:
 
                                                                         
                      December 31,  
    March 31, 2007     2006     2005  
    General and
                General and
                General and
             
    Professional
    Workers’
          Professional
    Workers’
          Professional
    Worker’s
       
    Liability     Compensation     Total     Liability     Compensation     Total     Liability     Compensation     Total  
    (Unaudited)                                      
Reserve for insurance risks:
                                                                       
Current
  $ 16,019 (1)   $ 3,202 (2)   $ 19,221     $ 16,056 (1)   $ 3,064 (2)   $ 19,120     $ 14,837 (1)   $ 2,628 (2)   $ 17,465  
Non-current
  $ 20,491     $ 7,824     $ 28,315       20,591       7,715       28,306       21,689       6,725       28,414  
                                                                         
    $ 36,510     $ 11,026     $ 47,536     $ 36,647     $ 10,779     $ 47,426     $ 36,526     $ 9,353     $ 45,879  
                                                                         
 
 
(1) Included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
 
(2) Included in employee compensation and benefits.
 
Hallmark Indemnification
 
Hallmark Investment Group, Inc. (“Hallmark”), the Company’s wholly-owned rehabilitation services subsidiary, provides physical, occupational and speech therapy services to various unaffiliated skilled nursing facilities. These unaffiliated skilled nursing facilities are reimbursed for these services from the Medicare Program and other third party payors. Hallmark has indemnified these unaffiliated skilled nursing facilities from a portion of certain disallowances of these services.
 
Financial Guarantees
 
Substantially all of Skilled’s subsidiaries guarantee the 2014 Notes and the Credit Agreement (Note 8). The guarantees provided by the subsidiaries are full and unconditional and joint and several. Other subsidiaries of Skilled that are not guarantors are considered minor. Skilled has no independent assets or operations.


F-44



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
14.   Material Transactions with Related Parties
 
Leased Facilities
 
SHG’s former Chief Executive Officer and director and his wife, a former Executive Vice President of SHG, own the real estate for four of the Company’s leased facilities. Such real estate has not been included in the consolidated financial statements for any of the years presented herein. Lease payments to these related parties under operating leases for these facilities were $2,200 in 2005 and $2,100 in 2004. Upon the completion of the Onex Transaction, these individuals no longer have any related party interests in the Company.
 
Notes Receivable
 
SHG had a limited recourse promissory note receivable from a member of its Board of Directors in the amount of approximately $2,540 with an interest rate of 5.7%. The note was due on the earlier of April 15, 2007 or the sale by the Director of 20,000 shares of SHG’s common stock pledged as security for the note. SHG had recourse for payment up to $1,000 of the principal amount of the note. Prior to the Onex Transaction, SHG’s Board of Directors approved the forgiveness of the limited recourse note receivable in consideration for prior service provided by the Director.
 
Agreement with Onex Partners Manager LP
 
Upon completion of the Transactions, the Company entered into an agreement with Onex Partners Manager LP, or Onex Manager, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Onex Corporation. In exchange for providing the Company with corporate finance and strategic planning consulting services, the Company pays Onex Manager an annual fee of $500.
 
15.   Defined Contribution Plan
 
As of December 31, 2006, the Company sponsored a defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. In the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, the Company did not contribute to this plan.


F-45



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
16.   Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
 
The following table summarizes unaudited quarterly financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
 
                 
    Quarter Ended        
    March 31        
    (Unaudited)        
2007 Successor:
               
Revenue
  $ 144,655          
Total expense
    125,365          
Other income (expenses), net
    (11,258 )        
                 
Income before provision for income taxes
    8,032          
Provision for income taxes
    3,378          
                 
Net income
    4,654          
Accretion on preferred stock
    (4,772 )        
                 
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
  $ (118 )        
                 
Net (loss) income per share data:
               
Net (loss) income per common share, basic
  $ (0.01 )        
Net (loss) income per common share, diluted
  $ (0.01 )        
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    11,959,116          
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    11,959,116          
 


F-46



Table of Contents

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (Unaudited)  
2006 Successor:
                               
Revenue
  $ 125,186     $ 131,171     $ 135,396     $ 139,904  
Total expense
    108,002       113,603       117,683       119,444  
Other income (expenses), net
    (10,481 )     (10,782 )     (11,164 )     (10,957 )
                                 
Income before provision for income taxes
    6,703       6,786       6,549       9,503  
Provision for income taxes
    2,601       3,071       2,588       3,944  
                                 
Net income
    4,102       3,715       3,961       5,559  
Accretion on preferred stock
    (4,401 )     (4,540 )     (4,684 )     (4,781 )
                                 
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
  $ (299 )   $ (825 )   $ (723 )   $ 778  
                                 
Net (loss) income per share data:
                               
Net (loss) income per common share, basic
  $ (0.03 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.07  
Net (loss) income per common share, diluted
  $ (0.03 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.06  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    11,618,412       11,634,129       11,635,650       11,652,888  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    11,618,412       11,634,129       11,635,650       12,002,718  
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (Unaudited)  
 
2005 Predecessor:
                               
Revenue
  $ 108,936     $ 111,493     $ 122,206     $ 120,212  
Total expenses
    95,126       96,190       103,230       116,272  
Other income (expenses), net
    (4,928 )     (16,550 )     (7,370 )     (15,403 )
                                 
Income (loss) before (benefit from) provision for income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    8,882       (1,247 )     11,606       (11,463 )
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes
    (7,375 )     (2,904 )     3,875       (6,644 )
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    12,569       2,269       (50 )     (48 )
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax
                      (1,628 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
    28,826       3,926       7,681       (6,495 )
Accretion on preferred stock
    (259 )     (243 )           (242 )
                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ 28,567     $ 3,683     $ 7,681     $ (6,737 )
                                 

F-47



Table of Contents

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Net income (loss) per share data:
                               
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, basic
  $ 13.05     $ 1.15     $ 6.12     $ (4.23 )
Discontinued operations per common share, basic
    10.25       1.84       (0.04 )     (0.04 )
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, basic
                      (1.36 )
                                 
Net income (loss) per share, basic
  $ 23.30     $ 2.99     $ 6.08     $ (5.63 )
                                 
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, diluted
  $ 12.22     $ 1.08     $ 5.92     $ (4.23 )
Discontinued operations per common share, diluted
    9.60       1.73       (0.04 )     (0.04 )
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share, diluted
                      (1.36 )
                                 
Net income (loss) per common share, diluted
  $ 21.82     $ 2.81     $ 5.88     $ (5.63 )
                                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
    1,226,144       1,229,867       1,263,830       1,195,966  
                                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
    1,309,354       1,308,666       1,306,745       1,195,966  
                                 
 
Earnings per basic and diluted share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented based upon basic and diluted shares outstanding per quarter and therefore may not sum to the totals for the year.
 
17.   Subsequent Events
 
Effective January 31, 2007, the Company entered into a first amendment to the Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement, with the following revisions:
 
  •  for Term Loans, a reduction of the applicable margins over the Company’s interest rates of 0.5%;
 
  •  the ability for further reductions of the applicable margins based upon favorable ratings from certain debt rating agencies and the issuance of new ratings from those agencies;
 
  •  allowance for the net proceeds resulting from the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock to be applied to prepay the Term Loans, including the Revolving Loans, to be the lesser of (i) 50% of such net proceeds or (ii) the excess of such net proceeds over the amount to prepay $70,000 of the 2014 Notes;
 
  •  approval of the merger of SHG with and into Skilled with Skilled being the surviving company and changing its name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.; and
 
  •  revision of certain covenants and reporting requirements.

F-48



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
Effective February 1, 2007, the Company purchased the land, building and related improvements of one of its leased skilled nursing facilities in California for $4,300 in cash. Changing this leased facility into an owned facility resulted in no net change in the number of beds.
 
Effective February 7, 2007, SHG was merged with and into Skilled. Skilled was the surviving entity and changed its name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
 
On February 8, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase the owned real property, tangible assets, intellectual property and related rights and licenses of three skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri for a cash purchase price of $30,100, including $100 of transaction expenses. Under the agreement, the Company will also assume certain liabilities related to assumed operating contracts. The agreement generally excludes any elements of working capital other than supply inventories. The Company closed the transaction in April 2007, adding approximately 426 beds as well as 24 unlicensed apartments to the Company’s operations.
 
On February 16, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement with Heritage regarding the escrow account and tax payments referred to in Note 1. As a result of this agreement:
 
  •  The Company paid $6,300 to Heritage, which represents the amounts paid by SHG to the IRS in excess of the 2005 tax amounts on SHG’s tax return for the period ended December 27, 2005;
 
  •  The Company paid an additional $1,000 into the escrow account for the satisfaction of certain tax liabilities that arose prior to the date of the Onex Transaction;
 
  •  The Company and Heritage instructed the escrow agent to release to Heritage the remaining $15,000 in escrow that was established to provide for any contingencies or liabilities not recorded or specifically provided for as of December 27, 2005; and
 
  •  The Company and Heritage generally released each other from any further claims beyond the tax amounts remaining in the escrow account.
 
Stock Split
 
On April 26, 2007 the Company’s board of directors approved a 507-for-one split of the Company’s common stock. As a result, share numbers and per share amounts for all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements of the Successor reflect the effects of this stock split.
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
On April 19, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately following the Company’s initial public offering. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation:
 
  •  authorizes 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value;
 
  •  authorizes 175,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, voting power of one vote per share, $0.001 par value;
 
  •  authorizes 30,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, voting power of ten votes per share, $0.001 par value; and
 
  •  provides for mandatory and optional conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis under certain circumstances.


F-49



Table of Contents

 
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 
2007 Incentive Plan
 
On April 19, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved the Company’s 2007 Incentive Award Plan (the “2007 plan”) that will become effective prior to the Company’s initial public offering upon approval by the Company’s stockholders. Under the 2007 plan, 1,123,181 shares of the Company’s common stock are authorized for issuance.
 
18.  Subsequent Event (unaudited)
 
Credit Facility
 
Effective May 11, 2007, the Company entered into an Instrument of Joinder, which increased the Revolving Loan from $75,000 to $100,000.


F-50



Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Sunset Healthcare
 
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of the corporations listed in Note 1, collectively known as Sunset Healthcare (the Company) as of December 31, 2005, and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position at December 31, 2005, of the corporations listed in Note 1, collectively known as Sunset Healthcare, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Orange County, California
January 10, 2007


F-51



Table of Contents

SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 2005
(In thousands, except for share and per share data)
 
         
ASSETS
Current assets:
       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,070  
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $40
    2,155  
Other current assets
    140  
         
Total current assets
    4,365  
Property and equipment, net
    10,347  
Other assets
    363  
         
Total assets
  $ 15,075  
         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 1,257  
Employee compensation and benefits
    560  
Professional liability risk
    835  
Due to stockholder
    318  
Revolving credit facility
    150  
Current portion of long-term debt
    7,284  
         
Total current liabilities
    10,404  
Long-term liabilities:
       
Long-term debt, less current portion
    5,933  
         
Total liabilities
    16,337  
Stockholders’ deficit:
       
Common stock — Liberty Terrace Nursing 30,000 shares authorized, $1.00 par value, 600 shares issued and outstanding
    1  
Common stock — Carmel Hills Living Center 30,000 shares authorized, $1.00 par value, 400 shares issued and outstanding
     
Common stock — Holmesdale Care Center 100,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value, 20,000 shares issued and outstanding
     
Accumulated deficit
    (1,263 )
         
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (1,262 )
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 15,075  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.


F-52



Table of Contents

SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
(In thousands)
 
         
Revenue
  $ 23,134  
Expenses:
       
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    17,549  
General and administrative
    1,648  
Depreciation and amortization
    831  
         
      20,028  
Other expenses:
       
Interest expense
    (589 )
         
Net income
  $ 2,517  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.


F-53



Table of Contents

SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
COMBINED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(In thousands except for share data)
 
                                         
                Additional
             
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Accumulated
       
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Total  
 
Balances at December 31, 2004
    21,000     $ 1     $ 211     $ (2,919 )   $ (2,707 )
Net income
                      2,517       2,517  
Stockholder contribution
                342             342  
Distributions to stockholders
                (553 )     (861 )     (1,414 )
                                         
Balances at December 31, 2005
    21,000     $ 1     $     $ (1,263 )   $ (1,262 )
                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.


F-54



Table of Contents

SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
DECEMBER 31, 2005
(In thousands)
 
         
Operating Activities
       
Net income
  $ 2,517  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
       
Depreciation and amortization
    831  
Change in fair value of interest rate hedge
    (335 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       
Accounts receivable
    (254 )
Other current assets
    (29 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    576  
Employee compensation and benefits
    95  
Professional liability risk
    150  
         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    3,551  
         
Investing Activities
       
Additions to property and equipment
    (130 )
Changes in other assets
    (210 )
         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (340 )
         
Financing Activities
       
Repayments on line of credit facilities
    (442 )
Repayments on long-term debt
    (559 )
Repayments of Stockholder note
    (30 )
Contribution to paid in capital
    342  
Distributions paid to stockholders
    (1,414 )
         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (2,103 )
         
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    1,108  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    962  
         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 2,070  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.


F-55



Table of Contents

SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
1.   Description of Business
 
Liberty Terrace Care Center, Inc., Liberty Terrace Nursing, LLC, Carmel Hills Living Center, Inc., Carmel Hills Property, LLC, Holmesdale Care Center, Inc. and Holmesdale Development, LLC, are collectively known as Sunset Healthcare. Sunset Healthcare (the “Company”) operates 3 nursing facilities within the state of Missouri: Liberty Terrace Care Center, a 143 bed Medicaid and Medicare certified skilled nursing facility in Liberty; Carmel Hills Living Center, a 146 bed Medicaid and Medicare certified skilled nursing facility and a 54 bed residential care facility in Independence; and Holmesdale Care Center, a 100 bed Medicaid and Medicare certified skilled nursing facility in Kansas City. The Company also operates three separate real estate entities that own and maintain each facility building. In addition, the Company operates an insurance trust, LCH Insurance Trust (the “Trust”) for the purpose of payment of potential professional liability claims. The Company was acquired by Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. in March 2006 (see Note 11).
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The combined financial statements include three nursing facilities, three real estate entities and one insurance trust which are combined based upon the fact that they are under common control. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of combined financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue and Accounts Receivables
 
Revenue and accounts receivables are recorded on an accrual basis as services are performed at their estimated net realizable value. The Company derives a significant amount of its revenue from funds under federal Medicare and state Medicaid assistance programs, the continuation of which are dependent upon governmental policies, audit risk and potential recoupment.
 
The Company’s revenue is derived from services provided to patients in the following payor classes:
 
                 
    Revenue
    Percentage
 
    Dollars     of Revenue  
 
Medicare
  $ 7,217       31.2 %
Medicaid
    8,366       36.2  
                 
Subtotal Medicare and Medicaid
    15,583       67.4  
Managed Care
    379       1.6  
Private and Other
    7,172       31.0  
                 
Total
  $ 23,134       100.0 %
                 


F-56



Table of Contents

 
SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Risks and Uncertainties
 
Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. The Company believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and is not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, including processing claims at lower amounts upon audit as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusions from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
The Company has significant accounts receivable balances whose collectibility is dependent on the availability of funds from certain governmental programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid. These receivables represent the only significant concentration of credit risk for the Company. The Company does not believe there are significant credit risks associated with these governmental programs. The Company believes that an adequate allowance has been recorded for the possibility of these receivables proving uncollectible, and continually monitors and adjusts these allowances as necessary.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and certificates of deposit with a maturity of three months or less, on acquisition date, to be cash equivalents.
 
The Company places its temporary cash investments with financial institutions. At times such investments may be in excess of the FDIC insurance limit.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Major renovations or improvements are capitalized, whereas ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
 
         
Buildings and improvements
    15-30 years  
Furniture and equipment
    3-10 years  
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company has elected to be taxed under Chapter S of the Internal Revenue Code, with all income and credits flowing through to the individual stockholders. Therefore, no provision for income tax has been made on the combined financial statements.
 
3.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate this value.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.


F-57



Table of Contents

 
SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Long-Term Debt
 
The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt and its revolving credit facility is considered to approximate the fair value of such debt based upon the interest rates that the Company believes it can currently obtain for similar debt.
 
4.   Debt
 
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2005:
 
         
Note payable — Bank of America, interest rate of 5.13%, payable in monthly installments, due June 1, 2006
  $ 6,856  
Note payable — Bank of America, interest rate of 6.25%, payable in monthly installments, due September 1, 2007
    4,028  
Note payable — Security Bank of Kansas City, interest rate of 8.0%, payable in monthly installments, due July, 2007
    2,304  
Promissory note payable to unrelated party for the financing of the Residential Care Facility Certificate of Need License, due March 2007, monthly payments of $5; non-interest bearing
    70  
Less fair market value of interest rate option agreements
  $ (41 )
         
      13,217  
Less current portion
    (7,284 )
         
    $ 5,933  
         
 
Future maturities:
 
         
2006
  $ 7,284  
2007
    5,933  
         
    $ 13,217  
         
 
The provisions of the note payable agreements contain certain restrictive covenants pertaining to operating requirements of the Company. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2005.
 
The Company paid the notes payable to its banks upon the sale of its facilities to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. subsequent to year-end (see Note 11).
 
Interest Rate Option
 
On March 15, 2002, the Company entered into an International Swap Dealers Association Master Agreement converting the variable rate on approximately $7,450 of indebtedness to a fixed rate of approximately 5.13%. The term of this agreement expired June 30, 2006.
 
On August 23, 2002, the Company entered into an additional interest rate agreement converting the variable rate on approximately $4,700 of indebtedness to a fixed rate of approximately 6.25%. The term of this agreement was to expire on September 1, 2007. The agreement was terminated upon repayment of the underlying indebtedness.
 
The objective of the Company’s interest rate hedging activities has been to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower the Company’s overall borrowing costs. At December 31, 2005, the fair market value of the interest rate option agreements was $41. The change in the fair market value of the interest rate agreements in the year ended December 31, 2005 was an increase in


F-58



Table of Contents

 
SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

fair market value of $335, which was reflected in the combined statement of income as a reduction of interest expense.
 
5.   Other Current Assets and Other Assets
 
Other current assets consist of the following:
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Other current receivables
  $ 56  
Inventory
    21  
Prepaid property insurance
    9  
Prepaid workers’ compensation insurance
    54  
         
    $ 140  
         
 
Other assets consist of the following:
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Restricted investments
  $ 363  
         
 
In January 2004, the Company formed LCH Insurance Trust for the purpose of providing coverage for general and professional liability insurances. The Company and the trust have common ownership. The Company funds its estimated losses into the trust. The use of these funds is restricted, therefore the funds are classified as restricted on the Company’s combined balance sheet.
 
The balance of the restricted investments consisted of cash deposits, mutual funds and bonds. The future maturities of bonds range from September 2007 to November 2015. As of December 31, 2005, mutual funds and bonds are stated at market value, which approximate cost.
 
6.   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment is comprised of the following:
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Land and land improvements
  $ 350  
Buildings and improvements
    12,354  
Furniture and equipment
    2,804  
Vehicles
    122  
         
      15,630  
         
Less amortization and accumulated depreciation
    (5,283 )
         
    $ 10,347  
         
 
7.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Additional Paid in Capital
 
The balance in additional paid in capital as of December 31, 2004 was $211. During the year ended December 31, 2005 a stockholder contributed $342. Throughout the year ended December 31, 2005, the


F-59



Table of Contents

 
SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company paid distributions to its stockholders. The total distributions paid during 2005 were $1,414 which resulted in additional paid in capital being fully distributed.
 
8.   Related Parties
 
Management Agreement
 
Management fees of $1,648 were incurred during the period ended December 31, 2005 by the Company to a company that is owned by the stockholders of the Company. The management fee is 7% of the net revenue of the Company payable on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2005 the Company had outstanding management fees of $186. This amount was recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying combined financial statements.
 
Loan from Stockholder
 
At December 31, 2004 the Company had outstanding loans of $348 from a stockholder. There were no formal terms of repayment, interest rate or maturity. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company made payments of $30. At December 31, 2005 the remaining balance of these loans was $318.
 
9.   Line of Credit
 
The Company has a bank line of credit with maximum borrowings of $300 available through November 2006. Interest is payable monthly on the outstanding balance at the bank base rate plus 1/2% with a floor of 5.50%. The balance outstanding on the bank line of credit at December 31, 2005 was $150 at an interest rate of 8.0% and was recorded in the accompanying combined financial statements.
 
10.   Contingent Liabilities
 
Government Regulations — Medicaid
 
The Missouri Department of Social Services, Division of Medical Services, reserves the right to perform field audit examinations of the Company’s records. Any adjustments resulting from such examinations could retroactively adjust Medicaid revenue.
 
Government Regulations — Medicare
 
The Medicare intermediary has the authority to audit the skilled nursing facility’s records any time within a three-year period after the date the skilled nursing facility receives a final notice of program reimbursement for each cost reporting period. Any adjustments resulting from these audits could retroactively adjust Medicare revenue.
 
Professional Liability Insurance
 
The Company’s professional liability insurance policy was not renewed as of December 31, 2003. As a result of not securing this coverage, any claims made subsequent to that date were not insured. On January 1, 2004 the Company entered into an agreement with the Trust. The Trust’s trustees are the same as the owners of the Company. The value of the investment as of December 31, 2005 was $363. Due to the common ownership of the trust and the Company, the Company retained all risks related to professional liabilities.
 
The Company determined the liability related to professional liability risk based upon historical claims experience. At December 31, 2005, the total liability related to professional liability risk was $835 which is classified as a current liability.


F-60



Table of Contents

 
SUNSET HEALTHCARE
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Workers’ Compensation Insurance
 
The Company obtains workers’ compensation insurance through membership in the Health Care Facilities of Missouri Workers’ Compensation Trust Fund (the “Workers’ Compensation Trust”), a trust formed for the benefit of qualified nursing homes in the state of Missouri who wish to pool their resources to qualify as a group self-insurer as permitted under the Workmen’s Compensation Law, Chapter 287 of the Revised Statutes of Missouri, as amended. The Workers’ Compensation Trust and its members jointly and severally agree to assume and discharge, by payment, any lawful awards entered against any member of the Workers’ Compensation Trust. Workers’ compensation expense through participation in the Workers’ Compensation Trust was $364 for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
11.   Subsequent Events (unaudited)
 
On March 1, 2006, the Company sold its two skilled nursing facilities and its one skilled nursing and residential care facility to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. for $31,000 in cash. The transaction consisted solely of the real estate assets, property and equipment and the related certifications and licenses of the three facilities. The Company retained all other assets and liabilities related to its nursing facility entities, real estate entities and insurance trust. Part of the proceeds of the sale were used to repay the Company’s notes payable to its banks.


F-61



Table of Contents

 
 
 


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘424B5’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
1/15/14
6/15/12
1/15/12
10/1/11
9/30/1110-Q
1/15/11
6/15/10
5/1/103
1/15/10
1/15/09
12/31/0810-K,  10-K/A
12/27/08
8/26/08
7/31/08
1/1/08
12/31/0710-K
12/27/07
11/15/07
9/1/078-K
7/31/078-K
6/9/07
5/23/07
5/18/074,  424B3,  S-8
Filed as of:5/16/07
Filed on:5/15/073,  3/A,  4,  FWP
5/11/07
5/4/07FWP,  S-1/A,  S-4/A
4/30/07
4/26/07
4/19/07
4/15/07
4/1/07
3/31/07
3/15/07
2/16/07
2/8/07
2/7/07
2/5/07
2/1/07
1/31/07
1/10/07
1/1/07
12/31/06
12/29/06
12/20/06
12/15/06
10/1/06
9/30/06
9/1/06
8/31/06
8/30/06
7/15/06
6/30/06
6/16/06
6/1/06
3/31/06
3/24/06
3/1/06
2/8/06
1/1/06
12/31/05
12/28/05
12/27/05
8/26/05
8/4/05
6/15/05
5/23/05
5/1/05
4/21/05
3/31/05
2/28/05
1/1/05
12/31/04
9/30/04
7/31/04
7/22/04
3/8/04
3/4/04
1/1/04
12/31/03
10/16/03
8/19/03
8/1/03
7/10/03
4/22/03
4/14/03
12/31/02
8/23/02
3/15/02
11/28/01
10/2/01
4/10/01
4/16/98
3/27/98
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0000892569-07-000678   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Sun., May 5, 7:23:40.4am ET